Final Report
Environmental Assessment and
Environmental Management
Framework for the State of Bihar
Submitted to
Chief Engineer (Urban)-Cum-Member Secretary,
Executive Committee, Bihar State Water and Sanitation
Mission (BSWSM)
(Public Health Engineering Department, Govt. of Bihar)
Vishveshwariya Bhawan,
Bailey Road, Patna-800001
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
© The Energy and Resources Institute 2014
Suggested format for citation
T E R I. 2014
Report on the study ‚Environmental Assessment and Environmental
Management Framework for the State of Bihar‛
New Delhi: The Energy and Resources Institute.
Contact details
Anshuman
Associate Director (Water Resources)
TERI Tel. 2468 2100 or 2468 2111
Darbari Seth Block E-mail anshuman@teri.res.in
IHC Complex, Lodhi Road Fax 2468 2144 or 2468 2145
New Delhi – 110 003 Web www.teriin.org
India +91 • Delhi (0)11
ii
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table of Contents
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................................................... 1
1. INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................... 12
1.1 Background .................................................................................................................... 12
1.2 World Bank Assisted Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Project ..................... 12
1.2.1 Institutional.................................................................................................................. 13
1.2.2 Sanitation and Hygiene Promotion .......................................................................... 13
1.2.3 Financing...................................................................................................................... 13
1.2.4 Water Source Protection, Development and Management .................................. 13
1.2.5 Proposed Development Objective(s)........................................................................ 16
1.3 Scope of the Project ...................................................................................................... 16
1.4 Need for Environmental Assessment ........................................................................ 20
1.5 Objectives of Environmental Assessment ............................................................... 20
1.6 Approach and Methodology ....................................................................................... 21
1.6.1 Approach ..................................................................................................................... 21
1.6.2 Methodology ............................................................................................................... 21
1.7 Site selection .................................................................................................................. 24
1.7.1 Criteria for selecting villages for field study .......................................................... 24
1.7.2 Schemes in the surveyed villages ............................................................................. 25
1.8 Organization of the Report ......................................................................................... 29
2. RWSS – POLICY, REGULATORY FRAMEWORK, MISSIONS AND PROGRAMMES ............ 31
2.1 State RWSS Vision ....................................................................................................... 31
2.1.1 RWSS at National Context ......................................................................................... 33
2.1.2 Sector Reforms Project ............................................................................................... 33
2.1.3 Swajaladhara ............................................................................................................... 34
2.1.4 Sub – Mission Project (SMP) ..................................................................................... 35
2.1.5 Other Related Programmes ....................................................................................... 35
2.1.6 Total Sanitation Campaign (TSC) ............................................................................. 37
2.1.7 Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan (NBA) ................................................................................. 38
2.2 RWSS Coverage in Bihar ............................................................................................. 39
2.2.1 Drinking Water ........................................................................................................... 39
2.2.2 Sanitation ..................................................................................................................... 41
2.3 Regulatory and Policy Framework ............................................................................ 42
2.3.1 National Policies and Regulation ............................................................................. 42
2.3.2 National Policy Framework ...................................................................................... 44
2.3.3 Recent changes in the policy framework................................................................. 45
2.3.4 Applicable Legal and Regulatory system................................................................ 45
2.3.5 The World Bank's environmental and social safeguard policies ......................... 49
2.4 State Sector institutions ............................................................................................... 51
2.4.1 Resolution .................................................................................................................... 53
2.4.2 Power / Functions of the Mission ............................................................................. 53
2.4.3 The Proposed Policy ................................................................................................... 54
2.5 Converging departments ............................................................................................. 56
2.5.1 Central Ground Water Board .................................................................................... 56
iii
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
2.5.2 Bihar State Pollution Control Board ......................................................................... 57
2.6 Proposed World Bank Assisted Project .................................................................... 58
3. BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS ................................................................................. 59
3.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 59
3.2 Brief profile of State ..................................................................................................... 59
3.3 Geographic and Physiographic Profile ..................................................................... 60
3.4 Important Population Characteristics of Bihar State ............................................. 62
3.5 Literacy Trend in Bihar State ...................................................................................... 68
3.6 Number of workers....................................................................................................... 68
3.7 Economy of Bihar State ................................................................................................ 69
3.8 Environmental Baseline of Bihar ............................................................................... 70
3.9 Important Observations from Analysis of Secondary Data Sources ................ 102
4. Profiles of the districts visited for field survey..................................................... 104
4.1 Begusarai District ...................................................................................................... 104
4.2 West Champaran District ........................................................................................ 111
4.3 Nawada district ......................................................................................................... 115
4.4 Purnea district ........................................................................................................... 119
4. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK ............................................................ 120
4.1 Environmental Analysis ............................................................................................ 120
4.2 Environmental issues identified during Focus group discussions and
household surveys ...................................................................................................... 120
4.2.1 Environmental issues identified during Focus group discussions (FGDs) ...... 120
4.2.2 Environmental issues identified from household surveys ................................. 121
4.3 Key Environmental Issues ......................................................................................... 122
4.3.1 Water Availability..................................................................................................... 122
4.3.2 Water Quality ............................................................................................................. 124
4.3.3 Environmental Sanitation ........................................................................................ 125
4.3.4 Liquid waste disposal .............................................................................................. 125
4.3.5 Solid waste disposal ................................................................................................. 126
4.3.6 Construction Stage Environmental Impacts ......................................................... 127
4.3.7 Operation Stage- Environmental Impacts ............................................................. 128
4.4 Objectives of EMF....................................................................................................... 129
4.5 Components of the EMF ............................................................................................ 129
4.5.1 Main Elements of the EMF ...................................................................................... 129
4.5.2 Application of EMF to Project ................................................................................. 131
4.5.3 Environmental Management Plan.......................................................................... 133
4.5.4 Arrangements for Supervision, Monitoring and Environmental Audit of
the Schemes ............................................................................................................... 133
4.5.5 Overall coordination ................................................................................................ 134
4.6 Institutional Arrangement ........................................................................................ 135
4.6.1. Village level Institutions .......................................................................................... 135
4.7 Training and Capacity Building............................................................................... 139
4.7.1 Objectives ................................................................................................................... 139
4.7.2 Training Needs Assessment (TNA) ....................................................................... 139
4.7.3 Training Approach ................................................................................................... 141
4.7.4 Institutions for Training ........................................................................................... 141
iv
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
4.7.5 Details of Training Programmes............................................................................. 141
4.7.6 Budget for training on environmental management ........................................... 143
4.8 Budget for external audit of the category II schemes ........................................... 144
4.9 Environmental Codes of Practice ............................................................................. 144
4.9.1 Guidelines/Environmental Code of Practices ....................................................... 144
ANNEXURE 1 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT QUESTIONNAIRES .................................... 146
ANNEXURE 2 HOUSEHOLD SURVEY ANALYSIS .................................................................... 157
ANNEXURE 3 SCREENING CHECK-LIST FOR SCHEMES ......................................................... 165
ANNEXURE 4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR STAGES OF PROJECT
IMPLEMENTATION (DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT, IMPLEMENTATION, AND
O&M STAGE) ................................................................................................... 167
ANNEXURE 5 GUIDELINES FOR THE IDENTIFICATION AND SELECTION OF WATER
SUPPLY SOURCES ............................................................................................. 171
ANNEXURE 6 SANITARY PROTECTION OF WATER SUPPLY SOURCES ............................... 173
ANNEXURE 7 GUIDELINES FOR SUSTAINABILITY OF GROUNDWATER SOURCES ............ 175
ANNEXURE 8 WATER QUALITY MONITORING AND SURVEILLANCE ................................ 179
ANNEXURE 9 SELECTION OF SAFE SANITATION TECHNOLOGIES AND ENVIRONMENTAL
CONSIDERATIONS IN LOCATION OF TOILETS ............................................... 181
ANNEXURE 10 RECOMMENDED CONSTRUCTION PRACTICE AND POLLUTION
SAFEGUARDS FOR TWIN PIT POUR FLUSH LATRINES ................................. 184
ANNEXURE 11 GUIDELINES FOR SAFE SULLAGE DISPOSAL AT HOUSEHOLD AND
COMMUNITY LEVELS ....................................................................................... 187
ANNEXURE 12 GUIDELINES ON SAFE SULLAGE DISPOSAL AND ORGANIC WASTE
MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................. 191
ANNEXURE 13 GUIDELINES FOR WORKING IN FOREST AREAS ............................................ 198
ANNEXURE 14 GUIDELINES: NATURAL HABITAT ................................................................. 199
ANNEXURE 15 GUIDELINES FOR PROTECTING SURFACE WATER SUPPLY SOURCE AND
ENSURING SUSTAINABILITY............................................................................ 203
ANNEXURE 16 GUIDELINES FOR PUBLIC AND WORKER’S HEALTH AND SAFETY ............... 205
ANNEXURE 17 TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR THE ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALIST, SPMU ... 207
ANNEXURE 18 FORMATS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL DATA SHEETS (EDS) ............................. 209
ANNEXURE 19 INTERNAL SUPERVISION OF THE COMPLETED SCHEMES ............................ 216
ANNEXURE 20 EXTERNAL AUDIT OF THE COMPLETED SCHEMES ....................................... 218
ANNEXURE 21 CHECK LIST FOR ENVIRONMENTAL SUPERVISION/AUDIT ......................... 220
ANNEXURE 22 SAMPLE FIELD VISIT REPORTS FOR INTERNAL SUPERVISION /EXTERNAL
AUDIT................................................................................................................ 224
ANNEXURE 23 ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE INDICATORS.......................................... 225
ANNEXURE 24 GROUND WATER QUALITY SCENARIO FROM THE SURVEYED DISTRICTS .. 227
ANNEXURE 25 MINUTES OF THE STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION MEETING ...................... 231
ANNEXURE 26 SCENES FROM THE SURVEYED VILLAGES (BIHAR) ....................................... 237
v
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Abbreviations
ARWSP Accelerated Rural Water Supply Programme
AE Assistant Engineer
AEE Assistant Executive Engineer
BCM Billion Cubic Meter
BSWSM Bihar State Water and Sanitation Mission
CCDU Community and Capacity Development Unit
CGWB Central Ground Water Board
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
DES District Environmental Specialist
DPMC District Programme Management Cell
DPMU District Project Management Unit
DWSM District Water and Sanitation Mission
DPR Detailed Project Report
DSU District Support Unit
DWSM District Water and Sanitation Mission
DWSC District Water and Sanitation Committee
EDS Environmental Data Sheet
ECOPs Environmental Codes of Practices
EA Environmental Assessment
EE Executive Engineer
ES Environmental Specialist
EMF Environmental Management Framework
GoI Government of India
GP Gram Panchayat
GPSWC Gram Panchayat Water Supply and Sanitation Committee
HH Household
ISL Individual Sanitary Latrines
IHHL Individual Household Latrines
JE Junior Engineer
MCM Million Cubic Meter
MoEF Ministry of Environment & Forests
M&E Monitoring and Evaluation
vi
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
MVS Multi Village Scheme
NGO Non-Governmental Organization
NPMU National Project Monitoring Unit
NSS Not Safe Sources
O&M Operation and Maintenance
PC Partially Covered
PHED Public Health Engineering Department
PRI Panchayati Raj Institution
PSU Project Support Unit
RWSS Rural Water Supply and Sanitation
RWSM Rural Water and Sanitation Mission
SA Support Agency
SE Superintending Engineer
SGS Single Gram Panchayat Schemes
SHS Single Habitation Scheme
SLC Scheme Level Committee
SPCB State Pollution Control Board
SWSM State Water Supply and Sanitation Mission
SO Support Organizations
SPMU State Project Monitoring Unit
SVS Single Village Scheme
TSC Total Sanitation Campaign
TPPF Twin Pit Pour Flush
VWSC Village Water Supply and Sanitation Committee
WB World Bank
UNDP United Nations Development Programme
vii
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Executive Summary
1. Introduction
The Government of India has introduced the National Rural Drinking Water Supply
Program in order to address water supply and sanitation problems in rural areas. The
present project will use this NRDWP to address the water and sanitation needs of the four
Low Income States; Assam, Bihar, Jharkhand & Uttar Pradesh. The Bihar component of this
project will be implemented in 10 selected districts of the state. This task is to be carried out
through the State Drinking Water and Sanitation Mission under the Department of Drinking
Water and Sanitation. This RWSS Project for Low Income States is expected to promote
decentralized service delivery arrangements with increased Panchayati Raj Institution (PRI)
and community participation, improved financial sustainability and enhanced
accountability at all levels.
2. EA-EMF Study
This proposed project falls under environmental category 'B' as per the World Bank’s OP
4.01. Hence an Environmental Assessment is conducted and an Environment Management
Framework is prepared. This EA-EMF study comprised of:
i. Baseline Environment Assessment,
ii. Policy and Legal Environment Analysis,
iii. Institutional Assessment,
iv. Environmental Issues and Impacts Identification,
v. Proposing Mitigation Measures
vi. Environmental Management Framework
vii. Institutional and Monitoring Arrangement and
viii. Capacity Building.
The Baseline Environment Assessment assesses the current status of rural water supply,
availability of both groundwater and surface water sources and their quality and
environmental sanitation status in the state along with status of other monitorable
environmental parameters in the project area. The Policy and Legal Analysis identifies
various policies and legal procedures to be followed by the proposed Project. The
Institutional Assessment lists the various institutions involved in provision of rural water
and sanitation services, their functions and lists their strengths, weaknesses, opportunities
and threats. Environmental Issues and Impacts Identification lists all the issues related to
environment, identified through analysis of primary and secondary information, field visits
and consultations and the possible environmental impacts due to the proposed Project.
Proposed Mitigation Measures recommend some generic environmental impact mitigation
measures to manage the negative impacts and advocates some enhancement measures.
Environmental Management Framework sets the procedures for sub-project impact
assessment, screening, categorization, management and monitoring. Institutional and
Monitoring Arrangements details the human resource requirements, functions and
1
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
responsibilities for implementation along with identifying a set of monitorable indicators
and their monitoring protocol. Capacity Building lists the actions required to build
institutional capacity and training requirements of the involved personnel.
This study was conducted using both participatory and consultative approaches. The
methodology basically comprised collection and collation of secondary and primary data. A
review and analysis of this information led to the delineation of the baseline status of
relevant environmental components pertaining to the State and provided the basis for
assessment of potential environmental impacts due to the proposed project and preparation
of Environmental Management Framework (EMF) for mitigating negative impacts and
enhancing positive impacts.
3. Policy and Legal Framework
This project is guided by policies and regulations enunciated by the Government of India
and Government of Bihar. These include:
73rd Constitutional Amendment
The National Water Policy of 2012
National Water Mission
National Rural Sanitation & Hygiene Strategy 2012-2022.
Guidelines for Ground Water use.
The Environment (Protection) Act, No.29 of 1986
Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (Central Act 6 of 1974) as
amended in1988
Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act No 36 of 1977
The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981
The Wetlands Conservation and Management rules 2010
EIA Mechanism and Wildlife Clearances
Wildlife Protection Act, 1972
Indian Forest Act 1927
The Biological Biodiversity Act 2002
Forest (Conservation) Act No. 69 of 1980 as amended in l988
The Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 as Amended in 1991
EIA Notification of 2006
2
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
In addition to the above, the following World Bank Safeguards policies are applicable.
Policy Applicability to the project
OP/BP 4.01 Environmental Applicable to this project
Assessment The EMF includes a detailed description of assessment procedures
for each of the activities proposed under the project.
OP/BP 4.04 Natural Habitats Not applicable,
The project would avoid converting and avoiding natural habitats.
Appendix 14 provide guidelines for working in natural habitats.
OP/BP 4.36 Forestry Applicable to the project
Some of the schemes taken up under the Project, if located in forest
areas. Assessment procedures and mitigation measures have been
put in place through the EMP in accordance with the approval of
the Forest Department and guidelines for compensatory
afforestation.
OP 4.09 Pest Management Not Applicable.
Vector control measures, if undertaken in the project will be in
accordance with the OP 4.09 avoiding use of insecticides in classes
1a, 1b and 2.
OP/BP 4.12 Involuntary Not Applicable
Resettlement The project will ensure that people are not displaced.
OP/BP 4.20 Indigenous Peoples Applicable to the project.
To be decided based on the Social Assessment Study.
OP/BP 4.11 Physical Cultural Not Applicable to the project.
Resources No existing cultural property will be damaged.
OP/BP 4.37 Safety of Dams Not applicable
Since the project does not involve construction of dams.
OP/BP 7.50 Projects on Applicable to the project.
International Waterways In accordance with OP 7.50 (International Waterways) this is seen
that the proposed project falls within the exceptions to the
notification requirement under para 7(a) of the Policy. OP 7.50 is
applicable for the proposed project since the Ganga and its
tributaries from where water resource would be used for the
project is infinitesimally small fraction of overall volume of flow in
these rivers and investment components involve piped water
supply schemes which will ultimately improve the efficiency of
water supply system, delivery of resource, decrease in wastage of
resource and thus improved efficiency of WSS system and service
delivery. It is envisaged that there will not be any adverse impacts
on water quality and quantity due to this project and there will not
be adverse effect on water use of the other riparian countries. The
project is expected to have a net positive effect on the
environment.
OP/BP 7.60 Projects in Disputed Not applicable
Areas As no project components will be proposed in disputed areas.
3
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
4. Baseline Data Analysis
Bihar is richly endowed with water resources, both with respect to the ground water
resource and the surface water resources. Not only by rainfall but it has considerable water
supply from the rivers which flow within the territory of the State. Besides lakes, ponds and
other water bodies also supply water to some population. Following sections show detailed
information on these different sections. Ganga is the major river basin of the State. It has the
maximum catchment area and length of flow in the State. River Ganga is snow fed and has
its source at Gaumakh in the southern Himalayan Glaciers on the Indian side of the Tibetan
border. In Bihar, it is joined by three great tributaries - the Ghaghra, the Gandak, and the
Son and their distributaries. Further Punpun joins it at Fatuha in Patna district; Koshi joins it
at Khagaria district while the Harohar and the Kiul join it near Surajgarha in District -
Lakhisarai.
In Bihar, annual replenishable groundwater resource is 29.19 BCM while annual ground
water draft is 10.77 BCM. The stage of ground water development is 39%, which when
compared to the CGWB categorization of assessment units i.e. (<=70% is ‘safe’) is below the
threshold of concern (over exploited, critical and semi-critical). Out of 533 assessment units
(blocks), 529 have been categorized as safe and 4 blocks have been categorized as semi-
critical. Though the ground water development is comparatively low in major part of the
State, the higher development areas are mostly located in isolated patches.
The total requirement of water for the proposed schemes is approximately 29 MCM per
annum which is less than 1% of annual replenishable groundwater and available surface
water resources available in Bihar.
Fluoride, Iron, and Arsenic are the major contaminants in the groundwater in Bihar. Arsenic
is a serious quality concern in the districts such as Begusarai, Bhagalpur, Bhojpur, Buxar,
Darbhanga, Katihar, Khagaria, Kishanganj, Lakhiserai, Munger, Patna, Purnea, Samastipur,
Saran, Vaishali. All of these districts have been reported by Central Ground Water Board to
be affected by Arsenic with a concentration of more than 50 ppm.
Aurangabad, Begusarai, Bhojpur, Buxar, Bhabua (Kaimur), East Champaran, Gopalganj,
Katihar, Khagaria, Kishanganj, Lakhiserai, Madhepura, Muzafferpur, Nawada, Rohtas,
Saharsa, Samastipur, Siwan, Supaul, West Champaran Districts of the State have been
identified by CGWB to be affected by iron contamination of more than 1mg/L in
groundwater.
Southern belt of the state is affected by Fluoride, with Districts like Aurangabad, Banka,
Buxar, Bhabua (Kaimur), Jamui, Munger, Nawada, Rohtas, Supaul having concentration
more than the standard limit of 1.5mg/L
Limit for faecal coliform in the water sample exceeds the tolerance limit as specified in Class
A and Class B of designated best use of water by Central Pollution Control Board (Govt. of
India). For class A which is classified on the basis of its use for drinking water without
conventional treatment tolerance limit is total coliform organism shall be 50 or less and for
class B which is classified on the basis of its use for bathing, tolerance limit is total coliform
organism shall be 500 or less.
5. Key Environmental Issues
An analysis of the baseline environmental situation, observations during site visits, Focused
Group Discussions (FGDs), Household surveys, as well as discussions with State, District
4
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
and GP level functionaries have identified the following key environmental issues in the
rural areas.
a. Inadequate or disrupted water supply
b. Bacteriological contamination of surface and ground water quality.
c. Presence of Arsenic, Iron and Fluoride concentrations exceeding the permissible
levels in drinking water.
d. Lack of adequate sanitation facilities.
e. Lack of adequate waste (solid and liquid) disposal systems
5.1 Environmental issues identified during Focus group discussions
(FGDs)
Fifteen FGDs were conducted in the four districts selected for field survey. The FGDs
comprised of village heads, Panchayat members, teachers, lawyers, farmers, women etc.
Some of the major inferences drawn from the FGDs are:
There is no awareness about the water conservation and efficient water use practices
which leads to wastage of precious water resources.
Piped water supply is inadequate in the villages
Water source is insufficient during winter
Water distribution lines for the piped water schemes are inadequate with frequent
bursting of pipes, lack of O&M, and wastage of water
There is inadequate water supply due to frequent power cuts
Water quality is poor in the villages
People remove the treatment attachment units from the Govt. sponsored hand
pumps to get more water from the hand pumps with less effort.
Disposal of backwash water (with high concentration of chemicals) from water
treatment systems into the field was observed by the field survey team. This
backwash water infiltrates into groundwater.
Open defecation is rampant in all the study sites
There are inadequate number of latrines in all villages
There is no solid and liquid disposal system in place in the villages
Many of the toilets constructed in the village under the government scheme are of
shallow depth, which lead to the filling up of the pits in a short duration, causing the
villagers to go for open defecation.
It was observed in some of the villages that the wastewater is discharged into ponds
inside the village leading to seepage of wastewater into the soil and causing further
contamination of surface and groundwater.
At one survey site (Bachwara block, Begusarai District) where a Multi Village
Scheme (MVS) is being proposed with River Ganga as water source, it was observed
that river had changed course in the past and this may occur in the future, thus
impacting sustainability of the water source for the scheme.
5
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Excessive use of chemical pesticides in agricultural field was also reported in all
surveyed village which may contaminate water sources.
5.2 Environmental issues identified from household surveys
Household surveys were carried out in three villages in each of the selected four districts to
understand the environmental issues in those villages. Below are the major observations at
the household level.
Based on the perception of 82% households in the villages surveyed, the
groundwater level has gone down during the last 10 years. 81% of the respondents
said that during summer season water level goes down and most of the hand pumps
run dry to shallow depth of the hand pumps.
23% households expressed that the amount of water is not sufficient for daily needs.
55 % households expressed that potable water as an issue in the village and almost
78% households expressed the need for a better water supply system because of
water availability issues.
Water quality of shallow hand pumps was perceived to be bad and poor in almost all
surveyed villages in terms of colour (42% of the respondent households), odour (24%
of the respondent households) and taste (19% of the respondent households).
50% respondents have the perception that during summer, water quality problem is
‚somewhat serious‛ and 25% respondents said that water quality problem is
‚somewhat serious‛ during winters.
100% respondents drink water without any treatment at household level.
Water logging in shallow open pits in front of hand pumps and stand posts was also
observed by the field survey team. This may contaminate the ground water quality.
These waterlogged areas are breeding place for mosquitoes. Malaria and water borne
diseases are rampant in the villages surveyed. Some of the diseases faced by the
households are: Diarrhoea (13%), Malaria (37%), Typhoid (8%) and Skin diseases
(18%).
78% respondents do not have a drainage facility for disposal of wastewater that leads
to logging of wastewater near households and hand-pumps.
Solid waste generated from the households is disposed off in the open space (92% of
the households) that leads to vector breeding, and this gets aggravated during the
rainy season where rainwater mixes with the solid waste to further cause
contamination and pollution.
78% respondents practice waste water disposal to the earthen drainage along the
streets.
92% of the respondents dispose solid waste by throwing in open places.
Most of the surveyed households use cattle dung as fuel and in agricultural fields as
fertilizer.
Sanitation standards and practices in the villages are still poor. Many of them still go
for open defecation (74% of the households) due to non-availability and bad
maintenance (filling up of pits) of the toilets.
6
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
74% respondents go for open defecation in all the surveyed villages and 88%
respondents expressed the need for household toilets.
5.3 Environmental Issues
The environmental issues in the villages have been discussed in detail below. Environmental
Codes of Practice (ECOP) have been included in the report for avoiding, mitigating and
safeguarding environmental issues. The EMF includes environmental monitoring and
management plans for the proposed schemes in Bihar. Institutional arrangement and
capacity building for environmental safeguard have also been provided in this report.
5.3.1 Water Availability
Inadequate and disrupted water supply affects human health and environmental sanitation.
Tapping of semi-critical aquifers may cause quality deterioration with increased
concentration of harmful substances like Fluoride, Arsenic and Iron.
5.3.2 Water Quality
Non point sources of pollution in the catchment areas resulting from widely prevalent
practice of open defecation, and agricultural run-off containing fertilizers and pesticides,
washing, bathing and other human activities contaminate the rivers/irrigation canals. In
addition to this, sewerage from cities/towns and industrial effluents discharging into the
surface water bodies form a major source of contamination.
The shallow groundwater quality in many parts of Bihar is poor owing to natural presence
of contaminants like Iron, Fluoride, Arsenic, Chloride, Nitrate etc. at concentrations
exceeding the permissible levels for drinking water use. In addition, the quality of
groundwater may also be affected by bacteriological contamination due to disposal of
sullage into kaccha (earthen) drains and pits, deep toilet pits, effluent from septic tanks,
water logging near hand pumps, and open defecation.
5.3.3 Sanitation and Environmental Health
Large percentage of the population still resort to open defecation due to inadequate latrines,
low usage of latrines and low levels of awareness, which lead to bacteriological
contamination of soil and groundwater. Presence of deep leach pit latrine (>6 ft.) can lead to
bacteriological contamination of groundwater. Open field defecation leads to health
problems among the community through vectors.
5.3.4 Waste Disposal
5.3.4.1 Liquid waste disposal: Liquid waste is generated from households, containing
wastes such as detergents, soap, kitchen wastes. In addition to that, overflow of water from
hand pumps and public stand posts also contributes to waste water generation. Liquid
waste generated by the households, including liquid-waste from cattle-sheds, flows into
open surface drains leading to stagnation of water near houses and road side. The presence
of stagnant water in the villages combined with poor personal hygiene leads to the incidence
of malaria and other vector borne diseases, like diarrhoea, etc.
5.3.4.2 Solid waste disposal: Different types of solid wastes like cattle dung, kitchen waste,
agriculture waste, plastic and paper are generated in the villages. These are usually dumped
in open spaces close to the households. Solid wastes of biodegradable and non-
7
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
biodegradable nature are directly disposed by dumping along roads and open places
leading to vector breeding, odour generation, and this gets aggravated during rainy season
leading to health problems and contamination of soil and groundwater through leaching.
5.4 Environment Management Framework
In order to ensure that the environmental issues are systematically identified and addressed
in the various stages of the implementation of the schemes, an Environment Management
Framework (EMF) has been developed for the proposed schemes. The specific objectives of
the EMF are:
To design a set of procedures, designate the roles and responsibilities of various
Stakeholders, and develop institutional structure in the implementation of sub-
projects along with the capacity building and staffing requirements for
mainstreaming environmental management in project planning, implementation and
Operation and Maintenance (O&M) processes.
To identify appropriate mitigation measures for addressing the identified
environmental impacts at various stages of the projects.
In order to facilitate the effective implementation of the EMF, the Schemes will be classified
either as Class I (limited environmental impact) or Class II (significant environmental
impact) scheme. A screening tool for the categorization of schemes will be used to decide
whether a scheme is a category I or category II scheme. The environmental classification of
schemes by using the screening tool will be undertaken by the Executive Engineer (EE) of
Public Health Engineering Department (PHED). The classification of the schemes is an
essential component of the EMF and it requires the data on source of water supply, water
quality, proposed water treatment, sanitation facilities, sullage disposal, solid and liquid
waste disposal etc. For recording all these details, Environmental Data Sheets (EDS) for
schemes on water supply, sanitation, solid and liquid waste management etc., have been
formulated. The EDS will be filled at the field data collection stage of the proposed Water
Supply and Sanitation Schemes. The AEE/EE of PHED will ensure the compilation of the
information in the EDS with assistance from VWSC, GPWSC and with the facilitation
support of the NGO/SO. The available environmental information recorded in the EDS will
be evaluated and examined. Based on the level of expected environmental and public health
impacts for the schemes, the proposed scheme(s) would be classified as Category I or
Category II scheme.
5.5 Main Elements of the EMF
5.5.1 Environmental Appraisal and Approval
For the Category I schemes, there will be no separate environment appraisal other than the
EDS. For Category II schemes, detailed environmental appraisals of the proposed schemes
will be required. This will be done by the district level environmental specialist attached to
DPSU. In extreme cases, where the district level resources are not enough for conducting the
environmental appraisal and formulating the appropriate mitigation measures, support
from the Environmental specialists at the state level will be sought. The environmental
appraisal for Category II schemes should be done within a month.
The Detailed Project Report (DPR) for category I schemes should be accompanied by the
Environmental Data Sheet (EDS). This is the responsibility of the EE of PHED. The Detailed
Project Report (DPR) for category II schemes should be accompanied by the Environmental
8
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Data Sheet (EDS) as well as the environmental appraisal. The EE of PHED will confirm that
these are taken care of.
As part of the generic Environment Management Plan, this EMF has provided several
Environmental Codes of Practice (ECOP) with technical specification required for effective
implementation. These ECOPs respond to the environmental priorities analyzed as part of
the EA.
Guidelines for the Identification and Selection of Water Supply Sources
Sanitary Protection of Water Supply Sources
Guidelines for Sustainability of Groundwater Sources
Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance
Selection of Safe Sanitation Technologies and Environmental considerations in
location of toilets
Recommended Construction Practice and Pollution Safeguards for Twin Pit Pour
Flush Latrines
Guidelines for Safe Sullage Disposal at Household and community levels
Guidelines for Community Solid Waste Management
Guidelines for working in Forest Areas.
ECOPs on Safe Sullage Disposal and Organic Waste Management
ECOPs on Safe Solid Waste Management at Individual Household and Community
Level
5.5.2 Environmental Compliance Monitoring during Implementation and O&M
phases
The EMF will ensure that the prescribed environmental mitigation measures as identified
through the environmental appraisal process are to be adequately implemented. Regular
supervision and monitoring including an independent external audit is to be conducted, as a
part of the overall project monitoring program. Also, capacity building and IEC activities are
to be conducted to make sure that the EMF including evaluation, supervision, and
monitoring have been implemented.
5.5.3 Supervision, Monitoring and Environmental Audit of the Schemes
Environmental supervision: A sample of 30% of the completed schemes will be visited at six
monthly intervals by a team from the DWSC to check if all safeguard requirements are met
and to identify any issues that need to be addressed. The selected sample will have
representation of both Category I and Category II schemes in water supply, sanitation and
waste management.
Monitoring of relevant external environmental parameters: Once every year, the state
Project Monitoring Unit (SPMU) will prepare a report of the environmental situation in the
state including data and analysis of relevant parameters such as rainfall, depth to water
levels, status of groundwater basins, incidence of water borne diseases, etc., as well as a
listing of relevant new legislation and regulations that have a bearing on the environmental
performance of the project. The EMF will be suitably revised annually on the basis of this
document by the SPMU.
9
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Environmental audit: Once every year, the SPMU will appoint an external agency to
undertake an independent audit of the environmental performance of the project. 15% of the
completed schemes will be covered in the audit having representation of both Category I
and Category II schemes in water supply, sanitation and waste management.
5.6 Institutional arrangements for environmental management
The personnel and agencies with the responsibility for environmental management will be
located as follows in the project institutional structure: The Director, SPMU will hold co-
charge for environment aspects and will be assisted by the Environmental specialists at the
state level (SPMU). Jointly they will be overall responsible for implementation of the EMF.
In particular, their responsibilities will include but not be limited to (a) the monitoring,
supervision and audits linked to EMF compliance, (b) the selection of experts for
undertaking the EIAs of high impact schemes and (c) the provision of overall guidance and
technical support to the DPMU engineers.
Each of the DPMUs will be staffed with District level environmental specialist who will be
overall responsible for EMF implementation at the district level, who will conduct technical
reviews and approvals of scheme-specific environmental appraisal reports as well as the
monitoring and supervision linked to EMF implementation at the district level.
The engineers appointed to each block will be responsible at the GP Level. They will assist
the support organizations (SO) and beneficiary communities to prepare the environmental
appraisal documentation as part of the engineering designs; and a panel of technical experts
at the state and district level will be constituted to provide technical support to the SPMU
and the DPMUs.
5.7 Training and capacity building
The objective of training and capacity building initiatives is to build and strengthen the
capability of rural water and sanitation service delivery institutions (Communication and
Capacity Development Unit-CCDU and PRANJAL) and other partners (NGOs, Contractors,
Engineers, Consultants in the Water and Sanitation sector and other field level stake holders)
to ensure tangible skill enhancement of the stakeholders and to integrate sound
environmental management into water and sanitation service delivery. Systematic capacity
building initiatives will be introduced after completion of the training needs assessment for
the government officials and other stakeholders. The training will be in a cascade mode. All
the trained staff will in turn conduct further trainings at State, District, Block, Gram
Panchayat and village levels for improved service delivery.
In Bihar, it is required to empower Village Water and Sanitation Committee (VWSC) and to
measure the impact of training and progress of sanitation in the state. Workshops need to be
organized periodically for Training Needs Assessment of various stake holders with the
following objectives:
Identifying gaps in the existing set of knowledge, skills and capabilities of the
existing Public Health Engineers, Sanitation Coordinators, all stakeholders of VWSC
etc.
Identifying issues and means to upgrade the existing set of knowledge and skills in
order to upgrade the efficiency of the various stakeholders.
An enabling condition should be created for stake holders to understand and implement
programmes on rural drinking water and sanitation (as per NRDWP guidelines). Special
10
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
emphasis needs to be given to participatory techniques, community facilitation and
communication skills and gender based approaches. The total estimated cost of training on
environmental management for members of GPWSCs, VWSC, NGOs/ SOs, Engineers of
RWSSD, and artisans, under the proposed plan is Rs. 2.91 Crore.
11
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
1. Introduction
1.1 Background
As part of the National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP), the state departments
responsible for drinking water supply and sanitation have prepared long term strategic
plans (2011-2022) for ensuring drinking water security to all rural households. This strategy
supports the creation of an environment for the Panchayati Raj Institutions and local
communities to manage rural drinking water sources and systems highlighting source
sustainability measures, water quality safety, monitoring and surveillance, service
agreements with operators, synergy among different development programs, and
professional capacity building.
Bihar being one of the four lagging states in terms of piped water supply coverage faces
constraints in institutional and technical capacity at the state, district, block and GP (Gram
Panchayat) levels for implementing sustainable rural water supply projects. This World
Bank supported project is expected to bring about positive health and environmental
benefits through supply of 'safe' drinking water and creation of sanitary conditions in the
villages. The key elements of the RWSS program include the use of community or local
government managed models for intra-GP RWSS schemes and State-PRI partnership
models for multi-GP schemes, water resources security, recovery of the RWSS sector and
establishment of metered household connections with 24/7 water supply where feasible.
Other components of the program are the promotion of professionalized service provision
management models, and/or back-up support functions for the different market segments.
The project would be having components related to improved water quality monitoring,
health and hygiene education as well as groundwater recharge for water supply source
protection and environmental mitigation measures which includes solid and liquid waste
management.
To contribute to the environmental sustainability of the project, an Environmental
Assessment (EA) study, as required by the World Bank’s safeguards policies, has been
planned. The study has collected and analysed information regarding the environmental
issues related to the project from the concerned state in the Phase-I and finally prepared the
Environmental Management Framework (EMF).
1.2 World Bank Assisted Rural Water Supply and Sanitation
Project
In India, rural water supply and sanitation are the constitutional responsibilities of state
governments. However, in the last two decades these services have become a national
priority. Currently, annual investment by the Government of India (GoI) in rural drinking
water supply exceeds USD one billion. Together, the Government of India and state
governments have spent about USD 25 billion in the last 20 years, providing rural drinking
water services to 700 million people in 1.5 million villages. This has been channelled through
the Accelerated Rural Water Supply Programme (ARWSP) launched in 1972 and renamed
the National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP) in 2009.
Historically, Government of India’s approach to drinking water supply has focused on
financing investment for asset creation to enhance access to drinking water services.
12
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Although this has led to over 95% access in rural areas, concern has been raised over the
sustainability of this approach. As a result, since the 1990s, GoI has been identifying and
testing reform options, such as the Sector Reform Project and the Swajaldhara Program, to
attempt to ensure 100% access to safe and sustainable drinking water.
Government of India along with seven states, have partnered with the World Bank in
implementing rural water supply and sanitation (RWSS) projects. Till now World Bank has
assisted 9 projects on RWSS (listed in Table.1). While implementation of these projects, the
principles for the World Bank Support to Sector-wide Approaches (SWAps) was as follows:
1.2.1 Institutional
Decentralized service-delivery approach providing a central institutional role to
village-level rural local governments (GPs), in partnership with user groups, in
RWSS service provision, including scheme implementation (planning, design,
procurement, and construction) and O&M of Single Village Schemes (SVSs).
Investment funds are to be provided to and managed by GPs/user groups.
Transfer of RWSS functions, particularly SVSs, and all sanitation functions, to GPs,
with associated support interventions to build capacity of PRIs and user groups.
Demand-responsive approach adopting self-selection of villages based on demand
expressed by GPs/user groups, using transparent eligibility and prioritization
criteria, and providing technology choices.
1.2.2 Sanitation and Hygiene Promotion
Integrated approach to water supply, environmental sanitation works, and changing
hygiene behaviour, including common support mechanism. There is an emphasis on
sanitation promotion and hygiene education.
1.2.3 Financing
100 % recurrent O&M costs of RWSS services (to cover all operating costs, preventive
maintenance and minor repairs) to be recovered through user charges (except for
multi-village schemes and water quality-affected habitations, where a partial subsidy
may be necessary).
Capital-cost sharing by users, in proportion to service levels demanded. Partial
subsidy for basic water supply service (40 lpcd), and 100% user-financing of
incremental service levels over basic service level. Provide flexibility in capital-cost
sharing to socially disadvantaged populations for providing basic service levels.
1.2.4 Water Source Protection, Development and Management
Developing and adopting satisfactory water policies (and associated actions) relevant
to the sustainability of water sources used for drinking water schemes.
13
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 1.1 Summary of Key Features of World Bank-Assisted Rural Water Supply and
Sanitation Projects in various States of India
Project Objective Technology Output Cost (US$
million)
Maharashtra 1 Raise the Hand pumps: population <1000. 1.7 million WS*:86.0
1991-1998 standard of Piped system: population >2000. people in ES: 9.0
living via better VIP latrines 1060 villages HSP: 5.0
health and IS: 5.0
productivity
from access to
WS & ES.
Karnataka 1 Raise the Combination of HPs and stand 4.5 million WS:71m
1993-2000 standard of posts. Provided individual people ES: 29m
living via better connections, power line in 1200 HSP: 1m
health and extensions for electric pumps, villages IS: 17m
productivity and devices to control power and
from access to voltage changes. VIP latrines and
WS & ES. sullage drains
Uttar Pradesh Sustainable 400 to 2000 people/scheme. 1.2 million IS: 8m
1996-2002 health and Mix of technologies employing people in WS&ES: 60m
hygiene via time surface and groundwater, gravity 1000 villages SD: 2.5m
savings and and pumped schemes.
extra income VIP and pour flush latrines,
from improved sullage drains.
WS & ES.
Kerala 1 Improve WS & Mostly piped systems for 1.1 million IS: 11m
2000-2008 ES through cost settlements serving about 250 people in WS&ES:75m
recovery and people based on groundwater. 3,700 SD: 4m
building the 70% household connections. villages
state's capacity New and upgraded latrines. 100%
to scale Drainage for rainwater and household
up decentralized sullage. with water
service delivery. connections
Karnataka 2 Increase access Springs, HPs and open wells used 5 million WS&ES:166m
2002-2013 to improved & for villages with <500 people. people in IS: 21m
sustainable WS Piped systems based on level of 2100 SD: 6m
& ES. service affordable to community. villages,
Institutionalize Drainage and lane improvement. 47%
decentralized Twin pit, pour-flush latrines. household
WS services. with water
connections
14
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Project Objective Technology Output Cost (US$
million)
Maharashtra 2 Increase access HPs and piped systems with 6.7 million WS&ES:187m
2003-2009 to stand posts and house people in IS:55m
improved/ connections. Attention to source 2300 SD:5m
sustainable WS sustainability and ground water villages- Pilot:5m
institutionalize recharge. Latrines, solid waste, 61%
decentralized and drainage. project GPs
WS service (ODF)
delivery in -3000 GPs
districts and
communities.
Uttarakhand Improve Piped water systems with 1.2 million WS&ES:103.4
2006-2014 effectiveness of spring/stream sources in hilly people m
RWSS services areas and surface water sources expected IS: 11.6m
through in the plain areas, and in 3750 SD: 5m
decentralization distribution with stand posts and villages
and private connections. Household
increased role of toilets, solid and liquid waste
PRIs and management. Integrated
involvement of approach for source
local sustainability, water supply, and
communities sanitation.
Punjab Increase access New/upgraded piped systems Bank IS: 32m
2007-2013 of rural with tube well and canal sources component CD: 24m
communities to providing at least 40 lpcd. Sullage 1.5 million WS&ES:20m
improved and drains where septic tank people
sustainable rural overflows are a problem. expected
water supply in 1,200
and sanitation villages
services.
Andhra Improve rural Piped systems, using mostly 1.2 million SD:12m
Pradesh water supply groundwater for SVS and surface people WS&ES:154m
2009-2014 and sanitation water for MVS with source expected IS:14m
services through protection sustainability in 1000
progressive measures. Household toilets, villages
decentralization, solid and liquid waste
community management.
participation
and enhanced
accountability
* WS-Water Supply; ES-Environmental Sanitation; HSP-Household (Health/Hygiene) Sanitation Program; IS-
Implementation Support;
SD-Sector Development; CD- Capacity Development; HP – hand pumps; ODF- Open Defecation Free
15
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Thus, its main contributions to the sector during the last two decades cover a wide array of
project activities across the following sectoral themes:
Implementing new institutional models at scale;
Demonstrating inclusive community-based, participatory, demand-responsive
approaches;
Building the capacity of state RWSS departments, sector institutions, local
governments, NGOs and the local private sector, and communities;
Integrating governance and accountability aspects into project designs;
Improving sustainability—financial sustainability of programs, water source
sustainability, service delivery sustainability—and on-going community satisfaction;
Designing and implementing consistent sector-wide approaches at the state and
district level to scale up reforms; and
Enabling the achievement of ‘open defecation free’ villages through effective sanitation
programs, advancing the household sanitation agenda and starting to tackle next generation
sanitation challenges of community-centric solid and liquid waste management.
1.2.5 Proposed Development Objective(s)1
The development objective of the Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Project for Low Income
States is to increase access to improved piped water and sanitation services for selected rural
communities in the target states through decentralized delivery systems.
The key PDO level results indicators for the proposed project are the following:
Number of rural households having access to piped water services;
Improvements in O&M cost recovery and collection efficiency;
Number of GPs with drains and lane improvements; and
Number of rural households adopting improved hygiene and sanitation practices.
1.3 Scope of the Project
The specific tasks of the study are:
1. Conduct an analysis of the environmental status and issues in the program area for
the state and envirnmental assessment
2. Identify the potential environmental impacts of the range of activities to be
undertaken through the state projects, review the effectiveness of environmental
management through the program systems.
3. Assess the country and state policy, legal and regulatory requirements relevant to the
WSS program, the performance of the program in this context, and identify
provisions to ensure compliance.
4. Review of the existing capacity and institutional arrangements for environmental
management in the program.
1 As per information provided in the World Bank’s, ‘Project Information Document (PID): Concept Stage’, Report
No.: PIDC634 (2012)
16
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
5. Develop an Environmental Management Framework for the state.
Task 1: Analysis of Environmental Status and Issues and Envirnmental Assessmnt
It is necessary to conduct a review of the proposed project in the Bihar, one of the lagging
states in terms of environmental awareness, to understand the natural resource conditions
(including natural habitats and physical cultural resources) as well as the vulnerability to the
likely environmental impacts of activities to be supported under proposed project. To this
end the TERI’s role are as follows:
a. Collect and compile district/block level data on water resources and water quality for
assessing the availability of safe drinking water from surface/groundwater sources.
In addition to presenting the present status, TERI’s responsibility is to undertake a
trend analysis such as depleting sources, declining ground water tables, degrading
water quality and drying of surface sources in various districts/blocks. District level
maps need to be prepared by categorizing the water sources into distinct categories
such as safe for drinking, safe with treatment and unsafe for drinking purpose.
b. Examine the extent and possible cause of chemical and biological contamination of
drinking water sources (district level) and propose mitigation plan for the same.
Wherever applicable the consultant should also identify any policy/regulatory
measures that may be required to protect the water resources from further
contamination. The consultant shall also recommend various cost effective treatment
options for contaminations that are very common in the state. TERI should collect
information from secondary sources to examine possible point and non-point sources
of contamination. The water quality hotspots need to be clearly identified for each
district.
c. Assess adequacy of current water quality monitoring programs and institutional
capacity in the State, and provide recommendations for enhancing these as well as
disseminating water quality information to the rural public.
d. Assess household and environmental sanitation issues, including personal hygiene,
health, household environment and sanitation issues. Collected information on major
diseases and their causes, and assess how these can be reduced through various
project interventions. Assess need for personal health and hygiene programs;
e. Assess environmental sanitation issues pertaining to the rural areas, including need
for pavement of internal village roads and properly design network of sullage and
water drains.
Task 2: Review of Effectiveness of Environmental Management of Water Supply and
Sanitation (WSS) Activities
It is necessary to provide a review of the anticipated individual and cumulative
environmental impacts of the activities supported under the proposed National Project and
the effectiveness with which these are currently being addressed in the state programs. This
analysis will rely primarily on a review of relevant information on environmental
management in the state programmes on WSS based on field study. The field study will
focus especially on multi village or regional water supply schemes, construction/upgrading
of RWSS infrastructure in large/peri-urban villages, water treatment plants, sewage
treatment plants, interventions increasing energy efficiency, etc. The sample for the state-
specific field study has been representative with respect to water availability and water
quality, presence of critical natural habitats, etc. Furthermore, the review will include the
17
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
extent to which program activities can adversely affect and to what degree do program
systems include safeguard measures relevant to the following:
a. Important biodiversity sites
b. Important cultural resource sites
c. Natural and critical natural habitats
d. Physical cultural property
e. Community and worker safety against potential risks during construction and
operations of schemes
f. Exposure to toxic chemicals and hazardous waste, including polluted industrial
areas
g. Reconstruction or rehabilitation of schemes in natural hazard prone areas
h. Technically sound environmental engineering practices employed for all schemes to
ensure sustainability of water quantity and quality.
The output of this component is a profile of the WSS schemes to be taken up with details on
the nature and scale of the activities, remarks and field observations on environmental
impact, and remarks on the effectiveness with which impacts are currently being addressed
through the program systems. Activities that pose a risk of potentially significant and
irreversible adverse impacts on the environment (classified Category A schemes under IL)
have been identified and criteria for exclusion from the program have been developed.
Task 3: Analysis of Performance of the Legal, Regulatory and Policy Framework
a. A review of the relevant policy, legal and regulatory requirements has been
undertaken.
b. This task will include an examination of the existing policies, laws and regulations of
the Government of India and the Bihar State Government relevant to the WSS
program. The review will identify the legal, regulatory and policy bases for
environmental management in the WSS program; assess the performance of the
program systems in this context; and state clearly the provisions that need to be
included in the Environmental Management Framework to ensure that the activities
supported under the National Project are in compliance with the legal and regulatory
requirements of the Government and with the safeguard policy of the World Bank.
c. The output from this component is expected to be a detailed, up-to-date listing of all
relevant policies as well as legal and regulatory requirements of the Government of
India and the State Government and the relevant safeguard policies of the World
Bank specifying the gaps and relevance to the activities undertaken under the
proposed National Project for lagging states.
Task 4: Review of Existing Capacity and Institutional Arrangements on Environmental
Safeguards
This analysis has covered the following:
a. Description of existing systems, identification of gaps and recommendations for
strengthening the following key organizational dimensions: (i) Authority and
capacity of the implementing agency to manage the environmental effects of the
program, (ii) Adequacy of staffing and skills with respect to environmental
18
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
management, (iii) Program coordination systems, (iv) Nature and effectiveness of the
monitoring systems for environmental management and compliance. A special focus
has been given to the environmental management experience and institutional
capacity of the state agencies that is responsible for large water supply schemes in
the state.
b. Interagency coordination arrangements for environmental management: This
included an analysis of the key partners involved in the WSS sector in the states for
(i) Water Availability – (ii) Sanitation and Water Quality (iii) Waste management –
(iv) Community Based organizations.
c. The output of this component is an analysis of implementation capacity and
experience on environmental safeguards in WSS program in the states with lessons
and recommendations for the EMF.
Task 5: Development of an Environmental Management Framework (EMF)
Based on the outputs of tasks described above, an EAP has been be prepared containing, but
not limited to, the components as described below:
a. Environmental appraisal procedures: Detailed procedures and tools - a negative list, a
screening tool and mitigation guidelines (or scheme-specific environmental codes of
practice 1) need to be developed to ensure that (a) all relevant policy, legal and
regulatory requirements are met (b) activities requiring further detailed environmental
assessment are identified and go through the same (c) the environmental sustainability
of the interventions is enhanced. This section has been developed with the outputs of
Tasks 1, 2 and 3.
b. Legal, policy and regulatory measures: This will contain (based on the outputs of Task 3) a
listing of the legal and regulatory measures to be complied with and a description of
any new measures (e.g., new GOs) required ensuring the effectiveness of environmental
planning and action.
c. Institutional roles and responsibilities: This must contain (based on the outputs of Task 4) a
detailed description of roles and responsibilities within the Program Management Unit
in the National and State level, and within the PRIs and community institutions for
implementation of the EMF. It must give a clear picture of roles and responsibilities
with respect to screening, environmental assessment, capacity building and monitoring.
d. Capacity building: This section must include (i) a description of training needs of
program staff, PRIs and community institutions at the various levels (ii) description of
the training modules and delivery process (iii) description of mentoring through
Support Organizations (iv) details of the IEC (Information, Education, Communication)
strategy for raising awareness on integrating environmental sustainability in WSS
planning.
e. Monitoring: This component needs to have details of (i) the verification requirements for
environmental compliance, specifying roles and responsibilities, to ensure that the
procedures defined for screening and assessment are effectively applied, (ii) the process
of assessing cumulative environmental impacts, (iii) the reporting requirements on the
EMF implementation including specification of the performance indicators, and,
integration of the performance indicators into the program MIS.
The final output is an Environmental Management Framework providing detailed
recommendations and actions.
19
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
1.4 Need for Environmental Assessment
In order to improve the environmental health and hygiene in rural areas, it is a necessity to
provide them with safe water supply and sanitation system. Past studies indicate that the
existing water supply conditions in the rural areas of the states are not satisfactory,
particularly in terms of quality. The existing sanitation system in rural areas is also very
poor.
The proposed water supply and sanitation project is to provide good water quality and
better hygienic conditions, in the four rural four districts of Bihar. The implementation of
water supply and sanitation schemes is likely to result into varying levels of environmental
impacts that would also require supervision and monitoring. The environmental monitoring
and supervision have been undertaken based on the key environmental issues associated
with such type of work. Assessment of the existing condition of the water supply and
sanitation needs to be taken up in the project area to identify:
Current water supply scenario
Current disposal systems of the wastewater as well as Solid waste
Personal health and hygiene.
Prevailing disease due to lack of good water supply and sanitation facilities.
The consultancy assignment is intended to provide assistance to the implementers in
performing their duties for smooth implementation of the project. An EMF will be used by
the Engineers as a ready reference to screen the project interventions, impact evaluation, and
adopting the mitigation measures in the design stage itself. This will help not only the GP/
implementing authority but also to the engineers who are involved in the preparation of
various schemes. This will help to reduce the intensity of impacts at planning stage as well
as during implementation and post implementation phase.
1.5 Objectives of Environmental Assessment
The key objective of the study is to undertake and prepare a Bihar State-specific
Environmental Assessment/Environment Management Framework (EA/EMF) Report with a
view to identify the critical environmental concerns in the RWSS sector and address them as
an integral part of project design.
The specific objective includes:
1. To assess the existing status of environment in the Bihar State and to identify threats
and issues which have effect on RWSS sector.
2. To identify the environmental issues associated with implementation of RWSS
schemes (single village & multi village schemes) and develop environmental codes of
practices that need to be followed during various stages such as planning,
construction and operation and maintenance.
3. To identify generic environmental issues that are beyond the scope of RWSS
schemes, but related to the sector and recommend remedial measures to address
them as part of the project.
4. To identify existing good practices in recycling of water, use of traditional method of
liquid and solid waste management.
20
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
5. To identify traditional practices, which would result in reduction of per capita
consumption of water.
6. To identify household and environmental sanitation issues as well as to make an
assessment of pollution level with regard to water supply and its usages and propose
appropriate sanitation technology options.
7. To prepare an Environment Management Framework including well-defined
performance indicators for addressing the identified issues, through the various
activities/tasks under the proposed project, and strategy for its implementation to
achieve sustainable sources of water supply schemes and environmental sanitation
benefits.
1.6 Approach and Methodology
1.6.1 Approach
A participatory integrated approach has been adopted for achieving the specified objectives.
This approach will include collection and analysis of both primary and secondary data on
environmental issues of RWSS sector, relevant policies/laws/regulations of the Government
of India and Government of Bihar, and this shall be supplemented with multi-stakeholder
consultation process which will include in-depth discussions with officials in the various
water sector institutions. This approach will also involve thorough review and integration of
scientific knowledge from various sources. It is also envisaged to include satellite data to
map the water resources including water quality of each district. Figure 1.1 describes the
approach of the study.
1.6.2 Methodology
A very important component of this study has been based on secondary published data by
Government Departments (State and Central) and other sources.
An environmental baseline chapter highlighting the environmental issues of the state in
general, and the important aspects of environment issues associated with RWSS sector in
particular has been included. The various schemes envisaged under the RWSS were elicited
through stakeholder consultations and their environmental implications in the sampled
project districts have been assessed on the basis of inherent characteristics of each activity,
consultations with stakeholders, field surveys and open interviews.
Stakeholder consultations and field surveys are the key activities in this Environmental
Assessment study to assess the environmental feasibility of the proposed sub projects and
associated impacts. The stakeholders include the government officials, PHED, Rural
Development, Watershed Directorate, SWSM/PMU, relevant R&D institutions/
organizations in the State, CGWB, SPCB and local village communities etc. Experts of the
World Bank will also be consulted at various crucial study points. The detailed methodology
for this study is as given below:
Secondary Data Collection and Literature Review
Both quantitative and qualitative secondary data are to be collected from government
departments, World Bank documents, state departments (PHED, Pollution Control Board,
Ground Water Board, Department of Agriculture) etc. Literature review also be carried out
to assess the current environmental conditions in the project area, and ascertain the impacts
21
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
of the schemes with focus on the vulnerability to these impacts in each region. Other
successful EMFs, State and National Reports on Drinking Water and Sanitation and the
World Bank’s Project Implementation Document (PID), have been referred to in particular to
understand and analyse the design of the EMF, its implementation and to come up with the
necessary mitigation measures.
Details of the tasks under this activity include:
Compilation of district/ block level data on water resources availability and quality
Collection of water quality data (district and block level)
Assessment of adequacy of current water quality monitoring setup
Collection of information on sanitation programs/schemes
Identification of WSS schemes under the proposed National Project.
Identification of activities that pose a threat to the environment
Review of Policy and Regulatory Systems
Following a review of the environmental settings, a comprehensive assessment of the
policies, guidelines (of the Government of India and Government of Bihar) and the overall
regulatory status of the RWSS sector project has been carried out.
As part of this activity:
Review of secondary information on existing State and National policies and
programs as well as safeguard Policies of the World Bank have been conducted and
documented in a detailed, up-to-date, tabular form including relevant description.
Assessment of the effectiveness of policies and programs has been undertaken with
focus on relevance to WSS and identification of gaps.
Based on the assessment, provisions which should be included in the Environmental
Management Framework have been identified.
Stakeholder Consultations
All the identified stakeholders have been consulted and the findings of the consultations are
to be incorporated into the final EMF report. The stakeholder consultations involved the
following:
Discussions with key informants (Executive Engineer, Assistant Engineer, Junior
Engineers, District Coordinators),
Public consultation meetings involving Village Mukhiya, teachers, lawyers, farmers,
and women (includes Environmental Survey)
Household survey involving 10-15% of beneficiary households in the villages visited.
Another important criterion under the stakeholder consultation is participation and
feedback-integration from workshops led by the National and State Governments.
These multi-stakeholder workshops will help to solicit the stakeholder’s
recommendations and comments on the draft final report.
In addition to the above mentioned tools, open informal interviews were conducted
with stakeholders during the course of the study.
22
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Secondary data collection & Field consultations
analysis
& (Consultations with key
Review of policy and regulatory stakeholders namely
systems and relevant literature Government departments, Local
government, Field consultations
with Key Informants & village
(including review of important communities, transect walks, on
documents of State Water Resource site assessment of various
Department, PHED, State GWB, schemes and existing practices
State PCB and World Bank) and mitigation measures)
Development of Draft EMF
Incorporation of feedback & suggestions
from PHED and World Bank
Development of second Draft EMF
Stakeholder Consultations
Incorporation of feedbacks & suggestions from
Stakeholder consultations and further analysis
Development of Final EMF
Figure 1.1 Approach for development of EMF
23
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Figure 1.2 Components of EMF
1.7 Site selection
1.7.1 Criteria for selecting villages for field study
The districts in Bihar for this study have been selected based on following criteria
1. Agro-climatic zones,
2. Water quality (Arsenic, Fluoride, Iron)
3. Schemes (Hand Pump, Mini water supply scheme (MWSS), Rural water supply
scheme (RWSS), Multi village scheme (MVS), Small multi village scheme (SMVS),
Hand pump with attachment unit. Single, multi-village & Hand pump),
4. Source (Ground water & Surface water)
5. Other (Flood & Drought affected area).
The selected villages should cover all the three agro-climatic zones of the state of Bihar,
should have water quality issues, and should include aforementioned schemes.
The 10 districts selected by PHED, Bihar for this study are:
Patna
24
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Nalanda,
Nawada,
Begusarai,
Mujafferpur,
West Champaran,
Saran,
Munger,
Banka,
Purnea.
Out of the 10 districts, four districts were selected by TERI (in consultation with PHED), as
sample sites, based on the above mentioned criteria. These four districts are:
1. West Champaran (Agro-climatic zone 12)
2. Purnea (Agro-climatic zone 2)
3. Begusarai (Agro-climatic zone 2)
4. Nawada (Agro-climatic zone 3)
1.7.2 Schemes in the surveyed villages
District: Begusarai
Water quality issue: As (Arsenic), Iron (Fe), Chloride (Cl)
Other issues: Back wash from Iron and Arsenic treatment systems
Name of villages for study:
1. Sushil nagar (Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai):
Scheme: Hand pump and Mini water supply scheme with Iron treatment attachment unit &
solar pump
2. Siuri (Panchyat: Manjhaul-4,Block :Cheria Bariyarpur):
Scheme: Hand pump & Singal village scheme (RWSS), not started yet (Under testing)
3. Kawakol: (Panchyat: Gurgawan,Block: Matihani):
Scheme: Hand pump & Mini water supply scheme with Arsenic treatment attachment unit &
Solar pump (under construction)
4. SinghPur (Panchyat: Balahpur-1,Block: Matehani):
Scheme: Hand pump & Mini water supply with solar pump & Iron treatment attachment
unit (14 to 20 taps provided along the boundary wall of the scheme, no pipe lines laid in the
village)
2Department of Agriculture, Govt. of Bihar
< http://www.krishi.bih.nic.in/pdf/zones.pdf>
25
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Figure 1.3 District map of Begusarai
District: Purnea
Water quality issue: Iron (Fe)
Other issues: Flood affected & backwash from Iron treatment systems
Name of villages for study:
1. Banbagh (Panchyat: Banbagh chunapur,Block: K Nagar,Dist Purnea)
Scheme: Hand pump and Mini water supply scheme with Iron treatment attachment unit &
solar pump
2. Dhamdha north (Panchyat Dhamdha North,Block: Dhamdha,District Purnea)
Scheme: Hand pump and Single village scheme (RWSS) with Iron treatment attachment
unit.
3. Barbatta (Panchyat: Amour,Block: Baisi,District:Purnea)
Scheme: Hand pump and Mini water supply scheme with Iron treatment attachment unit &
solar pump
26
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Figure 1.4 District map of Purnea
District: Nawada
Water quality issue: Fluoride
Other issues: Draught (water scares area) & back wash from Fluoride treatment systems
Name of villages for study:
1. Kachariyadih (Panchyat: Hardia, Block: Rajauli):
Scheme: Mini water supply system with fluoride treatment system & solar pumps
2. Village: Bhola Khura (Mohanpur tola), Panchayat: Sandhmanjgawn, Block: Sirdala,
District: Nawada
Scheme: Mini water supply scheme with fluoride treatment unit
3. Bhola Khura: (Panchyat: Sandhmanjgaon, Block: Sirdala)
Scheme: Hand pump & Mini water supply system with fluoride treatment system & solar
pumps
4. Khadhar (Panchyat: Kharsari, Block: Kauakol):
Scheme: Hand pump & Mini water supply system with fluoride treatment system & solar
pumps
5. Pali (Panchyat:Pali,Block: Kauakol)
Scheme: Hand Pump, Hand pump with fluoride attachment unit & Mini water supply
system with fluoride treatment system & solar pumps
27
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Figure 1.5 District map of Nawada
District: West Champaran (Bettiah)
Water quality issue: No, as per PHED
Other issues: Tribal & Opportunity for surface water supply system schemes
Name of villages for study:
1. Nautan (Panchyat: Nautan,Block :Nautan)
Scheme: Hand pump & RWSS (Rural water supply scheme)
2. Ghoghaghat (Panchyat: Ghogha, Block: Chanpatia)
Scheme: Existing scheme only hand pumps, Proposed locations for multi village scheme &
source of water will be Gandak river.
3. Gowardhana (Panchyat: Manchangwa,Block: Ramnagar)
Scheme: Existing scheme only hand pumps.
28
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Figure 1.6 District map of West Champaran
Questionnaires were developed to collect environment related information through Focused
Group Discussions (FGDs) and household surveys (Annexure 1).
1.8 Organization of the Report
The draft EA & EMF report has been outlined as per the following structure.
Chapter 1 – Introduction- This chapter presents a brief description of the report discussing
project background; objective of the project and its major components, scope of the project,
need of Environmental Assessment and objectives and Methodology.
Chapter 2 – Rural Water supply and Sanitation - Policy, Regulatory Framework, Mission
and Programmes discusses State RWSS vision, RWSS coverage in the state, relevant laws/
acts, WB safeguard policies, existing institutional setup.
Chapter 3 – Baseline Environmental Status gives existing set-up, overview of existing
environmental condition of the villages of 4 districts of Bihar and their issues, existing water
supply status and sanitation amenities etc.
Chapter 4 – Environmental Management Framework includes a benchmark EMF suggesting
different environmental enhancement measures for water supply and sanitation schemes
keeping in mind key environmental issues identified and assessed, budgetary cost estimates
along with its implementation and responsibility of different institutions.
Furthermore, EMF is to be prepared with a special focus on state water supply and
sanitation schemes, suggesting environmental data collection sheets (EDS), implementation
29
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
of EMF in project cycle, Environmental Code of Practices (ECOPs), Roles and Responsibility
matrix, environmental supervision, monitoring, evaluation plan, options for safe liquid and
solid waste disposal, implementation plan including training and capacity building, training
needs, budget for training and EMP, has been presented in this section.
30
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
2. RWSS – Policy, Regulatory Framework,
Missions and Programmes
2.1 State RWSS Vision
For ensuring delivery of drinking water to rural areas, various State/Centrally sponsored
programs are being operated in Bihar. Some of the schemes under Accelerated Rural Water
Supply Programme (ARWSP) are as follows:
Deployment of hand-pumps at partially covered/uncovered tolas (habitats).
Replacement of old/non-functional hand-pumps by new ones of better technology.
Running of water harvesting schemes for better usage of rain water.
Reorganisation of old/new pipe based delivery of drinking water to rural areas.
Installation of new hand-pumps at all the Primary and Middle Schools.
Bihar Government ensures availability of at least one source of drinking water for each
group of 250 people in rural areas as per the guidelines of Govt. of India. It also follows the
norm of 55 liter per day per person water consumption for all schemes. Bihar state drinking
water coverage in rural areas has been given as under
By 2001, all rural areas identified through 1993-94 survey were covered completely.
However, due to expiry of the life-span of old hand-pumps, some areas have once again
become partially covered.
As per 2008-09 survey, the status of rural localities is as follows:
Fully covered localities - 59,602
Partially covered localities - 48,040
By the end of 2009-10, a total of 79,541 localities were brought under coverage.
Following additional State/Centrally sponsored Programmes are being implemented in the
state.
National Rural Drinking Water Programme.
Plans for Water Quality affected Areas.
Centrally Sponsored Urban Water Supply Plans.
Drinking Water Sanitation Schemes for Government Buildings.
Total Sanitation Campaign/Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan
Lohiya Swachhata Yojana
Source: http://phed.bih.nic.in/
Table 2.1 shows the batch-wise number of proposed World Bank assisted schemes in Bihar.
The Project will be implemented in 3 batches each of three years duration, with overlaps.
The details of the MVS proposed for batch 1 are given in Table 2.2.
31
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 2.1 Proposed World Bank assisted schemes (batchwise) in Bihar
Batch Years SVS Schemes Small MVS Schemes Large MVS Schemes Total
State From To No of Habitations No of Habitations No of Habitations No of Habitations
Schemes Coverage Schemes Coverage Schemes Coverage Schemes Coverage
Batch-1 Feb-14 Mar-17 152 555 3 56 1 90 156 701
Batch-2 Feb-16 Mar-19 108 515 6 470 3 400 117 1385
Batch-3 Feb-17 Mar-20 56 450 1 60 - - 57 510
Total 316 1520 10 586 4 490 330 2596
Table 2.2 Details of Batch I - Multi Village Schemes (MVS)
N0ame of Scheme District Type Of Habitation Population Coverage
Scheme Coverage (2015)
Cheria Water Supply Scheme Begusarai Small MVS 5 56879
Silao Water Supply Scheme Nalanda Small MVS 38 66787
Ghoghaghat Water Supply Scheme Westchamparan Small MVS 13 31287
Rajauli Water Supply Scheme Nawada Large MVS 90 92984
32
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
2.1.1 RWSS at National Context
In 1950, the Constitution of India specifies water as a State subject. From 1951-2012, the
Government of India (GoI) and the State governments have spent Rs 1,56,580 crores in the
domestic water and sanitation sector of the country. Also, about USD 2 billion per annum is
being spent through various programs for improving access to rural water supply and
sanitation (RWSS). But still only 31% of rural households have access to piped water and
31% households have access to sanitation (2011 Census).
In 1972-73, GoI introduced the Accelerated Rural Water Supply Program (ARWSP) to assist
States and Union Territories to accelerate the pace of coverage of drinking water supply. In
1986, the National Drinking Water Mission (NDWM) was launched to accelerate the process
of coverage of the country with drinking water. In, 1987 the first National Water Policy was
drafted by Ministry of Water Resources giving first priority to drinking water supply. In
1994 the 73rd Constitution Amendment made provision for assigning the responsibility of
providing drinking water to the Panchayati Raj Institutions. In 1999 a separate Department
of Drinking Water Supply in the Ministry of Rural Development, Govt. of India was made.
In 2002 Swajaldhara programme comes up and also, India committed to the Millennium
Development Goals (MDGs) to halve the proportion of people without sustainable access to
safe drinking water and basic sanitation by 2015, from 1990 levels. In 2009, National Rural
Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP) was launched on 1/4/2009 by modifying the earlier
Accelerated Rural Water Supply Programme and subsuming earlier sub Missions,
Miscellaneous Schemes and mainstreaming Swajaldhara principles. In 2010 Department of
Drinking Water Supply was renamed as Department of Drinking Water and Sanitation. And
in 2011 Department of Drinking Water and Sanitation upgraded as separate Ministry of
Drinking Water and Sanitation.
In order to improve the water supply and sanitation conditions of the rural sector of India,
the Working Group of 12th Five Year Plan (2012-2017) plans to make water accessible to
people from at least a radial distance of 50 meters, introduce piped water supply schemes
for house connection/yard taps, villages affected by quality of water such as Fluoride,
Arsenic, Iron and other chemical and natural contaminants would be given priority,
incorporation of public participation by the State Departments, Panchayats and other local
bodies in all aspects of drinking water supply, right from its planning, formulation of
strategies, implementation, monitoring and on operation and maintenance of systems,
Village Water and Sanitation Committees (VWSCs) will have more than 50% women
members from all communities, in order to ensure water security for drinking purposes. No
bore well other than for household consumption would be allowed at least in 500 meters
radius of the existing drinking water sources, the Water Quality Assessment Authority,
which is under the Ministry of Environment and Forests, will be converted into separate
Drinking Water Quality Assessment Authority, which should be constituted and brought
under the purview of Ministry of Drinking water and Sanitation or Ministry of Health and
Family Welfare, with a conjoint approach to water and sanitation.
2.1.2 Sector Reforms Project
Development of policies and the administration of the rural drinking water sector were
started by Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission (RGNDWM). Accelerated Rural
Water Supply Programme (ARWSP) was also started by RGNDWM, and is funded by
Government of India and State Governments. It was first introduced in 1972 and it continues
to provide the basis for the union government’s interventions in rural drinking water.
During the Ninth plan (1997-2002), guidelines were revised to achieve full coverage of all
33
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
rural habitations. Project which came up with revised guidelines was known as Swajal
project which was implemented in then undivided Uttar Pradesh. By 1999, the union
government decided to broaden the Swajal experiment throughout the country which came
up as the Sector Reform Project (SRP) which sought to implement in 67 districts. The project
had a paradigm shift from the regular supply based approach to the demand based
approach and stressed on community involvement by making the community bear 10% of
the capital cost either in cash or kind (labour, material or land) and also the entire operation
and maintenance (O&M) cost.
Immediately after the completion of Swajal Project, SRP was extended to the whole country
in the guise of Swajaldhara Guidelines.
2.1.3 Swajaladhara
Swajaldhara Programme, an extension of Sector Reform Programme, was launched on 25th
December2002. It emphasized on the need for an increase in people’s participation,
treatment of water as a socio-economic good and the use of 20% of available funds for states
promoting reforms along these lines. It introduced a paradigm shift towards demand-led
schemes from supply-led schemes, centralized to de- centralized implementation and
Government’s role from service provider to facilitator.
Principles of “Swajaldhara” programme are:
i. Adoption of a demand-responsive, adaptable approach along with community
participation based on empowerment of villagers to ensure their full participation in
the project through a decision making role in the choice of the drinking water
scheme, planning, design, implementation, control of finances and management
arrangements;
ii. Full ownership of drinking water assets with appropriate levels of Panchayats,
iii. Panchayats / communities to have the powers to plan, implement, operate, maintain
and manage all Water Supply and Sanitation schemes,
iv. Partial capital cost sharing either in cash or kind including labour or both, 100%
responsibility of operation and maintenance (O&M) by the users;
v. An integrated service delivery mechanism;
vi. Taking up of conservation measures through rain water harvesting and ground
water recharge systems for sustained drinking water supply; and
vii. Shifting the role of Government from direct service delivery to that of planning,
policy formulation, monitoring and evaluation, and partial financial support.
In June 2003 new guidelines were formulated, according to which Swajaldhara was to have
two Dharas (streams). First Dhara (Swajaldhara I) is for a Gram Panchayat (GP) or a group
of GPs or an intermediate Panchayat (at Block / Tehsil level) and the Second Dhara
Swajaldhara II) has a District as the Project area. In the Tenth Plan, it was suggested to
discontinue with Swajaldhara Project and reformulate the guidelines to overcome the
difficulties in the collection of community contribution. It was eventually decided to allocate
20% ARWSP funds for Swajaldhara Projects during the Eleventh Plan.
Guidelines for environmental safety as per Swajaldhara Projects
a. States would need to enact and implement law on effective groundwater extraction
control, regulation and recharge
34
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
b. State Government should integrate water conservation and rainwater harvesting
schemes with drinking water supply schemes
c. Rural drinking water, sanitation, health and hygiene programmes need to be
integrated at the State, District, Block and GP levels
d. Suitable monitoring mechanism and systems may be put in place in this regard by
the State Government
2.1.4 Sub – Mission Project (SMP)
Sub-Mission projects were taken up to ensure safe and sustainable water supply, through
rain water harvesting, artificial recharge, etc. particularly to the rural habitations which are
suffering from water quality problems like Arsenic, Fluorides, Iron, etc. The schemes were
funded by central and state governments in the ratio of 75:25.
2.1.5 Other Related Programmes
There are various popular schemes being implemented in Bihar by the State Government.
The following list shows these schemes:
Mukhyamantri Balika Poshak Yojana
Mukhyamantri Balika Cycle Yojana
Mukhyamantri Kanya Suraksha Yojana
Mukhyamantri Kanya Vivah Yojna
Mukhyamantri Awas Yojana
Mukhyamantri Zila Vikas Yojana
Mukhyamantri Gram Sadak Yojana
Mukhyamantri Setu Nirman Yojana
Mukhyamantri Tivra Beej Vistar Yojana
Samudai Adharit Samanvit Van Prabandhan Evam Sanrakshan Yojana of Bihar State
Jawahar Gram Samriddhi Yojna
National Health Insurance Scheme
Mamta Scheme
Aam Aadmi Bima Yojanaa
Vidya Sagar Project
Welfare Schemes
MP Local Area Development Scheme
Community Development
Basic Minimum Services
Minority welfare schemes
Flood protection schemes
35
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Samudai Adharit Samanvit Van Prabandhan Evam Sanrakshan Yojana of Bihar State
A project sponsored by the Planning Commission, Government of India titled ‚Samudai
Adharit Samanvit Van Prabandhan Evam Sanrakshan Yojana of Bihar State ‛ (Bihar Project)
is being implemented by ICFRE. The 1st phase of the project involves implementation of
agroforestry component in Vaishali District, North Bihar and RDF through JFM component
in Banka and Jamui Division of South Bihar. The duration of 1st phase of the project is from
2005-06 to 2006-07. The outlay for ICFRE component is Rs. 18.94 crore out of the total outlay
of Rs. 51.00 crore for implementation of the 1st phase. ICFRE has taken up project
programme related to agrogorestry with help and support of SFD, Bihar and implemented it
on farmer’s fields in North Bihar by providing technical knowledge, quality planting stock,
training and extension, establishment of hi-tech nursery, kisan nursery and demonstration
trials. In JFM linked RDF programme in Banka and Jamui Divisions, ICFRE is helping in
establishing hi-tech nursery cum demonstration centre, providing training support and
helping in conducting study tours.
Various activities being implemented in this scheme are as follows3
1. Socio-economic Survey
2. Impact Assessment
3. Selection of Suitable Plant Species and their Propagation
4. Raising Quality Planting Stock through Establishment of Model Nurseries and Kisan
Nursery
5. Planting Trees an Farmlands
6. Establishment of Field Demonstration
7. Trainings, Extension and NGO Involvement
8. Establishment of Orchards, Hedge Garden
9. Identification of VAM fungi and Inoculation
10. Develop Extension Material/Packages Field Manuals in Vernacular Language
11. Establishment of Center and Appointment of staff
12. Engagement of Consultants for Agroforestry, Joint Forest Management, Planting
Stock Improvement, Socio-economic Studies
13. National Seminar/ Workshop and Study Tours
14. Monitoring and Evaluation, Documentation and Data Base
15. Utilization of Agroforestry/Forestry Produce
In addition to schemes mentioned above, the following are some of the important schemes
being implemented by Rural Development, State Government of Bihar:
National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme - Bihar
Swarna Jayanti Gram Swarojgar Yojana
Indira Aawas Yojana
o Credit-cum-Subsidy Scheme for Rural Housing
3 http://www.biharonline.gov.in/Site/Content/Government/Government.aspx?u=l
36
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Hariyali
o Integrated Waste-Land Development Project
o Drought-Prone Area Programme
Integrated Waste-Land Development Project
The Integrated Wastelands Development Project Scheme strives to develop non-forest
wasteland on village/micro-watershed basis. The scheme also helps generate employment in
rural areas besides, enhancing people's participation in wasteland development leading to
equitable sharing of benefits and sustainable development.
Scope
Watershed Development approach has been adopted for all area development programmes.
This approach has also been adopted for implementation of this scheme. Integrated
Wasteland Development based on village/micro-watershed plans is taken up after taking
into consideration the local capabilities, site condition and local needs of the people.
Funding
The Government of India provides 100% grant. Project cost not to exceed Rs. 5 crore per
project at a rate of Rs. 4,000/- per hectare for a period of four years.
Strategy
Major activities taken up under this scheme are soil and moisture conservation, afforestation
and pasture development, promotion of horticulture/agro-forestry, encouraging natural
regeneration, wood substitution and fuel wood conservation measures, and dissemination
of technology, as decided by the user group living in or around the project area.
Source: ht t p://rdd.bih.nic.in/schemes.htm
2.1.6 Total Sanitation Campaign (TSC)
Water, sanitation and health, all three are inter-related. Consumption of unsafe drinking
water, improper disposal of human excreta, improper environmental sanitation, lack of
personal and food hygiene, prevailing high Infant Mortality Rate (IMR) are major causes of
many diseases in developing countries like India. In this context and primarily with the
objective of improving the quality of life of the rural people and also to provide privacy and
dignity to women, Central Rural Sanitation Programme (CRSP) was launched in 1986.
CRSP was a supply driven, highly subsidy and infrastructure oriented. As a result of these
deficiencies and low financial allocations, the CRSP had little impact on the gigantic
problem. The results of evaluation of CRSP and the experience of community-driven,
awareness generating campaign based programmes in some states, led to the formulation of
the Total Sanitation Campaign (TSC) approach in 1999.
The main goal of Total Sanitation Campaign is to eradicate the practice of open defecation
by 2017. Community-led total sanitation is not focused on building infrastructure, but on
preventing open defecation through peer pressure and shame. In Maharashtra more than
2000 Gram Panchayats have achieved ‘open defecation free’ status. To give boost to the
campaign, the GOI has launched a program called Nirmal Gram Puraskar under which
individuals and institutions which will significantly contribute in ensuring attainment of full
sanitation coverage status of an area will receive monetary rewards and high publicity
under the program.
37
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
The main objectives of the TSC are as under4
Bring about an improvement in the general quality of life in the rural areas.
Accelerate sanitation coverage in rural areas.
Generate felt demand for sanitation facilities through awareness creation and health
education.
Cover schools/ Anganwadi’s in rural areas with sanitation facilities and promote
hygiene education and sanitary habits among students.
Encourage cost effective and appropriate technologies in sanitation.
Eliminate open defecation to minimize risk of contamination of drinking water
sources and food.
Convert dry latrines to pour flush latrines, and eliminate manual scavenging
practice, wherever in existence in rural areas.
2.1.7 Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan (NBA)
With the objective to accelerate sanitation coverage in the rural areas so as to
comprehensively cover the rural community through renewed strategies and saturation
approach, TSC has been renamed as ‚Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan‛ (NBA).
NBA envisages covering the entire community for saturated outcomes with a view to create
Nirmal Gram Panchayats with following priorities:
Provision of Individual Household Latrine (IHHL) of both Below Poverty Line (BPL)
and identified Above Property Line households within a Gram Panchayat (GP).
Gram Panchayats where all habitations have access to water to be taken up. Priority
may be given to Gram Panchayats having functional piped water supply.
Provision of sanitation facilities in Government Schools and Anganwadis in
Government buildings within these GPs
Solid and Liquid Waste Management (SLWM) for proposed and existing Nirmal
Grams.
Extensive capacity building of the stake holders like PRIs, VWSCs and field
functionaries for sustainable sanitation.
Appropriate convergence with MGNREGS with unskilled man-days and skilled
man-days.
The main objectives of NBA are as under:
Bring about an improvement in the general quality of life in the rural areas.
Accelerate sanitation coverage in rural areas to achieve the vision of Nirmal Bharat
by 2002 with all gram Panchayats in the country attaining Nirmal status.
Motivate communities and PRIs promoting sustainable sanitation facilities through
awareness creation and wealth education.
4 http://rural.nic.in/sites/downloads/pura/Total%20Sanitation%20Campaign%20-%20DDWS.pdf
38
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
To cover the remaining schools not covered under Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA) and
Anganwadi Centres in the rural areas with proper sanitation facilities and undertake
proactive promotion of hygiene education and sanitary habits among students.
Encourage cost effective and appropriate technologies for ecologically safe and
sustainable sanitation.
Develop community managed environmental sanitation systems focusing on solid
and liquid waste management for overall cleanliness in the rural areas.
Implementation
Implementation of NBA is proposed with ‘Gram Panchayat’ as the base unit. The project
proposal originates from a district and is examined and consolidated by the State
Government and send out to the Government of India (Ministry of Drinking Water and
Sanitation) as a State Plan. NBA is implemented in phases with start-up activities and funds
are to be made available for preliminary IEC work. The physical implementation is oriented
towards satisfying the felt-needs, where-in individual households choose from a menu of
options to their household latrines. The built-in flexibility in the menu of options gives
people the opportunity for subsequent up gradation depending upon their requirements
and financial position. In the ‚campaign approach‛, a synergistic interaction between the
Government agencies and other stakeholders is a necessity. To bring about the desired
behavioural changes for relevant sanitary practices, intensive IEC and advocacy, with
participation of NGOs/ PRIs/ resource organizations is envisaged.
Components of NBA5
• Start-Up activities
• IEC Activities
• Capacity Building
• Construction of Individual Household Latrines
• Rural Sanitary Marts and Production Centres
• Provision of Revolving Fund in the District
• Community Sanitary Complex
• Institutional Toilets – School and Anganwadi toilets
• Solid and Liquid Waste Management
• Maintenance of facilities created under NBA
• Administrative charges
2.2 RWSS Coverage in Bihar
2.2.1 Drinking Water
Rural Water Supply and Sanitation schemes covered 107,642 habitations and out of these
habitations, numbers of habitations with 100% population coverage were 87394 and partially
covered habitations were 202480 as of 2-02-2013. At the same time 4163 schemes were still
ongoing with 16 % ongoing schemes older than 5 years and 32% schemes between 3 to 5
5 Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation 2012, Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan, Government of India, New Delhi
39
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
years old. As of 01-04-2012, out of total 14580 water quality affected habitations there were
2698 habitations contaminated with Fluoride, 1004 habitations contaminated with Arsenic,
10877 habitations contaminated with Iron and one habitation contaminated with Nitrate.
Out of total 107642 habitations with RWSS schemes, 34384 schemes have their 100% sources
tested in laboratory and 5527 schemes have part of total water samples tested in laboratories.
As of 2012-2013, 67731 schemes were still had no of their water samples tested in
laboratories. Under ‘Jalmani’ programme, which was implemented by states through
GP/VWSC/SHG’s etc. total money released and utilized were Rs. 766.16 lakh and Rs. 766.15
lakh, respectively. Using these money facilities were created in 3331 schools while target
was for 3831 schools. As per Bihar State Information pertaining to Rural Drinking Water
Supply, their coverage in state has been given in different tables as follows:
Table 2.3 Overview of Bihar state related to water sector
No of Districts 38
No of Blocks 532
No of Panchayats 8741
Rural Population as on 01/04/12 (In Crore) 9.04
[SC-1.49 (16.48%) ST-0.08
(0.88%) GEN-7.47 (82.63%)]
Population Managing Water Supply Scheme 54.20%
Stage of Ground Water Development 39%
Table 2.4 Coverage of SC/ST/Minority Habitations (Coverage as on 02/02/2013)
Particulars Total Habitations Coverage % Coverage
SC Concentrated Habitations 23520 21987 93.48
ST Concentrated Habitations 1952 1885 96.57
Habitations in Minority Concentrated Districts 21514 20318 94.44
Table 2.5 Different Scheme Details in Bihar state as on 02/02/2013
S.N. Particulars State Percentage India Percentage
Total Total
1 Habitations covered by PWSS 3643 3.38 497964 29.89
2 Habitations covered by 85819 79.73 742067 44.54
Handpumps / Bore wells
3 Habitations covered by Others 16812 15.62 42878 2.57
4 Habitations where scheme detail 1368 1.27 383166 23.00
Not entered in information
system
5 Total 107642 100.00 1666075 100.00
Table 2.6 Physical Progress during 2012-13 as on 02/02/2013
S.N. Particulars Target Achievement % Achievement
1 Partially Covered 8915 4699 52.71
2 Quality Affected 6100 1428 23.41
3 Minority Districts 2495 731 0.00
4 Minority Blocks 2264 690 0.00
5 SC Dominated 2904 965 0.00
6 ST Dominated 264 111 0.00
40
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 2.7 Planned Targets and Achievements (up to 02/02/2013) 2012-2013
S.No. Activity Target Achievement % age
1 No. of Persons to be Trained for water 42210 0 0.00
quality testing using FTKs
2 No. of water quality tests done in labs 114000 56116 49.22
3 No. of water quality tests done using FTKs 50000 270 0.54
4 No. of Sub division Labs set up 76 0 0.00
5 Provision of Water Supply in Schools 3000 1716 57.20
6 No of Sustainability structures constructed 3260 43 1.32
7 No PWSS handed over to panchayats 50 95 190.00
8 No. of VWSC members Trained 6000 0 0.00
Source for all above tables: NRDWM website at
http://indiawater.gov.in/IMISReports/Reports/Profile/rpt_StateProfile.aspx?Rep=1
2.2.2 Sanitation
Numbers of beneficiary households incentivized for ‘Individual Household Latrines (IHHL)’
under ‘Total Sanitation Scheme’ in Bihar in the years 2009-10, 2010-11 and 2011-12 were
472722, 545770, and 646052, respectively. As on 31.03.2012, State Government of Bihar
constructed 3837803 ‘Individual Household Latrines’, 777 ‘Sanitary Complexes’ and 74003
school toilets and 2876 Anganwadi toilets under TSC. In the year 2000-01, 2001-02, 2002-03,
2005-06 and 31.12.2007 total school toilets sanctioned under TSC in Bihar were 4120, 5804,
3000, 2329 and 7492, respectively. For these school toilets central government spent 494.4,
696.48 and 360.0 lakh Rs. in the year 2000-01, 2001-02, and 2002-03, respectively. Additional
information pertaining to sanitation sector is presented in following different tables which
also includes coverage in state and expenditure.
Table 2.8 Individual Household Latrines (IHHL) Project Objectives and Achievements
under Total Sanitation Campaign (TSC) in Bihar (As on March, 2012)
State Objectives (IHHL Total) Achievement (Up to March, 2012)
Bihar 11171314 3839093
India 125726727 87362100
Table 2.9 Number of toilets Constructed under TSC in Bihar (2008-2009 to 2011-2012
upto August 2011)
Year IHHL School Anganwadi Community Sanitary
Toilet Toilet Complex
2008-2009 756465 15065 272 52
2009-2010 640359 4010 216 17
2010-2011 717792 8679 309 63
2011-2012 203225 2705 87 19
(Up to Aug 11)
41
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 2.10 Physical Progress under TSC in Bihar (2009-2010, Upto December 2009)
in Number
State IHHL IHHL IHHL Sanitary School Balwadi
(BPL) (APL) Total Comp Toilets Toilets
Bihar 368714 150902 519616 7 3403 161
India 3405425 3808617 7214042 1239 95081 34052
Table 2.11 Financial and Physical Achievements under TSC in Bihar (2007-2008)
State Release Expenditure IHHL Sanitary School Anganwadi
Amount Amount Complex Toilets Toilets
Bihar 9554.97 5794.58 513050 66 11836 474
India 90913.37 79070.63 11527890 3006 236289 86493
Table 2.12 District-wise Physical Progress under TSC in Bihar (As on 5.1.2003)
Districts Sanc- Repor- Project Objectives
tion ted
Month/ Month/ IHHLs Sani- School Toilets RSM/ Total San.
Year Year tary Toilets for Bal- PCs Of Vill-
Com- wadis ages
plex
Vaishali 11/99 9/02 190598 662 1300 0 10 0
East 2/01 9/02 180000 625 1090 0 10 0
Champaran
Patna 2/01 9/02 190000 659 1100 0 10 0
Gaya 2/01 9/02 190000 655 1095 0 10 0
Banka 2/01 9/02 144396 500 835 0 10 0
Muzaffarpur 5/01 9/02 180000 371 995 0 10 0
Chapra 5/01 9/02 170000 590 1030 0 10 0
(Saran)
Madhubani 3/02 9/02 160000 600 1500 0 10 14707
Katihar 3/02 9/02 170000 600 1158 0 10 0
Begusarai 3/02 9/02 170000 600 1121 0 10 0
Bihar 1744994 5862 11224 0 100 14707
Source for all above tables:
http://www.biharstat.com/googlesearch.aspx?q=&cx=012488167769036444254:muc_jmckdka&cof=FORID:9
2.3 Regulatory and Policy Framework
2.3.1 National Policies and Regulation
Water sources like river, pond, oasis, open wells etc. were very important to the
development of civilizations. They provided water for farming crops and for other uses.
With development of society, management started shifting from private to community level
to the local governments. Maintaining this basic characteristic of civilization, Government of
India’s, provides drinking water supplies through different mechanisms. Following table
shows progress of The Rural Water Supply (RWS) sector driven by Government of India.
42
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 2.13 Progress of RWSS Programme, Government of India6
Development Stage Year Major Thrust
The first government-installed 1952 Basic drinking water supply facilities to the rural
rural water supply schemes population
Government of India’s effective 1972-73 Launch of Accelerated Rural Water Supply
role Programme (ARWSP).
The First generation 1972-1986 Provision of adequate drinking water supply to the
programme rural community through the Public Health
Engineering System.
The second generation 1986-87, Technology Mission renamed in 1991-92 as Rajiv
programme 1991-92 Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission Stress on
water quality, appropriate technology intervention,
human resource development support and other
related activities
The third generation 1999-2000, Sector Reform Projects evolved to involve
programme 2002 community in planning, implementation and
management of drinking water related schemes,
later scaled up as Swajaldhara in 2002
Fourth phase 2012-13 Ensuring sustainability of water availability in
terms of potability, adequacy, convenience,
affordability and equity while also adopting
decentralized approach involving PRIs and
community organizations. Decentralization &
conjunctive use of water etc.
6National Rural Drinking Water Programme: Framework for Implementation, Department of Drinking Water
Supply, Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India
http://rural.nic.in/sites/downloads/pura/National%20Rural%20Drinking%20Water%20Programme.pdf
43
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
2.3.2 National Policy Framework7
Following figure gives snapshot of framework for National Rural Drinking Water
Programme (NRDWP).
Figure 2.1 Overview of National Policy Framework
7National Rural Drinking Water Programme: Framework for Implementation, Department of Drinking Water
Supply, Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India
http://rural.nic.in/sites/downloads/pura/National%20Rural%20Drinking%20Water%20Programme.pdf
44
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
2.3.3 Recent changes in the policy framework
National drinking water mission has progressed through different stage (Table 2.29) to
achieve the present stage. Following are the major paradigm shifts in the policy framework
to ensure inclusive & sustainable growth.
Providing 40 lpcd for the entire population in a habitation to providing adequate
drinking water to people living at the tail end of the schemes or throughout the year
Conventional norms of litres per capita per day (lpcd) to ensure drinking water
security for all in the community
To ensure that the basic minimum requirement at the household level for drinking
and cooking needs
Maintain quality as per the prescribed as per BIS standards
To prevent contamination of drinking water in the conveyance system
Drinking water quality standards both at the production (water treatment plant) as
well as at the consumption points (household level).
Focus on personal hygiene
Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS) IS: 10500 and World Health Organization issued
modified Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality (2004) and Guidelines for safe use
of wastewater and grey water (2006) adopted for health based target setting
approach
Risk assessment and risk management of water supplies commonly known as 'water
safety plan'.
Linking water quality problem with a water safety solution
Actual water use rather than the source should determine the quality of the water
supplied
Water Quality Monitoring & Surveillance Programme
In addition to above major changes in thoughts, since year 2012-13 Government of India
through its notification no. D.O. No. W-11011/07/2012-WQ dated July 17, 2012 has modified
NRDWP. According to these modifications utilization of 5% water quality fund under
NRDWP for inhabitation’s having chemical contamination of drinking water sources and for
Japanese Encephalitis (JE)/ Acute Encephalitis Syndrome (AES) affected priority districts is
mandatory. Out of earmarked 5% water quality find, 75% will be allocated to states with
habitations with chemical contamination (arsenic, fluoride, nitrate, salinity and iron in that
order of priority) and the remaining 25% fund will be allocated to the five states with 60
high priority districts affected with JE/AES viz. Assam, Bihar, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh
and West Bengal. Detailed guidelines to follow these instructions have also been provided.
2.3.4 Applicable Legal and Regulatory system
A) Water
National water policy (NWP) 2002, presents the framework for the policy, including the
present scenario, concerns, and basic principles of water resource management. This also
mentions the interdependence of all elements of the hydrological cycle, and of the need for
equity. In pursuance of the strategies identified in National Water Mission Document as well
45
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
as deliberations in National Water Board, Ministry of Water Resources had initiated the
process of reviewing the NWP 2002. Accordingly, the Drafting Committee on National
Water Policy has evolved the draft policy after taking into consideration recommendations
of various stake holders. Resultant is called as Draft National Water Policy (NWP, 2012).
Even while recognizing that the States have the right to frame suitable policies, laws and
regulations on water, the draft NWP, 2012 lays emphasis on the need for a national water
framework law, comprehensive legislation for optimum development of inter-State rivers
and river valleys, public trust doctrine, amendment of the Indian Easements Act, 1882, etc.
Hence all water related issues shall be handled by NWP-2012 at national level and by Bihar
State Water Policy -2010 at state level. For water quality following regulations are applicable:
Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS) IS: 10500 and
World Health Organization issued modified Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality
(2004) and Guidelines for safe use of wastewater and grey water (2006)
For sustainability of drinking water projects guidelines ‚Mobilising Technology for
Sustainability‛ issued by the Department of Drinking Water Supply, Government of
India
B) Environment
The following are the laws and regulations that are applicable to the environmental and
social aspects of the projects:
Policy and Regulatory Framework of Government of India (GoI)
Environmental Policy and Regulations of the Bihar State Government.
Legislations/norms applicable to construction projects.
Operational Policies of the World Bank
Table 2.14 Applicable National and State Policies and Regulatory Frameworks
S. No Act / Rules Purpose Applicable Reason for Authority
Yes/ No Applicability
1 Environment To protect and Yes As all environmental MoEF, Gol,
Protection Act- improve overall notifications, rules and DoE, State
1986 environment schedules are issued Gov. CPCB,
under this Act. SPCB
2 Environmental To provide No All projects listed under MoEF, EIAA
Impact environmental Schedule-I of the
Assessment clearance to Notification requires
Notification new environmental clearance
14th Sep-2006 development from the MoEF. Water
activities supply and sanitation
following projects, however, are
environmental not covered in the
impact Schedule.
assessment
5 The Land Set out rule for Yes This Act will be Revenue
Acquisition Act acquisition. of applicable as there will Department,
1894 (As land by be acquisition of land for State
amended in government scheme construction. Government
1985)
6 The Forest To check Yes Applicable if there is Forest
46
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
S. No Act / Rules Purpose Applicable Reason for Authority
Yes/ No Applicability
(Conservation) deforestation by diversion of forest land Department,
Act. 1980 restricting for non-forest activities State
conversion of i.e. forest land if Government
forested areas required for any of the and Ministry
into non- schemes. of
forested areas Environment
and Forests,
Government
of India
7 Wild Life To protect listed Yes This Act is will be Chief
Protection Act species of flora applicable, if there are Conservator
1972 and fauna and any points of wildlife Wildlife,
establishment of crossings in proximity to Wildlife Wing,
a network of project locations. State Forest
ecologically- Department
important and Ministry
protected areas of
Environment
and Forests,
Government
of India
8 Air (Prevention To control air Yes This Act will be SPCBs
and Control of pollution by applicable during
Pollution) Act, controlling construction.
1981 emission of air
pollutants as
per the
prescribed
standards.
9 Water To control Yes This Act will be SPCBs
Prevention and water pollution applicable during
Control of by controlling construction.
Pollution) discharge of
Act1974 pollutants as
per the
prescribed
standards
10 The Noise The standards Yes This act will be SPCBs
Pollution for noise for day applicable for all
(Regulation and and night have construction equipment
Control) Rules, been deployed at worksite.
2000 promulgated by
the MoEF for
various land
uses.
11 Ancient Conservation of Yes This act will be Archaeologica
Monuments and cultural and applicable, only if any l Department
47
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
S. No Act / Rules Purpose Applicable Reason for Authority
Yes/ No Applicability
Archaeological historical scheme site is in Gol, Indian
Sites and remains found proximity to any Heritage
Remains in India Ancient Monument, Society and
Act1958 declared protected Indian
under the act. National Trust
for Art and
Culture
Heritage
(INTACH).
12 Public Liability Protection form Yes Contractor may need to SPCBs
and Insurance hazardous stock hazardous
Act 1991 materials8 and material like diesel,
accidents. Bitumen, Emulsions etc.
13 Explosive Act Safe Yes For transporting and Chief
1984 transportation, storing diesel, oil and Controller of
storage and use lubricants etc. Explosives
of explosive
material
14 Minor Mineral For opening No Regulate use of minor District
Concession new quarry. minerals like stone, soil, Collector
Rules river sand etc.
15 Central Motor To check Yes This rule will be Motor Vehicle
Vehicle Act 1988 vehicular air applicable to vehicles Department
and noise deployed for
pollution. construction activities
and construction
machinery.
16 National Forest To maintain Yes This policy will be Forest
Policy, 1988 ecological applicable if any eco Department,
stability sensitive feature exists in State
through and around the scheme Government
preservation sites. and Ministry
and restoration of
of biological Environment
diversity. and Forests,
Government
of India
17 The Mines Act The Mines Act No If the construction Mines
1952 has been activities will require Department,
notified for safe aggregates, only then State
and sound applicable. These will be Government.
mining activity. procured through
mining from approved
quarries.
8‚Hazardous substance" means any substance or preparation which is defined as hazardous substance under the
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986).
48
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
2.3.5 The World Bank's environmental and social safeguard policies
The World Bank's environmental and social safeguard policies are a cornerstone of its
support to sustainable poverty reduction. The objective of these policies is to prevent and
mitigate undue harm to people and their environment in the development process. These
policies provide guidelines for bank and borrower staffs in the identification, preparation,
and implementation of programs and projects. The effectiveness and development impact of
projects and programs supported by the Bank has substantially increased as a result of
attention to these policies. Safeguard policies have often provided a platform for the
participation of stakeholders in project design, and have been an important instrument for
building ownership among local populations.9
The World Bank has 10 Safeguard Policies. These include:
Environmental Assessment
Natural Habitats
Forests
Pest Management
Physical Cultural Resources
Indigenous Peoples
Safety of Dams
International Waterways
Disputed Areas
In the context of the current project objectives, the applicability of the Bank’s Safeguard
Policies have been described in Table 2.15 below.
One of the most applicable OPs is OP 4.01 on ‘Environmental Assessment’. Environmental
Assessment is one of the 10 environmental, social, and legal Safeguard Policies of the World
Bank. Environmental Assessment is used to identify, avoid, and mitigate the potential
negative environmental impacts associated with Bank lending operations. The World Bank's
environmental assessment policy and recommended processing are described in
Operational Policy (OP)/Bank Procedure (BP) 4.01: Environmental Assessment. This policy
is considered to be the umbrella policy for the Bank's environmental 'safeguard policies'
which among others include: Forests (OP 4.36), and OP/BP 7.50 Projects on International
Waterways (OP 7.50).10
Table 2.15 Applicable World Bank Policies & Regulations
Policy Applicability to the project
OP/BP 4.01 Environmental Applicable to this project.
Assessment The EMF includes a detailed description of assessment procedures
for each of the activities proposed under the project.
OP/BP 4.04 Natural Habitats Not applicable,
Since schemes to be taken up under the project would not convert
or degrade natural habitats.
9 http://go.worldbank.org/WTA1ODE7T0 (Last accessed on 1/2/2013)
10 http://go.worldbank.org/OSARUT0MP0 (Last accessed on 1/2/2013)
49
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Policy Applicability to the project
OP/BP 4.36 Forestry Applicable to the project.
Some of the schemes taken up under the Project, if located in forest
areas. Assessment procedures and mitigation measures have been
put in place through the EMP in accordance with the approval of
the Forest Department and guidelines for compensatory
afforestation.
OP 4.36 will be triggered wherever water sources or any
infrastructure related to scheme is located in the forests.
Government of India (GOI) as well as state governments has well
laid out rules and procedures for making use of forest lands for
non-forest purposes. Key principle underpinning the land
transactions are:
(i) Before awarding any work, an application will be made to the
concerned Divisional Forest Officer (DFO) requesting lands
specifying location and area required as well as purpose for which
it will be used.
(ii) DFO will examine and recommends to the state government
which has powers to accord approval for lands up to five hectare
and area beyond needs approval by GOI.
Past experience of rural water supply projects and as other projects
implemented by other sector institutions indicate that a majority of
schemes may not require more than 0.5 Ha (single village
schemes) and 1-2 Ha (multi-village schemes). This means, most
approvals will be sought within the state. Forest land transfer will
require fees to be paid towards lease amount; annual lease rent,
and net present value (NPV), amounts will be determined by DFO.
Therefore, before any project be taken up in the forest areas due
procedure to seek forest clearance be undertaken before work on a
water supply scheme be started.
OP 4.09 Pest Management Not Applicable.
Vector control measures, if undertaken in the project will be in
accordance with the OP 4.09 avoiding use of insecticides in classes
1a, 1b and 2.
OP/BP 4.12 Involuntary Not Applicable
Resettlement The project will ensure that people are not displaced.
OP/BP 4.20 Indigenous Peoples Applicable to the project.
To be decided based on the Social Assessment Study.
OP/BP 4.11 Physical Cultural Not Applicable to the project.
Resources No existing cultural property will be damaged.
OP/BP 4.37 Safety of Dams Not applicable
Since the project does not involve construction of dams.
OP/BP 7.50 Projects on Applicable to the project.
International Waterways In accordance with OP 7.50 (International Waterways) this is seen
that the proposed project falls within the exceptions to the
notification requirement under para 7(a) of the Policy. OP 7.50 is
applicable for the proposed project since the Ganga and its
tributaries from where water resource would be used for the
project is infinitesimally small fraction of overall volume of flow in
these rivers and investment components involve piped water
50
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Policy Applicability to the project
supply schemes which will ultimately improve the efficiency of
water supply system, delivery of resource, decrease in wastage of
resource and thus improved efficiency of WSS system and service
delivery. It is envisaged that there will not be any adverse impacts
on water quality and quantity due to this project and there will not
be adverse effect on water use of the other riparian countries. The
project is expected to have a net positive effect on the
environment.
The project will not adversely impact the quality and quantity of
water, both upstream and downstream, and the proposed project
activities do not conflict with any of the agreements between the
riparian countries.
OP/BP 7.60 Projects in Disputed Not applicable
Areas As no project components will be proposed in disputed areas.
2.4 State Sector institutions
The Public Health Engineering Department of Bihar is entrusted with the mandate to
provide drinking water and sanitation services in the state. The PHED was established in the
year 1972 for purposes of planning, implementing, monitoring and supervision of approved
schemes. The department has created a State Water and Sanitation Mission (registered as a
Society under it) for management of Rural Water supply and sanitation (Fig. 2.2 and 2.3).
51
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Bihar State Water and Sanitation Mission (BSWSM)
The BSWSM is the • This is a registered society u nd er society
suprem e bod y for act 1958. The Com m ittee has been
constitu ted u nd er the Chairm anship of
im plem entation of Develop m ent Com m issioner,
Drinking Water Supply Governm ent of Bihar
and Sanitation
Program m e in the State.
1. Apex Committee 2. Executive Committee
Development Commissioner, Principal Secretary/Secretary, PHED,
Government of Bihar , Chairman Government of Bihar , Chairman
Principal Secretary / Secretary, PHED, Engineer in Chief cum Special
Government of Bihar, Member Secretary/Chief Engineer, PHED,
Secretary Government of Bihar, Member Secretary
Principal Secretary/Secretary of the Joint Secretary/Deputy Secretary level
other department will either Member officer of the other department will be the
Member
Figure 2.2 BSWSM status & organization of committees
52
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Figure 2.3 Organizational structure of the BSWSM
2.4.1 Resolution
As per Para 2.2 la of Restructured Central sponsored Rural Sanitation Programme (RCRSP)
guidelines and under Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission, GOI, New Delhi;
Bihar state water & sanitation mission (BSWSM) is constituted as a registered society. For
this purpose, approval on constitution of BSWSM and its registration was given by Apex
committee of the government body in its meeting on 7th Oct. 2004 and by executive of the
BSWSM in its meeting on 22nd Sept. 2004.
It is in this connection a resolution has taken to register BSWSM. The organizational
structure of the Bihar State Water & Sanitation Mission (BSWSM) is as shown in Figure 2.3.
2.4.2 Power / Functions of the Mission
A. Governing Body
Overall policy guidance & Co-ordination of programmes implemented by the
District WATSAN missions / Zila Parishads.
To ensure co-ordination with various departments, agencies and convergence of
different activities related to water supply & sanitation in rural areas.
To approve and sanction the Annual Plan, Budget and Audited Accounts.
Make, alter and amend the objectives, rules and regulations by laws of the Mission,
constitute committees from time to time as and when considered necessary for
effective execution of the programmes and schemes.
53
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Delegate powers and function to the employees committees and the consultants of
the missions.
B. Executive Body: Subject to the general control and supervision of the Government
Body
• Implement the policies / decision of the Government Body.
• Interact with GOI/RGNDWM and support the implementation of directly
implement, various Rural Water Supply and Sanitation schemes and other related
activities as well as programmes funded by external donors like DFID, UNICEF,
DANIDA etc.
• Liaise & Co-ordinate with various line departments, State Govt. & other sector
partners and ensure participation of the SHGs and the communities in different
projects.
• Identify; mobilize NGO’s to undertake work as per schemes notified by the
Department of Rural Development. This would include providing technical
assistance, guidance and training.
• Ensure establishment and constitution of Missions in the District Level and
Panchayat Level.
• Ensure opening of separate Bank account at District Level and Panchayat Level.
• Organize meeting/ Workshop/ Study tours/ Seminars with involvement of all
concerned prepare IEC/ Publicity materials for Sanitation and Sector reforms projects
and other related activities.
• To promote adoption of demand driven & participatory approach, service delivery
maximizing empowerment of villagers in decision making on the choice of service
levels.
• Monitor and evaluate the implementation of the schemes by the various agencies
including NGO’s.
• Consider and approve the annual accounts ensuring proper auditing of the
expenditure by competent authority.
• Undertake any other activities that are consistent with the aims & objectives of the
Mission.
2.4.3 The Proposed Policy
Water Allocation Priorities
The order of priorities of water allocation for effective water resource management will be as
follows:
Priority rankings: from high to low
• Drinking water for human beings
• Drinking water for Livestock
• Other domestic, commercial and municipal water uses
• Agriculture
• Power generation
54
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
• Environmental and ecological Industrial Non-consumptive uses, such as cultural,
leisure and tourist uses.
• Others (Lowest priority) any departure from the above priorities will require
consideration on a case-by-case basis.
Drinking Water Supply
• The State Government will ensure the provision of adequate potable drinking water
to every citizen, shifting from habitation based norms to family level water security.
The service level for rural areas will be at least 70 lpcd.
• Formation of special task force with budgetary provisions to manage arsenic,
fluoride and excess iron in drinking water.
• As a long term solution, cover all the habitations affected with arsenic, fluoride and
iron with piped water supply in next five years
• Promotion of the principles of Reduce, Recycle and Reuse of water
• Sufficient funds and functionaries will be provided to PRI and Local Bodies for
regulation and distribution of drinking water in villages, Tolas and towns.
• The capacities of PRIs and Urban bodies will be enhanced in a phased manner so that
these institutions can regulate and distribute the drinking water.
• Drinking water needs of humans and livestock will be the first charge on any
available water source.
• In multi-purpose Irrigation projects top priority will be given to drinking water.
• Future and existing irrigation and multi-purpose projects will include a drinking
water component wherever there is no dependable alternative source of drinking
water.
Optimizing Water Availability
• A comprehensive inventory of potential and actual water resources, perennial and
ephemeral will be fully identified and quantified. Funds will be provided, on priority
basis, to implement programmers of optimum water utilization.
• The watershed approach will be considered in planning of new irrigation projects.
• Basin, sub-basin, aquifer and State-level water resources development and
environmental plans will be prepared with stakeholder participation.
Surface water
• Roof top rain water harvesting, storm-water harvesting, recycling and reuse of waste
waters will be promoted in water stressed areas
• Efficient crop-water application and utilization practices shall be encouraged by
adopting modern water conservation techniques.
• The economic and technical potential for the re-use of treated wastewater will be
assessed in all basins.
55
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Groundwater
• Exploitation of groundwater for agriculture and purposes other than drinking will be
so managed by public participation so as not to exceed the average long-term
recharge potential.
• The cost-effectiveness of various technologies, under varying conditions, for brackish
groundwater will be explored. Pilot projects will be undertaken to evaluate these
technologies under field conditions.
• Aquifer wise planning based on modern technology will be introduced and
community organizations would be set up at village and aquifer level to plan and
manage ground water resources with focus on drinking water supply
Project Planning and Implementation
• Water resources development projects will be prioritized on the basis of economic,
social, environmental and financial criteria.
• Wherever possible, projects will integrate surface and ground water resources.
• Quantitative estimates of future water demands will be estimated by stakeholders
with line-departments technical assistance.
• Public Private Partnership in development and management of water systems will be
encouraged.
Source: for information regarding BSWSM (http://www.bswsmpatna.org/aboutbswsm.html) and for proposed
policy
http://www.bswsmpatna.org/Pdf%20file/Updated%20proposed%20draft%20for%20Drinking%20water%20and%
20Sanitation.pdf Last accessed on February 13, 2013.
2.5 Converging departments
Departments which work together with BSWSM or PHED by joining or side by side in
achieving water and sanitation related works are called as converging departments. As
water and sanitation are basic requirements for human beings, support in different form and
ways can be provided to fulfill the requirements. Hence many water and sanitation related
targets will be seen in many departments and programs. Following are some of the
important converging departments
2.5.1 Central Ground Water Board
The Central Ground Water Board is responsible for activities as mentioned below:
i. Hydrogeological Surveys: Central Ground Water Board carries out regional
hydrogeological studies which provide information on ground water occurrence in
different terrains and are essential for future planning of ground water development
and management.
ii. Ground water Management Studies (GWMS): They are essential to update the
scenario of ground water occurrence, availability and utilization in term of quality
and quantity
56
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
iii. Ground water exploration aided by drilling: It is one of the major activities of the
Board with an objective to discover aquifers in different hydrogeological conditions
and determination of hydraulic parameters.
iv. Ground Water Monitoring: Ground water levels are being measured four times a
year during January, April/ May, August and November by the Central Ground
Water Board through observation wells.
v. Ground Water Resources Assessment: Quantification of ground water resources is
one of the major inputs in planning ground water development and management.
The resource assessment and the categorisation of assessment units forms a basis for
implementing various ground water management plans and programmes.
vi. Ground Water Quality Monitoring: Monitoring of ground water quality is an effort
to obtain information on chemical quality through representative sampling in
different hydrogeological units. The chemical quality is being monitored by Central
Ground Water Board once in a year.
2.5.2 Bihar State Pollution Control Board
Bihar State Pollution Control Board was constituted in the year 1974 under the provisions of
the Water (prevention and Control of pollution) Act, 1974. Since inception Bihar State
Pollution Control Board, like other State Boards has been performing its functions as
enumerated under section 17 of the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974.
Functions, so entrusted to the Board are:
1. Planning programme for prevention and control of pollution in the state;
2. Advising the State Government from time to time in the matters of pollution;
3. Collection and dissemination of information with regard to pollution control;
4. Conduction and participation in Research & Development (R&D) relating to water
pollution;
5. Collaboration with Central Board in organizing training and mass awareness
programme of grant of consent;
6. Inspection of Treatment plant and their review for the purpose;
7. Laying down standards of sewage and trade effluents;
8. Evolving economical and reliable methods of effluent treatment;
9. Evolving methods of utilisation of sewage and trade effluent for agriculture;
10. Evolving methods of disposal of sewage and trade effluents on land;
11. Laying down standards of treatment of sewage and trade effluent;
12. Making any suitable order concerning prevention and control of discharges of effluent
into streams or concerning construction of systems for their disposal;
13. Laying down effluent standards to be observed by any person causing discharge of
sewage or sludge;
14. Advising the State Government with respect to the location of any industry;
15. Performing such other functions, as may be prescribed by the Central Board of the
State Government; and
57
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
16. Establishment or recognition of laboratories for the analysis of discharges of effluent.
Besides this there are many converging departments mentioned below
Primary and Secondary Health Centres,
Minor Irrigation Dept.
Water Resources Dept.
Dept. of Agriculture,
Dept. of Rural Development
Panchayati Raj Institutes (Gram Panchayat, Block Development Officie, Zilla
Parishad etc.)
2.6 Proposed World Bank Assisted Project
The proposed World Bank assisted RWSS project would aim to scale up demand responsive
and decentralized service delivery approach across the state. The project will cover all the 38
districts in Bihar.
A unique feature of the proposed project is its bottom up planning process through
decentralization and devolution of powers, where-in the Panchayat Raj institutions and the
local communities are actively involved in all stages of development of the project and its
implementation including O&M of the facilities created under the project.
The key objectives of the proposed project are:
a) To improve the quality of rural water supply and sanitation services and to achieve
Sustainable development, Poverty reduction, Sustainable health and hygiene benefits to the
rural population, Empowerment and inclusion of community in general and rural poor and
women in particular, and Strengthening the decentralization process.
b) To promote the long term sustainability of the rural water supply and sanitation sector by
identifying and implementing an appropriate policy framework and strategic plan.
These objectives will be achieved through:
Adopting a demand responsive approach and use of participatory process for
delivery of sustainable service to project communities,
Phased implementation of appropriate policy and institutional reforms for changing
role of the government from provider to facilitator,
Community and Village Panchayat capacity building, Women's development
initiatives built into the project, Targeted Tribal Development Plan.
Construction and up-gradation of drinking water supply, drainage and sanitation
schemes, including water quality monitoring programs, Groundwater recharge and
rainwater harvesting will be integral parts of drinking water source development.
This will also involve promoting integrated water resource management, and
Establishing financial viability and sustainability of rural water supply and
sanitation services.
58
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
3. Baseline Environmental Status
3.1 Introduction
This chapter provides a detailed description of the existing environmental conditions and
status of different components related to environment in the state of Bihar. Information of
four districts that were selected for field surveys viz. Begu Sarai, Nawada, Purnea and West
Champaran has also been given at different relevant sections.
3.2 Brief profile of State
Bihar, the land locked state, lies in the eastern part of the country. The state shares its
international border with Nepal in the North and state borders with Jharkhand in the South,
West Bengal in the East and Uttar Pradesh in the West. The River Ganga flows from west to
east through the state and divides the plains of Bihar into two unequal halves11. Tables 3.1
and 3.2 show the key statistics and administrative divisions of Bihar, respectively.
The state (old Bihar state) was bifurcated in the year 2000 into the present Bihar and
Jharkhand state. The total area of the state is 94,163 sq kms, out of which around 97% is rural
and only 3% is urban area. Administratively the state is divided into 9 divisions and 38
districts (Fig. 3.1)
Table 3.1 Key statistics of Bihar12
Population 10,38,04,637
Literacy In Absolute 5,43,90,254
Numbers
Male 3,27,11,975
Female 2,16,78,279
Percentage of Population Total 63.82%
Male 73.39%
Female 53.33%
Decadal Population Growth (2001- Absolute 2,08,06,128
2011) As Percentage 25.07%
Highest Decadal Growth at Madhepura District (30.65%)
Lowest Decadal Growth at Gopalganj District (18.83%)
Density of Population 1,102 per sq kms
Highest Density Sheohar, 1882 per sq kms
Lowest Density Kaimur, 488 per sq kms
Most Populous District Patna: 57,72,804
Least Populous District Sheikhpura: 6,34,927
Sex Ratio (Females/Thousand Males) 916
Highest Ratio (Gopalganj) 1,015
Lowest Ratio (Munger and Bhagalpur) 879
Highest Literacy Rate Rohtas, 75.59%
Lowest Literacy Rate Purnea, 52.49%
Average Population of a District 27,31,701
11 http://gov.bih.nic.in/Profile/default.htm
12 ibid
59
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 3.2 Administrative Divisions
Details 2001 2011
No. of Divisions 9 9
No. of Districts 37 38
No. of Sub-Districts 101 101
No. of Towns 130 199
No. of Villages 45,098 44,875
Percentage of urban population 10.46 11.3
Figure 3.1 Map showing districts of Bihar state13
3.3 Geographic and Physiographic Profile
3.3.1 Location
Bihar is located in the eastern part of the country (between 24°20'10" and 27°31'15"N latitude
and 82°19'50" and 88°17'40"E longitude 83°-30' to 88°-00' longitude) and is an entirely land–
locked state. The nearest outlet to the sea is through the port of Kolkata. Bihar is situated
mid-way between the humid West Bengal in the east and the sub-humid Uttar Pradesh in
the west which provides it with a transitional position in respect of climate, economy and
culture. It is bounded by Nepal in the north and by Jharkhand in the south. The Bihar plain
is divided into two unequal halves by the river Ganga which flows through the middle from
west to east.
13 Source: http://www.imd.gov.in/section/nhac/distforecast/bihar.htm
60
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
3.3.2 Physiography
The State of Bihar is divided into three physiographic region: 1) the north Bihar plains, 2) the
south Bihar plains, and 3) Chhotanagpur and Santhal Paraganas plateau. They are briefly
described here.
3.3.2.1 North Bihar plains
North Bihar plains consist of fifteen districts and is spread over 5.4 million hectares. The
topography of this area is practically levelled with a slope towards south-east. Several big
rivers such as Ganges, Gandak, Kosi, Kamala balan and Baghmati regularly flood this area.
In north Bihar plain all the districts excepts Champaran are devoid of forests. However, the
soil in this area is comparatively a fertile though saline and alkali problems are common.
3.3.2.2 South Bihar plains
Southern plains of Bihar consist of nine districts and covers an area of about 4.0 million
hectares. Its topography slopes towards north and most of the streams flow northward and
join the Ganges as tributaries. The southern plains has many important rivets such as Son,
Punpun and Falgu.
3.3.2.3 Chhotanagpur and Santhal Panganas plateau
Chhotanagpur and santhal paraganas plateau, though consists of only seven districts, covers
It has the largest geo- graphical area of about 8.0 million hectares. This region consists of
several plateau having altitudes varying from 300 to 1000 metres above mean sea level with
valleys in between them. Several rivers such as Damodar, Suvamarekha, Barakar, Koel etc.
flow through this region. The plateau has large proportion of land under forest which is
highest in district of Palamau (48.05%), followed by Hazaribagh (40.17%) and Singhbhum
(29.07%) districts.
Though the population of Chotanagpur and Santhal Paragana consists of a wide variety of
ethnic composition, a large number of scheduled tribes are found there.
3.3.3 Geomorphology
The geomorphology of an area is based on broad parameters such as relief, drainage pattern
and geology. The three geomorphic domains are such as:14
Uplifted block of hilly southern highlands comprising the northern part of the
Kodarma- Santhal Pargana planation surface, falling in parts of Bihar, northern fringe
or escarpment of Chota Nagpur plateau and Rohtas plateau
The transition zone between the southern highlands and the Great Ganga Plains,
constituting the central Bihar Plains, and
The Ganga foredeep of the North Bihar Plains bounded by the rising Himalaya in the
north and the Ganga R. in the South.
Bihar state is 12th largest in terms of geographical size (94,163 km2) and 3rd largest by
population (10.38 crores as per Census 2011, in the country. It is also known for its abundant
natural resources, perennial rivers, fertile lands and a long glorious history. The state’s
divided into two states in the year 2000. After the division the state retained almost 75% of
14 State of the Environment Report, Bihar (2007)
61
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
the population, while it is left with only 54% of the land, thus inducing a lot of strain on the
available resources. Most of this population (close to 88%) lives in villages.
Bihar lies in the tropical to sub-tropical region. Rainfall here is the most significant factor in
determining the nature of vegetation. Bihar has a monsoon climate with an average annual
rainfall of 1200 mm. The sub Himalayan foothills of Someshwar and Dun ranges in
Champaran constitute belt of moist deciduous forests. This region also consists of scrub,
grass and reeds. High rainfall in this region (above 1,600 mm) promotes luxuriant Sal forests
in the favored areas. The hot and dry summer give rise to the deciduous forests. The most
important trees of the region are Shorea Robusta (Sal), Shisham, Cedrela Toona, Khair, and
Semal. This type of forests also occurs in Saharasa and Purnea districts
3.4 Important Population Characteristics of Bihar State
3.4.1 Demographic Status
Bihar is the third most populous state in India after Uttar Pradesh and Maharashtra.
According to the provisional population by census 2011, the population of the Bihar is 10.38
crore, out of which around 5.3 crore are males and 4.96 crore are females. A slight decrease
in the percentage decadal growth from 1991-2001 to 2001-2011 was observed i.e. the decadal
population growth was 28.6% and 25.1% in 1991-2001 and 2001-2011 respectively.
The total literate population in the state is 5.4 crore out of 10.38 crore in 2011, out which 3.2
crore men and 2.1 crore females are literate. The literacy rate in the state has shown
improvements over the past decade. In 2001, out of the total population only 47% people
were literate which has increased to 63.82% in 2011. The percentage of males and females
literate has also increased over the same period. In 2001, 59.68% males and 33.12% females
were literate which has increased to 73.39% males and 53.33% females respectively.
The sex ratio of Bihar state has slightly decreased from 919 in 2001 to 916 in 2011. The
statistics shows an increase in the population density from 881 to 1102 from 2001 to 2011
respectively.
Table 3.3 Population of 38 districts of Bihar by sex and percentage share in the total
population15
Population of State/Districts by sex and percentage share of population in total population
District State/Districts Total Population % share in
Code Persons Males Females total
population
Bihar 103,804,637 54,185,347 49,619,290 100
1 West Champaran 3,922,780 2,057,669 1,865,111 3.78
2 East Champaran 5,082,868 2,674,037 2,408,831 4.9
3 Sheohar 656,916 347,614 309,302 0.63
4 Sitamarhi 3,419,622 1,800,441 1,619,181 3.29
5 Madhubani 4,476,044 2,324,984 2,151,060 4.31
6 Supaul 2,228,397 1,157,815 1,070,582 2.15
7 Araria 2,806,200 1,460,878 1,345,322 2.7
8 Kishanganj 1,690,948 868,845 822,103 1.63
9 Purnea 3,273,127 1,695,829 1,577,298 3.15
15 Source: Census of India, 2011
62
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Population of State/Districts by sex and percentage share of population in total population
10 Katihar 3,068,149 1,601,158 1,466,991 2.96
11 Madhepura 1,994,618 1,042,373 952,245 1.92
12 Saharsa 1,897,102 995,502 901,600 1.83
13 Darbhanga 3,921,971 2,053,043 1,868,928 3.78
14 Muzaffarpur 4,778,610 2,517,500 2,261,110 4.6
15 Gopalganj 2,558,037 1,269,677 1,288,360 2.46
16 Siwan 3,318,176 1,672,121 1,646,055 3.2
17 Saran 3,943,098 2,023,476 1,919,622 3.8
18 Vaishali 3,495,249 1,847,058 1,648,191 3.37
19 Samastipur 4,254,782 2,228,432 2,026,350 4.1
20 Begusarai 2,954,367 1,560,203 1,394,164 2.85
21 Khagaria 1,657,599 880,065 777,534 1.6
22 Bhagalpur 3,032,226 1,614,014 1,418,212 2.92
23 Banka 2,029,339 1,064,307 965,032 1.95
24 Munger 1,359,054 723,280 635,774 1.31
25 Lakhisarai 1,000,717 526,651 474,066 0.96
26 Sheikhpura 634,927 329,593 305,334 0.61
27 Nalanda 2,872,523 1,495,577 1,376,946 2.77
28 Patna 5,772,804 3,051,117 2,721,687 5.56
29 Bhojpur 2,720,155 1,431,722 1,288,433 2.62
30 Buxar 1,707,643 888,356 819,287 1.65
31 Kaimur (Bhabua) 1,626,900 847,784 779,116 1.57
32 Rohtas 2,962,593 1,547,856 1,414,737 2.85
33 Aurangabad 2,511,243 1,310,867 1,200,376 2.42
34 Gaya 4,379,383 2,266,865 2,112,518 4.22
35 Nawada 2,216,653 1,145,123 1,071,530 2.14
36 Jamui 1,756,078 914,368 841,710 1.69
37 Jehanabad 1,124,176 586,202 537,974 1.08
38 Arwal 699,563 362,945 336,618 0.67
3.4.2 Number of Households in the State
The household size in the state of Bihar roughly stands at 6 members per household.
Number of members per household in rural areas is about 6 (Table 3.4), whereas in urban
areas it is about 6.5.
Table 3.4 No. of households in Bihar
S.N. Name Number
Total
1 No of occupied Residential houses 1,27,40,000
2 No. of House holds 1,37,44,000
3 Total Population 8,29,99,000
4 No. of persons per Household 6.04
Rural
5 No of occupied Residential houses 1,24,07,000
7 Total Population 7,43,17,000
8 No. of persons per Household 5.99
63
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
3.4.3 Population by Religion
The population of Hindus in Bihar is about 83%, whereas the Muslim population is to 17%.
The rest comprise 0.06% Christians, 0.02% Sikhs, 0.02% Buddhists, 0.02% Jains, while 0.05%
belongs to other religions about 0.06% did not state their religion (Table 3.5).
Table 3.5 Population (%) by Religion
No Religion Bihar India
Population (Thou) Percentage Population (Thou) Percentage
1 Hindus 69077 83.23 827579 80.46
2 Muslims 13722 16.53 138188 13.43
3 Christians 53 0.06 24080 2.34
4 Sikhs 21 0.02 19216 1.87
5 Budhists 19 0.02 7955 0.77
6 Jains 16 0.02 4225 0.41
7 Other Religious Persons 53 0.06 6640 0.65
8 Religion not stated 38 0.05 728 0.07
10 Bihar 82999 100 1028611 100
Source: Bihar at a glance, 2009
The population of Hindus in Bihar is about 83%, whereas the Muslim population is about
17%. The rest comprise 0.06% Christians, 0.02% Sikhs, 0.02% Buddhists, 0.02% Jains, while
0.05% belong to other religions about 0.06% did not state their religion.
3.4.4 Selected Health Indicators for Bihar and India
The status of health services in Bihar is still inadequate, but substantial improvements have
been recorded in this sector in recent years. This is because of increase in expenditure for
health services on one hand and better monitoring of the health services on the other. One of
the key indicators of status of health in the state is the Infant Mortality Rate (IMR). In spite of
being the poorest state in the terms of per capita income and having the least literacy rate,
the IMR in Bihar is 48 per thousand live births in 2010, nearly equal to national average of 47
per thousand live births. One can also note the improved health situation in Bihar through
the data on Crude Death Rate (CDR). In 2010, the CDR in Bihar was 6.8, compared to a
higher national average of 7.2. This is a major achievement, since 6 years earlier the CDR in
Bihar was higher than the national average. ‘Total Fertility Rate’ (TFR) in Bihar has come
down from 4.3 in 2004 to 3.9 in 2009. The present level of TFR is higher than the all-India
figure of 2.6, but the pace of decline in TFR is nearly same in Bihar and India (Table 3.6).
64
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 3.6 Selected Health Indicators for Bihar and India (2004 to 2010)
Year Crude Birth Crude Death Total Fertility Infant Mortality
Rate Rate Rate (TFR) Rate (IMR)
India Bihar India Bihar India Bihar India Bihar
2004 24.1 30.2 7.5 8.1 2.9 4.3 58 61
2005 23.8 30.4 7.6 8.1 2.9 4.3 58 61
2006 23.5 29.9 7.5 7.7 2.8 4.2 57 60
2007 23.1 29.4 7.4 7.5 2.7 3.9 55 58
2008 22.8 28.9 7.4 7.3 2.6 3.9 53 56
2009 22.5 28.5 7.3 7.0 2.6 3.9 50 52
2010 22.1 28.1 7.2 6.8 -- -- 47 48
The average crude birth rate per 1000 population for Bihar is 26.7, whereas the same is 21.2
for urban and 27.5 for rural. The average crude death rate per 1000 population is 7.2,
whereas the same is 5.7 for urban and 7.4 for rural. The infant mortality rate per 1000 live
births is 55, whereas the same is 56 for urban and 53 for rural. This data shows that there is
significant difference in among rural and urban areas in terms of birth and death rates, as
the urban data is more promising. This information for four study districts has also been
given in table 3.7.
Table 3.7 Crude Birth and Crude Death Rates in Four Study Districts & Bihar State
Crude Birth Rate Crude Death Rate
Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban
LL UL LL UL LL UL LL UL LL UL LL UL
1 Begusarai 25.3 28 25.7 28.5 17.6 25.7 6 7.1 6 7.2 3.7 7.8
2 Nawada 24 26 24.3 26.5 19.1 23.4 5.3 6.6 5.3 6.6 3.2 8.1
3 Pashchim Champ 25.9 31.3 26.5 32.1 15.3 27.1 7.8 10.1 7.6 9.9 6.7 15.4
4 Purnea 25.3 29.9 28 29.6 16.9 26.4 6.3 8.1 7.2 7.9 3.1 7.9
Bihar 26.4 27 27.3 27.8 20.3 22 7.1 7.3 7.3 7.5 5.4 6.1
3.4.5 SC/ST Population in Bihar State
According to 2011 census, out of total population of Bihar (104,099,452), scheduled caste and
scheduled tribe populations are 16567325 and 1336573, respectively. Following graph shows
the comparison of SC/ST population at national and state level (Fig. 3.2). Bihar state has
comparable scheduled caste population but very less scheduled tribe population than all
India figures. Table 3.8 shows the SC and ST populations in rural and urban areas of the
state.
65
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Fsdfsdfsdfsd
Figure 3.2 Comparison of SC/ST population at India and Bihar
Table 3.8 Rural/Urban area wise SC/ST population division
Total Population Rural Urban
Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female
SC 16567325 8606253 7961072 15344215 7964360 7379855 1223110 641893 581217
% 15.96 51.95 48.05 92.62 51.90 48.10 7.38 52.48 47.52
ST 1336573 682516 654057 1270851 648535 622316 65722 33981 31741
% 1.29 51.06 48.94 95.08 51.03 48.97 4.92 51.70 48.30
Source Census, 2011
It can be observed from above table that more number (or percentage) of SC and ST
population is living in rural area than urban areas of the state
3.4.5.1 District SC/ ST Population Percentage
Of the studied four districts in Bihar state (shown in bold letters in table 3.9), West
Champarandistrict has highest percentage of SC population (21.12%) while Nawada has the
highest percentage of ST population (8.70%) among different districts of the state.
66
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 3.9 District wise total SC/ST population and their percentage
No District Total Population SC Population ST Population Population %
SC ST
1 Araria 2806200 382654 38848 13.64 1.38
2 Arwal 699563 141314 590 20.20 0.08
3 Aurangabad 2511243 612064 1033 24.37 0.04
4 Banka 2029339 247858 90432 12.21 4.46
5 Begusari 2954367 432270 1597 14.63 0.05
6 Bhagalpur 3032226 318569 67180 10.51 2.22
7 Bhojpur 2720155 425402 13977 15.64 0.51
8 Buxer 1707643 251737 26824 14.74 1.57
9 Darbhanga 5082868 615688 2772 12.11 0.05
10 East Champ 3922780 1334351 3098 34.02 0.08
11 Gaya 3921971 320064 60807 8.16 1.55
12 Gopalganj 4379383 302649 78793 6.91 1.80
13 Jamui 2558037 222974 1285 8.72 0.05
14 Jehanabad 1756078 369088 57981 21.02 3.30
15 Kaimur 1124176 263100 179971 23.40 16.01
16 Katihar 1626900 247161 675 15.19 0.04
17 Khgaria 3068149 113118 64224 3.69 2.09
18 Kishanganj 1657599 153209 8333 9.24 0.50
19 Lakhisari 1690948 346275 12532 20.48 0.74
20 Madhepura 1000717 587158 3990 58.67 0.40
21 Maduhbani 1994618 183846 21404 9.22 1.07
22 Munger 4476044 751975 5979 16.80 0.13
23 Muzaffarpur 1359054 607672 1442 44.71 0.11
24 Nalanda 4778610 565112 2045 11.83 0.04
25 Nawada 2872523 553944 250046 19.28 8.70
26 Patna 2216653 920918 9069 41.55 0.41
27 Purnea 5772804 649726 12461 11.25 0.22
28 Rohtas 3273127 390991 139490 11.95 4.26
29 Saharsa 2962593 549546 31650 18.55 1.07
30 Samastipur 1897102 317249 6009 16.72 0.32
31 Saran 4254782 803128 1884 18.88 0.04
32 Shekhpura 3943098 474066 36786 12.02 0.93
33 Sheohar 634927 131115 617 20.65 0.10
34 Sitamarhi 656916 96655 318 14.71 0.05
35 Siwan 3419622 405714 2989 11.86 0.09
36 Supaul 3318176 386685 87000 11.65 2.62
37 Vaishali 2228397 354249 10168 15.90 0.46
38 West Champ 3495249 738031 2274 21.12 0.07
Total 103804637 16567325 1336573 15.96 1.29
(Census, 2011)
67
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
3.5 Literacy Trend in Bihar State
The literacy rate in Bihar remains one of the lowest in the country, but the state has made
remarkable progress in this field in the last decade. The literacy rate in Bihar increased from
47.0 per cent in 2001 to 63.8 per cent in 2011, implying an increase of 16.8 per cent during the
decade. This decadal increase is not only the highest among all the decadal growth rates in
Bihar since 1961, it is also the highest among all the states in India for the decade 2001-2011.
Apart from recording the highest increase in literacy rates, Bihar has been able to
considerably reduce its gender difference in literacy rates.
In 2001, the male and female literacy rates in Bihar were 60.3% and 33.6% respectively,
implying a difference of 26.7%. In 2011, the gender-wise literacy rates were 73.4% (male) and
53.3% (female), implying a reduced gender difference of 20.1%.
Table 3.10 Trend of Literacy rates in India and Bihar16
Year India Bihar Gender Gap
Male Female Total Male Female Total India Bihar
1961 40.4 15.4 28.3 35.2 8.2 22.0 25.1 27.0
1971 46.0 22.0 34.5 35.8 10.2 23.2 24.0 25.5
1981 56.4 29.8 43.6 43.8 15.8 32.3 26.6 28.0
1991 64.1 39.3 52.2 52.5 22.9 37.5 24.8 29.6
2001 75.3 53.7 64.8 60.3 33.6 47.0 21.6 26.7
2011 82.1 65.5 74.0 73.4 53.3 63.8 16.6 20.1
Table 3.11 Literacy of sample surveyed districts
2011 Census Literates (Numbers) Literacy rate (%)
Districts Person Male Female Person Male Female
1 Pashchim 1,839,984 1,139,136 700,848 58.06 68.16 46.79
Champaran
2 Purnea 1,380,052 834,533 545,519 52.49 61.09 43.19
3 Begusarai 1,604,148 953,052 651,096 66.23 74.36 57.1
4 Nawada 1,139,832 685,513 454,319 61.63 71.4 51.09
Bihar 54,390,254 32,711,975 21,678,279 63.82 73.39 53.33
Four districts selected for study have lower male and female literacy percentages compared
to state average except Nawada district.
3.6 Number of workers
According to ‘The Economic Census 2005’, there were total 22.69 lakh workers working in
12.25 lakh establishments of the state. The number of total workers grew by only 1.62% in
2005 over 1998. Out of total workers, 61.90 per cent were in rural areas, while 38.10% were in
urban areas. There were 63.0 thousand workers in Agricultural establishments and 22.06
lakh workers in Non-Agricultural establishments.
16 Economic Survey, 2011-12, Government of Bihar
68
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 3.12 Distribution of Workers by Rural/Urban Area
Rural Urban Total
1998 2005 1998 2005 1998 2005
1220972 1404857 1012363 864699 2233332 2269556
(15.06) (-17.07) (1.62)
Source: http://dse.bih.nic.in/Publications/Economic-Census-Report-2005.pdf
Fact Highlighted in Fifth Economic Census 2005
The growth of workers in rural area for whole of the state was 15.06 % as against a decline of
17.07% in the urban areas.
Comments on industry and labor in Economic Census 2011-12
The industries in Bihar remained plagued by a plethora of problems. According to Economic
Census 2005, out of a total of 12.25 lakh enterprises, only 7% were financed by banks, 80 per
cent enterprises did not have power linkage, 11 per cent functioned without premises and
4% were seasonal. Only 63 per cent enterprises were registered and 82% had only 5 or less
employees.
3.6.1 Workers in Agricultural
The number of workers in the Agricultural Establishments in the State decreased from 64010
in 1998 to 63021 in 2005, a decline of 1.57%. The number of workers in the Non-Agricultural
Establishments increased from 2169322 in 1998 to 2206535 in 2005 recording a growth of
1.72%. This might become serious implication for agriculture sector in the state, which is
mainstay for livelihood of major population.
Table 3.13 Distribution of Workers by Agricultural/Non-Agricultural Establishments
Agricultural Non-Agricultural Total
1998 2005 1998 2005 1998 2005
64010 63021 2169322 2206535 2233332 2269556
(-1.57%) (1.72%) (1.62%)
3.7 Economy of Bihar State
The economy of Bihar grew at an annual rate of 11.36 percent during the period 2004-05 to
2010-11.17 This growth process can be termed as 'revival of a stagnant economy'. The
growth rate of the state economy in 2010-11 over 2009-10 was 14.8 percent. This was possible
because there was substantial increase in public investment. However, there is still a stress
on infrastructural development.
During the period 2004-05 to 2010-11, the sectors reporting a growth rate of more than 15
percent are registered manufacturing (23.30 percent), construction (19.61 percent),
communications (27.23 percent) and trade, hotels and restaurant (20.22 percent). Bihar is a
densely populated region, with no less than 1102 persons living per sq. km. As per the
estimates of Tendulkar Committee, in 2004-05, 54.5 percent of the population lived below
poverty line in Bihar. For rural and urban areas, the poverty levels were 55.7 percent and
43.7 percent respectively. Agriculture would continue to play an integral part of the
17 Economic Survey, Government of Bihar, February 2012
69
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
development process in the state as around 90 percent of the population still live in villages
and continue to depend on agriculture as a prime source of their livelihood. In view of this,
the state government is not only stressing for a second Green Revolution based on bio-
technological improvement, but also putting forth a concept of 'Rainbow Revolution'. The
growth rate of agriculture and animal husbandry during the last 5 years has been 3.20
percent, compared to 2.40 percent in previous 5 years. There has been noticeable increase in
the rate of growth of Bihar's economy, but this rate of growth shows wide fluctuations. One
source of this wide fluctuation is most likely the vagaries of monsoon, which tend to cause
upswing and downswing in the rate of growth of agriculture and the remaining sectors of
state economy. There is, therefore, a need to stabilize the rate of growth of agriculture
through introduction of modern techniques and spread of irrigation.
3.8 Environmental Baseline of Bihar
3.8.1 Climate
Bihar has a continental monsoon type of climate. It is located in tropical to sub-tropical zone.
The Himalayas Mountains in the north significantly affect the distribution of monsoon
rainfall in the state. Bihar experiences the four seasons: the seasons and their duration are
mentioned below18.
Cold Weather season extends from December to February
Hot weather season extends from March to May
Southwest monsoon extends from June to September
Retreating southwest monsoon extends from October to November
3.8.2 Rainfall
The average rainfall in Bihar is 1052.60 mms. It is largely due to South-west monsoon which
accounts for around 85 percent of total rainfall in the state. The other sources, viz, winter
rain, hot weather rain and north-west monsoon account for remaining 15 percent. The
average normal rainfall in the state is more or less adequate for all its agricultural
operations. However, it is the year-to-year changes which lead to drought or flood. This
causes extensive damage to crop production and the overall income of the state. This is
because of the fact that almost half of the cultivated area is un-irrigated.
During the period 2000 to 2010, the annual rainfall has varied between 677.85 cm in 2010
(64.4 percent of the average) to 1506.08 in 2007 (143.1 percent of the average). Total rainfall in
2010 was much below the average. Similarly, in 2009, the rainfall from south-west monsoon
was again less than the normal which led to draught like situation in many districts of Bihar.
18 http://gov.bih.nic.in/Profile/climate.htm#pagetop
70
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 3.14 Annual Rainfall for Different Seasons (2001 to 2010)
(Rainfall in mm.)
Year Winter Hot-Weather Southwest Northwest Total
Rain Rain Monsoon Monsoon
2000 0.40 (2.5) 101.70 (131.1) 994.10 (110.4) 10.00 ( 16.8) 1106.20
(105.1)
2001 20.90 86.70 (111.7) 908.20 (100.9) 192.20 (321.9) 1208.00
(132.7) (114.8)
2002 48.90 66.80 ( 86.1) 896.90 (99.6) 33.20 ( 55.6) 1045.80
(310.5) (99.4)
2003 19.20 93.00 (119.8) 767.60 ( 85.2) 128.90 (215.9) 1008.70
(121.9) (95.8)
2004 23.70 41.40 (53.4) 906.10 (100.6) 60.10 (100.7) 1031.30
(150.5) (98.0)
2005 0.10 ( 0.6) 89.50 (115.3) 777.60 ( 86.4) 30.20 (50.6) 897.40 ( 85.3)
2006 0.10 ( 0.6) 88.97 (114.7) 925.86 (102.8) 27.77 (46.5) 1042.69
(99.1)
2007 28.34 76.40 (98.5) 1360.85 (151.1) 40.49 (67.8) 1506.08
(179.9) (143.1)
2008 30.61 61.78 ( 79.6) 1084.27 (120.4) 19.31 (32.3) 1195.97
(194.3) (113.6)
2009 0.09 (0.6) 98.22 (126.6) 699.17 ( 77.6) 71.13 (119.1) 868.61 (82.5)
2010 0.74 (4.7) 49.30 (63.5) 584.40 ( 64.9) 43.41 (72.7) 677.85 (64.4)
Average 15.75 77.60 900.45 59.70 1052.60
(2000-
10)
The monthly average rainfall and potential evapo-transpiration in re-organized Bihar is
given in the following graph:
Figure 3.3 Monthly average rainfall in Bihar
71
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
3.8.2.1 District wise rainfall
The rainfall pattern in various districts of Bihar can be seen from following table. To have a
comparative view of the extent of rainfall and variation therein, total rainfall of the district
could be compared with Bihar's average for that particular year. In 2010, only 6 out of the 38
districts reported rainfall figures which exceeded the average for Bihar. Rainfall quantities
for year 2010 and 2011 for selected districts are highlighted in the table. It can be seen that
out of four study districts Nawada shows lowest rainfall and Purnea shows highest rainfall.
Table 3.15 District wise Annual Rainfall in Bihar for Different Seasons (2010 and 2011)
Rainfall in mm
Districts 2010 2011 (Upto September)
Winter Hot South North Total Winter Hot South- Total
Rain Weather West West Rain Weather West
Rain Monsoon Monsoon Rain Monsoon
Patna 0.0 58.8 490.2 24.8 573.8 0.0 58.0 616.0 674.0
Nalanda 0.0 18.1 521 59.1 598.2 0.0 57.9 836.0 893.9
Bhojpur 0.9 4.3 558.8 59.1 623.1 1.2 37.3 708.7 747.2
Buxar 0.0 7.3 534.6 37.3 579.2 1.2 47.0 787.5 835.7
Rohtas 5.1 36.5 378.0 0.0 419.6 1.6 7.0 816.5 825.1
Kaimur 6.3 32.8 660.3 13.6 713.0 4.7 12.2 807.0 823.9
Gaya 0.0 19.0 296.9 49.8 365.7 9.4 22.4 617.9 649.7
Jehanabad 0.0 20.2 460.5 61.6 542.3 4.7 48.6 970.2 1023.5
Arwal 4.3 12.2 325.1 80.2 421.8 0.0 71.5 877.3 948.8
Nawada 0.0 24.2 506.1 116.3 646.6 6.3 82.2 622.0 710.5
Aurangabad 0.6 3.6 465.4 35.9 505.5 4.6 26.9 688.9 720.4
Saran 1.1 8.0 604.8 59.1 673.0 3.9 73.5 823.0 900.4
Siwan 0.0 0.0 787.8 47.8 835.6 0.0 0.0 691.4 691.4
Gopalganj 0.0 21.0 691.5 55.0 767.5 13.4 67.1 861.5 942.0
West 0.8 109.0 1000.7 73.4 1183.9 5.0 61.4 891.8 958.2
Champaran
East 0.0 57.5 662.6 23.2 743.3 9.9 96.5 880.7 987.1
Champaran
Muzaffarpur 0.0 0.9 597.0 29.2 627.1 1.2 74.7 767.9 843.8
Sitamarhi 0.0 13.8 5743.0 54.4 5811.2 8.1 0.0 840.0 848.1
Sheohar 4.3 0.0 532.1 46.9 583.3 13.3 45.3 743.3 801.9
Vaishali 0.0 21.0 453.8 99.9 574.7 1.6 64.8 672.5 738.9
Darbhanga 0.0 42.1 441.6 8.3 492.0 9.4 112.7 676.9 799.0
Madhubani 0.0 176.3 648.9 82.7 907.9 20.2 - 728.6 748.8
Samastipur 1.0 70.5 396.3 57.7 525.5 14.3 66.5 712.4 793.2
Begusarai 0.0 72.8 385.0 41.8 499.6 0.0 67.0 723.2 790.2
Munger 0.0 31.3 596.0 23.9 651.2 0.0 56.7 548.9 605.6
Sheikhpura 0.0 78.2 620.5 93.7 792.4 4.2 65.1 610.4 679.7
Lakhisarai 0.8 47.3 685.0 35.3 768.4 0.0 119.2 750.8 870.0
Jamui 0.0 22.0 535.7 19.2 576.9 1.8 142.9 646.6 791.3
Khagaria 0.0 83.4 98.6 0.0 182.0 0.0 119.6 763.3 882.9
Bhagalpur 0.5 62.3 385.4 26.8 475.0 4.2 190.0 736.0 930.2
Banka 2.6 40.0 617.4 13.2 673.2 0.2 179.4 790.6 970.2
Saharsa 0.0 25.3 346.4 3.9 375.6 2.3 46.6 594.2 643.1
Supaul 0.0 25.3 569.1 7.9 602.3 32.0 5.8 1022.5 1060.3
Madhepura 0.0 247.7 653.2 8.7 909.6 7.8 248.3 756.9 1013
72
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Districts 2010 2011 (Upto September)
Purnea 0.0 73.6 737.2 141.3 952.1 1.8 563 925.8 1490.6
Kishanganj 0.0 156.6 1810.0 27.2 1993.8 0.0 297.3 1388.4 1685.7
Araria 0.0 94.8 1096.7 1.9 1193.4 6.7 21.3 1283.1 1311.1
Katihar 0.0 56.2 480.2 29.5 565.9 0.0 181.9 774.1 956.0
Bihar 0.7 49.3 720.4 43.4 813.8 5.4 95.5 788.2 883.8
3.8.3 Agro-climatic conditions
Bihar with a geographical area of about 94,200 sq. Km. is divided by river Ganges into two
parts, the north Bihar with an area of 53,300 sq. km. and the south Bihar having an area of
40,900 sq. km. Based on soil characterization, rainfall, temperature and terrain, four main
agro-climatic zones in Bihar have been identified each with its own unique prospects. These
are:
Zone-I, North Alluvial Plain
Zone- II, North East Alluvial Plain
Zone-III A South East Alluvial Plain
Zone-III B, South West Alluvial Plain
Table 3.16 Agro-climatic Zones
S No Agro-climatic Zone District
1. Agro- climatic zone I West Champaran, East Champaran, Siwan, Saran, Sitamarhi,
(Northern West) Sheohar, Muzaffarpur, Vaishali, Madhubani, Darbhanga,
Samastipur, Gopalganj, Begusarai
2. Agro-climatic Zone II Purnea, Katihar, Saharsa, Supaul, Madhepura, Khagaria , Araria,
(Northern East) Kishanganj.
3. Agro-climatic zone IIIA Sheikhpura, Munger, Jamui, Lakhisarai, Bhagalpur & Banka.
(Southern East)
4. Agro-climatic zone IIIB Rohtas, Bhojpur, Buxar, Bhabhua, Arwal, Patna, Nalanda,
(Southern West) Nawada, Jehanabad, Aurangabad, Gaya.
The lands of this zone which are alluvial plains are sloppy towards the south east direction
with a very low gradient as evidenced by the direction in which the rivers flow. However,
the rivers move eastward direction along the natural levee before they finally meet the
Ganga. As a result, there are vast waterlogged areas in the districts of Saran, Vaishali and
Samastipur. Due to near flatness of the landscape, vast area gets flooded during rains. The
north–eastern portion of this zone, the ‚Don hills valleys‛ is glacial hills and valleys. Except
for the northern portion and portion in the west of the zone under the influence of Adhwara
system of rivers, the entire zone is under the influence of rivers like Gandak, Burhi Gandak
and Ghaghra, all of which originate in the lime rich foothills of the Himalayas. Thus, the soil
under the influence of Gandak, Burhi Gandak and Ghaghra are mostly calcareous having
different amounts of lime in them. As a result the soil of nearly flat lands of East and West
Champaran and Muzaffarpur are also salt affected. The soils of the northern part not under
the influence of the above rivers are neutral, acidic or saline depending on the micro–relief
and local physiography.
This zone has the following six broad soil association groups:
i. Sub–Himalayan and forest soils
73
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
ii. ii. Recent alluvial tarai soils
iii. Young alluvial calcareous soils
iv. Young alluvial calcareous saline soils
v. Young alluvial non–calcareous, non-saline soils, and
vi. Recent alluvial calcareous soils
3.8.3.2 Agro-Climatic Zone-II
This zone, the alluvial plains of Kosi, Mahananda and its tributes and Ganga (a narrow strip
in the south) is slightly undulating to rolling landscape mixed with long stretches of nearly
flat landscape with pockets of areas having sub–normal relief. The area is full of streams
with abandoned dead channels of Kosi river, which becomes notorious for its frequent and
sudden change of courses forming small lakes and shallow marshes. In the south, in
between the natural levees of Ganga, on the one hand and Kosi and Mahananda on the
other, there are vast areas which remain waterlogged for a considerable part of the year. The
general slope of the land is towards south east and the rivers on reaching Ganga moves
eastward for a long distance before they meet river Ganga. Unlike the rivers Gandak and
Ghaghra, Kosi and Mahananda originate and have catchments in Himalayan region, which
are not calcareous but rich in acidic minerals. As a result, the soils of this zone are non-
calcareous, accumulation of sodium salts and sodium adsorption has taken place in areas
where the drainage is poor. Salinity and alkalinity are, however, on an increase in Saharsa
and western part of Purnea and Katihar districts. As both Kosi and Mahananda carry a
tremendous load of sediments, the soils are mostly light textured except in backwaters of
river Ganga and Kosi.
Three broad soil association groups have been identified in this zone are:
1. Recent alluvial tarai soil
2. Recent alluvial non calcareous soil, and
3. Recent alluvial calcareous soil
3.8.3.3 Agro-Climatic Zone-III
This zone is the alluvial plains of river Ganga on its southern side and the sediments are
received both from river Ganga and those flowing from the south having their origins in the
Chotanagpur Plateau, which rise abruptly from the plains. The land’s slope is towards
northeast with gentle slope gradient and moderate to low gradient. In the south of the
natural levee of the Ganga, there is vast stretch of backwaters known as ‚Tal‛ lands
extending from Buxar to Pirpaity, where most of the rivers and rivulets coming from the
south get lost. The flood plains of Ganga, which get reworked and get eroded and deposited
at regular intervals, are lighter than ‚Tal‛ lands and are known locally as Diara lands.
The river originating from the Chotanagpur plateau brings a lot of fine sediments. The
coarser sediments that they bring are either deposited in their beds or on their banks and as
a consequence, the soils are mostly medium to heavy textured throughout the depth of the
profiled. There are no marshy lands in this zone.
The main broad soil association groups recognized in this zone are:
Recent alluvial calcareous soils
Tal land soils, light grey, dark grey medium to heavy textured soils
74
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Old alluvial reddish yellow, yellowish grey centenary soils
Old alluvial grey, grayish yellow, heavy texture soils with cracking nature
Recent alluvial yellowish to reddish yellow non calcareous non saline soils
Old alluvial yellowish to red yellow soils of foot hills
Old alluvial saline and saline alkali soils
3.8.4 Soils
The soil and vegetation of Bihar constitute two of its most important natural resources.
Nearly all the economic activities of the state are directly or indirectly determined by the
nature of the soil and vegetation. Thus the soil and vegetation forms the foundation of its
agricultural and industrial development.
The soil covering most of Bihar is thick alluvium which shrouds the Siwalik and older
tertiary rocks. The soil is mostly fresh loam replaced every year by intermittent deposition of
silt, clay and sand by different rivers. It lacks phosphoric acid, nitrogen and humus but
potash and lime are generally present in large amounts.
There are three important types of soil in Bihar19:
Piedmont Swamp Soil - found in northwestern section of west Champaran district.
Terai Soil - found in northern section of the state along Nepal border
Gangetic Alluvium - covering the Bihar plains
Figure 3.4 Soil types in Bihar
3.8.4.1 District wise soils
Four districts selected for study viz. West Champaran, Nawadah, Purnea and Begu Sarai has
different types of soils. Out of that, alluvial soil is mainly found in the districts in entire
north and south Bihar plains except the mid-western portion. This soil is most suitable for
cultivation of paddy. Another type of soil called as ‘Tarai soil’ is confined to the Siwalik hills
of Champaran district. Calcarious alluvial soil containing a high content of carbonate of lime
19 http://www.mapsofindia.com/bihar/geography-and-history/soil-and-vegetation.html
75
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
and is found in a vast patch in the mid-western portion of north Bihar plain covering parts
of Champaran district. The transported soils are generally of alluvial origin. Alluvial soils
cover the entire land mass of the north of the Ganges, except the sub-Himalayan hills and
forest soils which is mostly found in the northern parts of West Champaran district. There is
a considerable area to the south of the Ganges with alluvial deposits like deposits in the
Nawadah districts. According to size of soil structures, medium and fine structures are
found in Purnea district and course and fine structure soils are found in West Champaran
District. Fine & Medium structured soils are found in Nawahah and Begu Sarai districts.
3.8.5 Land use
The percentage of actually farmed land comprising of net sown area and current fallow is
above the state average in all the districts lying in north and south Bihar plain. In
Chhotanagpur plateau, all the districts have less than 55% of actual farmed land. Patna
district has the highest percentage of farmed land (80.58%) while it is lowest (29.93%) in
Hazaribagh district.
Of the total reported area of the state, 12.46% is under irrigation while 15.98% area is sown
more than once. The districts lying in plains have a higher proportion of irrigated land than
the plateau region. Consequently, the plains have larger areas under double or triple crops
than the plateau region. The south Bihar is also very rich in minerals and coal. This state
supplies almost 40% of the mineral resources.
Bihar falls in the riverine plane of the Ganga basin area. Because of its topographic nature,
land put to agricultural use is high compared to other states in India. Table 3.17 shows the
data related to land use in Bihar state for the year 2007-08.
Table 3.17 Land utilization pattern in Bihar (2007-08) with percent of total area
Land use Area (‘000 ha)
Geographic area 9359.57
(1) Forests 621.64 (6.6%)
(2) Barren and Unculturable Land 432.09 (4.6%)
(3) Land put to Non-agricultural use 1652.66 (17.7%)
Land area 1292.11 (13.8%)
Water area 360.55 (3.9%)
(4) Culturable waste 45.59 (0.5%)
(5) Permanent Pastures 16.47 (0.2%)
(6) Land Under Tree Crops 240.96 (2.6%)
(7) Fallow Land (excluding current fallow) 119.35 (1.3%)
(8) Current Fallow 568.61 (6.1%)
Total Unculturable Land (1 to 8) 3697.36 (39.5%)
Net Sown Area 5662.20 (60.5%)
Gross Sown Area 7764.65 (83.0%)
Cropping Intensity 1.37
Source: Economic survey 2010-11. Finance Department, Govt of Bihar
3.8.6 Agriculture
Based on soil characterization, rainfall, temperature and terrain, four main agro-climatic
zones in Bihar have been identified. These are: Zone-I, North Alluvial Plain, Zone-II, north
East Alluvial Plain, Zone-III A South East Alluvial Plain and Zone-III B, South West Alluvial
Plain, each with its own unique prospects. Zone I and II are flood prone whereas zone III is
drought prone. Potential wise all three agro climatic zones have vast untapped potential for
76
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
increasing the productivity of food grain crops. Across the state soil texture is varies from
sandy loam to heavy clay. However the majority type belongs to loam category which is
good for crop cultivation. The natural precipitation varies from 990 to 1700 mm. Most of the
precipitation is received during the month of July to September. Soil PH varies from 6.5 to
8.4. There are three crop seasons- Kharif, Rabi and Zaid. Rice, wheat and pulses are grown in
all the districts however the choice of the crop and crop rotation varies across the agro
climatic zone. Being located between 25 to 27 degree North latitude the climate of Bihar is of
mostly sub-tropical. Nevertheless region close to Tropic of Cancer experiences tropical
climate during summer. Like all the Indian states Bihar also reels under hot summer season
during months of March to May. Average temperature is 35-40 degree Celsius throughout
the summer months. April and June are the hottest months of the year. December to January
is the winter season in Bihar because of its location is Northern hemisphere. The winter in
Bihar is mild with average temperature being 5 to 10 degree Celsius. Bihar gets its maximum
rainfall during South-West monsoon season which prevails from June to September. The
average rainfall of Bihar is around 120 cm.
3.8.6.1 Yield of major crops
Principal food crops grown in Bihar state are paddy, wheat, maize and pulses with main
cash crops like sugarcane, potato, tobacco, oilseeds, onion, chillies and jute
Paddy: Paddy is grown in 35 lakh ha area approximately every year with production about
a tune of 45.5 lakh MT each year. Three types of paddy are produced:
Aghani Paddy (80% of the area)
Boro Paddy (2% of the area)
Summer Paddy (3% of the area)
The districts of Rohtas, Aurangabad, Bhabha, Banka and Nalanda have the highest rice
production (with productivity >2.3 tonnes/ha) while the lowest rice productivity is
seen in Shivhar (0.52 tonnes/ha), Samastipur and Muzaffarpur.
Wheat: Wheat is the second most predominant product. It is produced in about 22.5 lakh ha.
land and the yield is of a tune of 50.5 lakh ton every year. In the past two decades the
production in Bihar has increased manyfold and it has attained the sixth position in the list
of states producing wheat. The main wheat producing area is Ganga-Diara, Kosi basin,
Begusarai district, area falling west of river Bagmati and in the districts of Buxar, Rohtas,
Gaya, Jehanabad, Patna, Munger and Bhagalpur.
Rohtas, Gopalganj and Saran have the highest wheat production (with productivity >2.3
tonnes/ha) while the lowest wheat productivity is seen in Araria (0.7 tonnes/ha), Katihar and
Kishanganj.
Maize: Maize is the third main crop of Bihar and is sown in 8% of the cultivable area. It is
mainly grown in the area Southwest of Burhi Gandak River and in the districts of Saran,
Gopalganj, Siwan, Samastipur and Purbi and Pashcim Champaran. Approximately 18 lakh
MT is produced every year.
The production of maize is the highest in Khagaria, Samastipur and Purnea (with
productivity >3.5 tonnes/ha) while Jamui, Buxar and East Champaran have the lowest
productivity of this crop.
Barley: Barley is grown in almost similar ground situation as that of maize. It is sown as
mixed crop. Purbi and Paschim Champaran are the lead districts in its production.
77
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Marua (Ragi): It is grown in the less fertile sandy soil and needs little water that is why its
seed is sown in the month of June and transplanted after rainfall. It is the main food of
labour and down trodden class of population. It is grown in the districts of Saharsa, Supaul,
Madhepura and Darbhanga, etc.
Pulses: About 6-10 lakh ha land is used for growing such type of crops. The annual
production is of to a tune of 5-9 lakh MT.
Main Cash Crops: It includes Sugarcane, Tabacco, Potato, Jute and Chilli. Sugarcane is
grown in alluvial soil having lime as main ingredient. It is noted that area lying east of
Bagmati is not suitable for sugarcane cultivation. Broadly, it is the area lying Northeast of
Bagmati river which is considered most suitable for sugarcane cultivation. Tabacco is grown
in 14000 ha land and the production is of a tune of 17000 ton every year. It is grown mainly
on the margin of river banks almost extending from Gandak river in the west to eastern
boarder of Bihar. Potato is the main cash crop and is grown almost in every district. Nalanda
district is considered as the leading producer of Potato. Jute is produced in the high rainfall
and humid area of Bihar. It is grown at the margin of water bodies where pure water is
vailable for washing. It is mainly grown in the districts of Purnea, Kishanganj, Katihar
Saharsa, etc. Chilli is a product grown throughout the year in about 75,000 ha land.
Table 3.18 Area, Production & Yield 2007-08, 2008-09, 2009-10
S No. 2007-2008 2008-2009 (Last Est.) 2009-2010 ( Adv. Est.)
Crops Area Prod. Yield Area Prod. Yield Area Prod. Yield
1. 1Total Rice 3473015 4472679 1288 3495734 5590352 1599 3180280 3620690 1138
2. 2Total Maize 657884 1857009 2823 640455 1714001 2676 652170 1713930 2628
3. 3Total Cereals 6304678 11343651 1799 6333743 11751696 1855 6095720 9993750 1639
4. 6Total Pulses 581258 472941 814 584369 468435 802 598900 513810 858
5. 8Total oil 142042 144200 1015 138073 137880 999 143360 148550 1036
seeds
6. 9Jute and 154253 1452386 150968 1220121 146760 1305400
Mesta**
Area in ha., Prod. In MT, Yield in kg/ha.
Production of Jute & Mesta in 000' Bales(1 bales = 180 kg) Yield of Potato & Onion in MT/ha
Table 3.19 Area, Production and Yield of major crops during 2007-08
No Districts Rice Wheat Total Maize
A P Y A P Y A P Y
1 W.Champaran 172604 93679 543 835735 263300 3150 16286 69252 4552
2 Begusarai 27640 4741 172 56752 134783 2875 65356 80800 1236
3 Purnea 116786 112316 962 44813 69310 1547 41350 131346 3176
4 Nawada 74970 147343 1965 51655 130193 2520 2339 5642 2349
State total 3554265 4418174 1269 2161497 5050539 2337 654772 1752537 2677
Total Pulses Total Oil-Seeds Sugarcane
1 W.Champaran 28860 23111 801 28860 23111 801 301766 449752 1490
2 Begusarai 5954 5540 930 5954 5540 930 156301 226396 1448
3 Purnea 13712 12271 895 13712 12271 895 217084 325547 1500
4 Nawada 9706 7468 769 9706 7468 769 139128 290967 2091
State total 607519 497170 818 607519 497170 818 7042441 11761436 1670
(A in Ha, P in MT and Y in Kg)
78
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
3.8.6.2 Cropping Pattern
Below table gives the total area, net sown area, irrigated area and main cropping systems by
agro-climatic zone.
Table 3.20 Total area, net sown and irrigated areas and main cropping systems by agro-
climatic zone
Agro- Districts Total Net Irrigated Main cropping systems
climatic zone area sown area area
(m ha) (m ha) (mha)
Zone-I West Champaran, East 3.26 2.15 (66)* 0.86 (40)** Rice-Wheat, Maize-Wheat,
North- West Champaran, Gopalganj, Maize-Arhar, Maize-
Alluvial Saran, Siwan, Potato-Moong, Maize-
Plain Sitamarhi, Muzaffarpur, Sweet Potato-Onion,
Darbhanga, Vaishali, Maize-Mustard-Moong,
Samastipur, Sheohar,
Madhubani
Zone-II Purnea, Katihar, 2.08 1.21 (58)* 0.24 (20)** Jute-Rice, Jute-Wheat,
(North-East Madhepura, Saharsa, Jute-Rice-Wheat, Jute-
Alluvial Araria, Kishanganj, Potato, Jute-Kalai-Wheat,
plain) Supaul, Khagaria, Jute-Mustard, Jute-Pea,
Begusarai Rice-Wheat-Moong
Zone-IIIA Banka, Munger, Jamui, 1.11 0.49 (44)* 0.21 (43)** Rice-Wheat, Rice-Wheat-
(South Bihar Lakhisarai, Shekhpura, Moong, Rice-Gram-Rice,
Alluvial Bhagalpur Rice-Potato-Onion, Rice-
plain (East) Mustard-Moong, Rice-
Berseem
Zone-IIIB Patna, Gaya, Jahanabad, 2.92 1.68 (58)* 1.37 (81)** Rice-Wheat-Moong, Rice-
(South Bihar Nawada, Nalanda, Wheat-Rice, Rice-Gram-
Alluvial Rohtas, Bhojpur, Rice, Rice-Gram-Moong
plain (West) Aurangabad, Buxar,
Kaimur.
Total 9.37 5.53 (59)* 2.68 (48)**
* Figures in parenthesis are % of geographical area.
** Figures in parenthesis are % of net area sown.
79
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Figure 3.5 Agricultural practices and distribution of major crops in Bihar20
3.8.6.3 Horticulture
Bihar ranks 8th with respect to the area (11.21 lakh ha) and 5th with respect to production
(173.35 lakh MT) of horticultural crops in the country. Major fruits grown in the state are
Mango, Litchi, Guava, Pineapple, Banana, Aonla, Bel and Makhana. The prime fruit growing
districts are Muzaffarpur, Vaishali, Samastipur, Bhagalpur, Banka, Darbhanga, Munger,
Jamui, Gaya, Aurangabad, Nalanda, Patna, West Champaran, East Champaran,
Kishangaj, Purnea, Araria, Katihar and Khagaria. The major vegetables grown on
commercial scale in the state are Cauliflower, Potato, Okra, Brinjal, Onion, Chillies, Cabbage,
Gourds, Peas, Cowpea and Melon.
Bihar has a net irrigated area of 34.61 lakh ha (61% of the net sown area of 56.65 lakh ha). Of
the net irrigated area, 64% is irrigated by tubewells and 27% is irrigated by canals. Irrigation
by tanks is less than 5%. The districts with the highest dependence on tubewells for
irrigation (100%) are East Champaran, Samastipur, Madhubani, Araria, Kishenganj
and Sivhar. Rohtas, Darbhanga and Bhojpur have less than 30% of their net irrigated area
irrigated by tubewells. Canals account for more than 90% of the net irrigated area in Rohtas
and for more than 70% area in Bhojpur.
Area and Production of horticultural crops for years 2005-06, 2006-07, 2007-08 and 2008-09 is
given the table below:
20 ibid
80
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 3.21 Area and Production of horticultural crops (Area – '000ha, Production –
'000MT.)
S. Particulars 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09
No. Area Prodn. Area Prodn. Area Prodn. Area Prodn.
1. Fruits 276.44 3068.42 279.41 3426.48 286.24 3252.37 291.50 3853.88
2. Vegetables 498.52 7656.43 501.31 7866.62 508.24 8048.09 519.12 8329.02
3. Spices NA NA 11.10 12.30 12.25 14.10 12.75 14.98
4. Flowers NA NA 0.297 NA 0.325 NA 0.337 NA
5. Aromatic NA NA 2.10 NA 2.45 NA 2.60 NA
Plants
3.8.6.4 Fertilizer and pesticides
The use of nitrogenous fertilizers in Bihar is much higher as compared to the national
average. The national averages for N, P and K stand at 77.9, 33.69 and 17.1 kg/ha.
respectively, while that of Bihar are 123.77, 33.37 and 21.83 kg/ha, respectively. In the year
2009-10, the consumption of N, P, K fertilizers was 8.94, 2.47 and 1.67 MT respectively
making the N : P : K ratio 8.04:1.98:1 (the optimum nutrient ratio recommended for Indian
soils is 4:2:1). The consumption of chemical pesticides in Bihar in 2006-07 was 890 MT and in
the previous year it was 875 MT. Fertilizer in proper quantity is also very important for
enhancement of agricultural productivity. The consumption of fertilizer is steadily
increasing in the recent years (Table Below). This rising trend emphasises that the farmers
are willing to adopt new technology in agriculture. The per hectare consumption went up to
183.4 kg/hectares in 2010-11 from a level of 181.1 kg/hectare in 2009-10.
Table 3.22 Fertilizer application in Bihar
Type of Fertilizer 2009-10 2010-11
Kharif Rabi Total Kharif Rabi Total
Urea 759.10 942.00 1701.10 664.40 1026.80 1691.21
DAP 152.96 244.11 397.07 225.76 233.60 459.37
SSP 3.82 3.71 7.53 20.35 2.79 23.14
MOP 56.74 169.35 226.09 55.98 141.40 197.38
Complex 105.70 161.59 267.29 130.08 182.09 312.17
Total (NPK) 537.05 772.88 1309.93 553.24 799.11 1352.35
N 391.92 502.53 894.45 366.23 541.67 907.91
P 96.41 151.19 247.60 138.26 150.67 288.93
K 48.72 119.16 167.88 48.75 106.77 155.51
Grand Total 1614.45 2293.64 3908.09 1649.81 2385.79 4035.60
Ferti. Consum (kg/ha.) 180.8 181.3 181.1 177.8 187.4 183.4
There is a trend towards a balanced use of fertilizer in last two years.
3.8.6.5 Livestock
Bihar has 5.6% of Cattle, 5.9% of buffaloes, and 7.7% of the goat population of the country.
About 35% of rural households in Bihar own cattle, 20 percent own buffalo, and 15 percent
own sheep and goats. Of all rural households owning cattle and/or buffalo in Bihar, more
than three- quarters are either landless or have less than 1 ha of land. Sheep and goats tend
to be even more concentrated among landless and marginal rural households. The zone wise
livestock population is given in the table below.
81
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 3.23 Livestock population in India and Bihar21
Population in Lakhs % of Bihar to
Cattle India Bihar India
Milch Cattle 1852 105 5.6
Buffaloes 979 58 5.9
Sheep 615 3.5 0.56
Goats 1244 96 7.7
Pigs 135 6 4.4
Table 3.24 Zone wise livestock in Bihar22
Particulars Zone-I Zone-II Zone-III State total
Cross bred cattle 539573 281134 453545 1274252
Desi Cattle 2826252 2719420 3909193 9454865
Total cattle 3365825 3000554 4362738 10729117
Buffalo 2130182 1076687 2536178 5743047
Bovine 5496007 4077241 6898916 16472164
Goats 3323600 2915198 3251032 9489830
Sheep 94759 16168 271309 382236
Pig 125038 98739 448604 672381
Poultry 4096458 5085370 4729951 13911379
3.8.6.6 Fodder
The estimated green fodder production from forests, permanent pastures, grazing lands and
cultivated areas has declined from 13.77 lakh tonnes in 2000-2001 to 13.46 lakh tonnes in
2002-03. Dry fodder production (crop residue of cereals, pulses and oil seeds) over the same
period declined from 195.23 lakh tonnes to 156.12 lakh tones. The area under pastures and
grazing lands is extremely scarce (0.18% of the total geographic area). Gaya has the
maximum area under pastures and grazing lands at 2192 ha. Of all rural households owning
cattle and/or buffalo in Bihar, more than three-quarters are either landless or have less than 1
hectare of land. Sheep and goats tend to be even more concentrated among landless and
marginal rural households.
3.8.7 Forest
Only about 6.87% of the geographical area (6473 sq km) of the state of Bihar is under forests.
This consists of 76 sq km of very dense forests, 2951 sq km of dense forests and 2531 sq km
of open forest. The forests of Bihar are of three types: Dry deciduous forest, Wet deciduous
forest and Sub Himalayan and Tarai forest. The first type is found in and around Kishanganj
district, the second type is found in the Kaimur district and along the northern slope of
Chotanagpur plateau, the third type is found around the Someshwar hills in Paschim
Champaran district. The districts with more than 50,000 ha under forests are Bhabua, Jamui,
West Champaran, Gaya, Rohtas and Nawadha.
21 Livestock census 2003
22 Livestock census 2003
82
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 3.25 Forests in Bihar
Description Area (km2)
Forest Area 6,473
Very Dense Forest (>70% Density) 110
Dense Forest (40 to 70% Density) 3004
Open Forest (10 to 40% Density) 2465
Protected Forest Area 692.89
Protected Non-Forest Area 5778.89
Figure 3.6 India vs Bihar forest area, forest cover and trees
Only about 6.87% of the geographical area (6473 sq km) of the state of Bihar is under forests
as compared to 23.6% of India. Afforestation and reforestation activities need focused efforts
and long term planning.
3.8.7.1 District wise forest
Following table shows the districtwise forest cover in Bihar state. This table will be helpful
for concentrating efforts of Afforestation and reforestation activities. Table also shows area
under forest cover (Bold figures) for selected four districts for sample survey. Amongst the
four districts selected for study, two districts (Nawada & West Champaran) have highest
forest cover and other two districts (Begusarai and Purnea) have lowest forest cover in the
state.
Table 3.26 District wise area under different types of forest cover
District Geographical Very Dense Open Total % of
Area Dense Forest (40 Forest (10 Forest total
Forest to 70% to 40% Area Geo.
(>70% Density) Density) Area
Density)
Araria 2,830 0 16 74 90 3.18
Aurangabad 3,305 0 54 97 151 4.57
Banka 3,022 0 111 110 221 7.31
Begusarai 1,918 0 20 23 43 2.24
Bhabua 3,381 0 555 507 1062 31.41
Bhagalpur 2,567 0 29 13 42 1.64
83
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
District Geographical Very Dense Open Total % of
Area Dense Forest (40 Forest (10 Forest total
Forest to 70% to 40% Area Geo.
(>70% Density) Density) Area
Density)
Bhojpur 2,390 0 16 3 19 0.79
Buxar 1,708 0 2 1 3 0.18
Darbhanga 2,279 0 41 144 185 8.12
Gaya 4,976 0 124 506 630 12.66
Goplaganj 2,033 0 2 2 4 0.20
Jamui 3,107 0 383 249 632 20.34
Jehanabad 1,569 0 2 1 3 0.19
Katihar 3,057 0 18 44 62 2.03
Khagaria 1,486 0 2 6 8 0.54
Kishanganj 1,884 0 26 49 75 3.98
Lakhisarai 1,356 0 180 14 194 14.31
Madhepura 1,788 0 6 20 26 1.45
Madhubani 3,501 0 18 118 136 3.88
Munger 1,347 0 251 14 265 19.67
Muzaffarpur 3,172 0 82 74 156 4.92
Nalanda 2,367 0 5 23 28 1.18
Nawada 2,494 0 187 323 510 20.45
Paschimi 5,228 231 520 162 913 17.46
Champaran
Patna 3,202 0 13 3 16 0.50
Purbi Champaran 3,968 0 76 88 164 4.13
Purnea 3,229 0 6 41 47 1.46
Rohtas 3,832 0 321 385 706 18.42
Saharsa 1,680 0 2 9 11 0.65
Samastipur 2,904 0 39 18 57 1.96
Saran 2,641 0 38 17 55 2.08
Sheikhpura 612 0 0 0 0 0.00
Sheohar 572 0 2 17 19 3.32
Sitamarhi 2,071 0 18 64 82 3.96
Siwan 2,219 0 1 1 2 0.09
Sapaul 2,432 0 8 93 101 4.15
Vaishali 2,036 0 74 12 86 4.22
Total 94,163 231 3,248 3,325 6,804 7.23
3.8.8 Industry
There are 1674 factories registered in Bihar with 1438 of them in operation. These factories
together put up a productive capital of Rs. 14,195 crores. These factories employ about
62,000 persons. While this data is as per annual survey of industries 2004-05, the situation is
fast changing with several industrial and corporate houses choosing Bihar as their
destination. The recent investment meet conducted during February 2012 at Patna was
promising with several proposals made for investment. Bihar has emerged as brewery hub
with major domestic and foreign firms setting up production units in the state. Three major
firms, United Breweries Group, Danish Brewery Company Carlsberg Group and Cobra Beer,
are to set up new units in Patna and Muzaffarpur during 2012.
84
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 3.27 Annual Survey of Industries, Bihar
Sl. Item Year
No. 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05
1 No. of registered factories 1478 1403 1460 1674
2 No. of factories in operation 1319 1229 1224 1438
3 Productive Capital (lakh Rs.) 822846 1160587 1172082 1419499
4 Number of persons employed 62618 54184 57404 61775
5 Ex-factory value of output (Gross) (Lakh Rs.) 671339 807680 887711 122169
6 Value added by manufacturer (Lakh Rs.) 77401 105921 80945 115415
Source: Annual Survey of Industries, CSO, Industrial Statistics Wing
The outturn of selected mineral in Bihar for the years 2003-04 to 2006-07 is given in below
table:
Table 3.28 Out Turn of Selected Minerals in Bihar (in M. Tonnes)
S. No. Minerals 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07
1 Limestones 448.00 241.00 244.00 313.00 436.00
('000)
2 Mica Crude 11.00 3.00 3.00 - -
3 Quartzite 1265.00 7942.00 12987.00 17061.00 30850.00
4 Steatite 260.00 1265.00 846.00 1466.00 1633.00
5 Quartzite - 1150.00 - 910.00 -
Source: (I) Indian Bureau of Mines Nagpur
(ii) Directorate of Economics & Statistics, Bihar, Patna
3.8.9 Biodiversity
Erstwhile Bihar, lying close to the foot hills of Nepal and covering an area of 1,73,877 sq km,
harbours a very rich and diverse flora. Its unique phytogeographical position, topography
and good precipitation are some of the important factors which are mainly responsible for
high degree of plant diversity. The occurrence of different types of forests, ranging from
subtropical to tropical and consequently the establishment of three National Parks and
twenty Wildlife sanctuaries in the state, which constitute an important source of germplasm,
are of considerable interest. Although the state has been botanically surveyed since 1848 and
the Flora was published during 1921-1925 which included Bihar, Orissa and parts of West
Bengal, but the complete Flora of Bihar itself is not in hand. Simultaneously, the natural
vegetation since Haines’ publication has been continuously and increasingly under pressure
owing to developmental projects including mining activities and non-judicious exploitation
of plant resources. These reasons coupled with the publication of a number of new plant
records for the state warrant the need of fresh estimation of current status of floristic account
of the state.
The jungles of Bihar abound in wildlife, though some of the notable game animals and birds
like tiger, deer, buffalo, duck etc., are fast disappearing. In order to prevent the extinction of
any species and to preserve them and maintain their balance with nature, thirteen wildlife
sanctuaries have been set up. Three sanctuaries are in northern fringe of west Champaran
district. As a result of strict management and proper protection given to wildlife, the present
form has become much richer than the past and the difficult task of wildlife resusciation and
conservation has been greatly acheived, so that some of the rare animals on the verge of
extinction, such as elephant, gaur, etc., have considerably multiplied. Following table shows
85
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
information on different wild life sanctuaries and national parks and biological parks in
Bihar showing rich biodiversity.
Table 3.29 Wild Life Sanctuaries and National Parks and Biological Parks in Bihar
S. Name District/ Area Est. Major Wild Animals/ Birds/Specialty
No Location Year
NATIONAL PARKS
1 Valmiki West 335.60 sq. 1989 The main fauna: Tiger, Leopard, Fishing Cat,
National Park Champaran km Chital, Sambar, Hog Deer, Black Buck, Gaur,
district Sloth Bear, Langur and Rhesus Monkey,
The main flora: Sal (Shorea robusta), Asan,
Karama, Semal, Khair, Cane (Calamus tenuis),
Jamun, Siccharrum, and Teak etc.
Historical temples: Valmiki Ashram,
Jatashankar Temple, Nardevi Temple and
Kaleshwar Temple
Archaeologically rich places: Lauriya
Nandan Garh and Someshwar Fort
Triveni Sangam: Naraini, Sohna and
Pachnad- merge here, to form Gandak
WILD LIFE SANCTUARIES
1 Valmiki West 544.67 sq. As above
Sanctuary Champaran km
district
2 Bhimbandh South West 681.99 sq. 1976 Animals: Tiger, Leopards, Sloth Bear, Nilgai,
Sanctuary of Munger km Sambhar, Barking deer, Wild Beer, four
District horned Antelope
Vegetation: Sal, Kend, Semal
Several hot springs of which the finest are at
Bhimbandh, Sita Kund and Rishi Kund
maximum temperature (52° C to 65° C) and
discharge (0.84-1.12 cum/sec) best area for the
exploration of geothermal energy potential
3 Rajgir Nalanda 35.84 1978 Wildlife: Leopard, Hyena, Barking Deer,
Sanctuary District Sq. Km Nilgai And Wild Bear Etc.
The Birds: Peafowl, Jungle Fowl, Partridge,
Black And Grey Quails, Hornbill, Parrot,
Dove, Myna Etc.
Bamboo Park (Venuvana)
Deer Park With Cheetals, Nilgais And
Sambhars
Hot Water Springs With Sulphur Content
4 Kaimur District of 1342 sq.km 1979 Animals: Black bucks, Nilgai, Chinkara, Tiger,
Sanctuary Kaimur Leopard, Hyena, Wild boar, sloth bear
under DFO Other important tourist places: Mausoleum
Shahabad of Sher Shah at Sasaram, Dhuan Kund (a
Division natural water fall), Karkat Gadh etc.
5 Gautam 20 km from 259 sq.km 1971 Wild Life: Tigers, Leopards, Hyenas, Sloth
Buddha Gaya and 60 Bear, Wolf, Wild Dog, Wild Boar, Sambhar,
Sanctuary km from Spotted Deer and Nilgai
86
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
S. Name District/ Area Est. Major Wild Animals/ Birds/Specialty
No Location Year
Bodh Gaya
6 Udayapur District of 8.87 sq.km 1978 Spotted Deer, Barking Deer, Wild Boar,
Sanctuary West Nilgai, Wolf, Jungle Cat etc.
Champaran
about 15 km
from Bettiah
7 Kabar Jheel Located 22 63.11 sq.km 1989 This Lake is formed through the meander of
Bird km north River Burhi Gandak that supports about 59
Sanctuary west of types of migratory birds and 106 residential
District species as well as 31 species of fishes.
Begusarai
8 Vikramshila Located in 50 km 1990 Major attractions: Gangetic Dolphins (known
Gangetic Bhagalpur stretch of as Soons by Locals) which are classified as
Dolphin District, the Ganga Endangered on the 2006 IUCN Red List of
Sanctuary River from Threatened Species and included in Schedule-
Sultanganj I of the Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972.
to Threatened aquatic wildlife : The Indian
Kahalgaon smooth-coated Otter (Lutrogale perspicillata),
Gharial (Gavialis gangeticus), Variety of
freshwater turtles, and 135 species of
waterfowls
9 Barela Salim 1.96 sq. km 1997
Ali Zubba
saheni
10 Nagi Dam Jamui 7.91 sq. km 1987 Bar-headed Goose (Anser indicus), Many
Bird district waterbirds atleast 20,000.00 individuals.
Sanctuary
11 Nakti Dam Jamui 3.33 sq. km 1987 Leopard, jungle cat, Chinkara, Cheetal
Bird district
Sanctuary
12 Kusheshwar Darbhanga 19.17 sq. km 1994
Sthan WLS
13 Gogabil Bird Situated at a 217.99 sq. By virtue of its global, national and regional
Sanctuary distance of km significance the State Government has
26 km from declared Gogabil Bird Sanctuary as a closed
Katihar area. This wetland is rich in aquatic flora and
fauna and is a fascinating wintering ground
for the migratory birds.
BIOLOGICAL PARK
1 Sanjay Patna 152.95 ha 1983 The Botanical part of the park has more than
Gandhi 300 species of trees, herbs and shrubs. It has a
Biological nursery of medicinal plants, an orchid house,
Park a fern house, a glass house, a rose garden and
(Protected a number of grass lawns.
Forest) The zoo has almost 100 species of animals.
87
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
S. Name District/ Area Est. Major Wild Animals/ Birds/Specialty
No Location Year
These include tiger, lion, leopard, rhinoceros,
hippopotamus, Himalayan bear, lion tailed
macaque, golden cat, leopard cat, hog deer,
giraffe, zebra, crocodile, cassowary, emu,
white peacock, etc. There are almost 1200
animals in the zoo.
This park has an aquarium and a snake
house which contain 35 species of fish and 68
snakes belonging to 7 species.
Source: Bihar state tourism website at http://bstdc.bih.nic.in/WildLife.htm Last assessed on 04-03-2013
http://forest.bih.nic.in/Docs/Sanctuary.pdf BirdLife International (2013) Important Bird Areas factsheet: Nagi
Dam and Nakti Dam Bird Sanctuary. Downloaded from http://www.birdlife.org on 05/03/2013
NPs (No. 1 & Area 335.65); WLSs (No. 12 & Area 2,856.06); PAs (No. 13 & Area 3,191.71)
3.8.9.1 Ecologically sensitive areas
The state of Bihar is well endowed with natural vegetation and wildlife. The recorded forest
area (as compared to total geographical area) is 6.87%. There are currently 11 sanctuaries, 1
national park and a total of 3,208.47 km2 of protected forest area.23 Details of protected
areas of the state are shown in the table below:
Table 3.30 Names and locations of protected areas in Bihar24
S. Name of Park/Sanctuary District Type
No.
1 Barela SAZS Sanctuary Vaishali Sanctuary
2 Bhimbandh Sanctuary Monghyr Sanctuary
3 Gogabil Pakshi Vihar Katihar Closed Area
4 Gautambuddha Sanctuary Gaya Sanctuary
5 Kaimur Sanctuary Rohtas Sanctuary
6 Kanwar Jheel Bird Sanctuary Begusarai Sanctuary
7 Kusheshwarsthan Darbhanga Closed Area
8 Nagi Dam Bird Sanctuary Jamui Sanctuary
9 Nakti Dam Bird Sanctuary Jamui Sanctuary
10 Rajgir Sanctuary Nalanda Sanctuary
11 Sanjay Gandhi Botanical Garden Patna Botanical Garden
12 Udaypur Sanctuary West Champaran Sanctuary
13 Valmiki National Park West Champaran National Park
14 Valmiki Sanctuary West Champaran Sanctuary
15 Vikramshila Gangetic Dolphin Bhagalpur Sanctuary
Major attention is required for conservation and development of following species found in
above protected areas:
Gangetic Dolphins (known as Soons by Locals) which are classified as Endangered
on the 2006 IUCN Red List of Threatened Species and included in Schedule-I of the
Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972.
23 Environment and Forest Department, Government of Bihar
24 Government of Bihar, ibid
88
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Threatened aquatic wildlife like The Indian smooth-coated Otter (Lutrogale
perspicillata), Gharial (Gavialis gangeticus) and variety of freshwater turtles
Besides this, following table shows extent of forest cover in Ganga basin. Aquatic and
wildlife living in this area is completely dependent on the water condition in the
Ganga river. Hence these areas are ecologically sensitive areas.
Table 3.31 Extent of Forest Cover in Ganges Basin
Catchment area Dense Open Mangrove Total Scrub Non- Grand Total
Forest Forest Forest
Ganga Basin 63,011 47,682 2,119 1,12,812 9,898 7,28,965 8,51,675
Percentage of 7.40 5.60 0.25 13.25 1.16 85.60 100.00
Basin Area
Following three self-explanatory table shows environmentally sensitive flood prone areas,
polluted river stretches and water quality problem habitations and need no explanation
about their sensitivity or the importance.
Table 3.32 showing environmentally sensitive flood prone areas25
Name of Basin Area Flood Prone Area
(Sq.Km)
Ganga 19322 12920
Kosi 11410 10150
Burhi Gandak 9601 8210
Kiul Harohar 17225 6340
Punpun 9026 6130
Mahananda 6150 5150
Sone 15820 3700
Bagmati 6500 4440
Kamla Balan 4488 3700
Gandak 4188 3350
Ghaghra 2995 2530
Chandan 4093 1130
Badua 2215 1050
Table 3.33Polluted River stretches (Real time monitoring stations on Polluted Water
Stretches of Ganga River)
No Site Lattitude Longitude Comment
Bh1 Nalla at Buxar 2 SH13 25.570250° 83.969297° Impact
Bh2 Nalla at Buxar 1 25.582733° 83.986031° Impact
Bh3 Bridge at Buxar (on Ganga) 25.592294° 83.984608° Baseline – Ganga into
Bihar
Bh4 Bridge on Ghagra near 25.822952° 84.579596° Impact
Manjhi
Bh5 Bridge near Danapur Patna 25.655633° 85.047408° Baseline Patna
2
Bh6 Nalla in Danapur Patna 1 25.637375° 85.044508° Impact
Bh7 Nalla in Patna 2 25.647414° 85.080067° Impact
Bh8 Bridge near Hajipur in 25.692678° 85.194731° Impact
25 (Source: http://wrd.bih.nic.in/, viewed on: 4.3.2013)
89
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
No Site Lattitude Longitude Comment
Tributary
Bh9 Rajapul Nalla 25.623461° 85.140108° Impact
Bh10 Nalla in Patna 3a 25.641686° 85.105233° Impact to Rajapur
Nallah
Bh11 Nalla in Patna 3b 25.639689° 85.109914° Impact to Rajapur
Nallah
Bh12 Bridge Mahatma Gandhi 25.615590° 85.203766° Impact – d/s of Patna
right
Bh13 Bararighat Bhagalpur 25.275992° 87.027022° Baseline – final Bihar
Stn.
Source: http://envfor.nic.in/modules/recent-initiatives/NGRBA/ESC%20Note%20for%20WQM.pdf
Table 3.34 Water quality affected Habitations in Biharas on 01/04/2012
Total Fluoride Arsenic Iron Salinity Nitrate
14580 2698 1004 10877 0 1
3.8.10 Water Resources
Bihar is richly endowed with water resources, both the ground water resource and the
surface water resources. Not only by rainfall but it has considerable water supply from the
rivers which flow within the territory of the State. Besides lakes, ponds and other water
bodies also supply water to some population. Following sections shows detail information
on these different sections.
3.8.10.1 Surface Water
Ganga is the main river in the state which receives tributaries like Saryu, Gandak, Budhi-
Ganda, Kamla-Balan, Mahananda, etc. These rivers join the Ganges from the north.
While other rivers like Sone, UttariKoyal, Punpun, Panchane and Karmnasha start from the
plateauarea and meet in Ganges or its associate rivers from the south.
River in the state is the source of water for domestic, irrigation, industries and hydro-
thermal power production. Also, it is a medium for water transport, a source of livelihood
for fishery industry and recharges the underground water.
The map below presents major river basins flowing in the state of Bihar.
90
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Figure 3.7 Major river basins flowing in the state of Bihar
The Ganges in Bihar
Ganga is the major river basin of the state. It has the maximum catchment area and length of
flow in the state. River Ganga is a snow fed and has its source at Gaumakh in the southern
Himalayan Glaciers on the Indian side of the Tibetan border. It crosses few cities in Uttar
Pradesh and enters in the boundary of Bihar at Chausa, near Buxar after its confluence with
Karmanasa. It is joined by the three great effluents - the Ghaghra, the Gandak, and the Son
and their tributaries in Patna district. Further Punpun joins it at Fatuha in Patna district;
Koshi joins it at Khagaria district while the Harohar and the Kiul join it near Surajgarha,
Distrct - Lakhisarai. It passes through the cities& towns like Patna, Barh, Mokama,
Begusarai, Munger, Khagaria, Bhagalpur, Kahalgaon, Pirpainti, in Bihar and exit to
Sahebganj in Jharkhand and then to West Bengal.
Tributaries of Ganga River in Bihar
GHAGHARA
Ghaghara is a perennial trans-boundary river, originating from the Tibetan Plateau near
Lake Mansarovar in Nepal. It is a major left bank and largest tributary of the Ganges. After
meeting with tributaries in Uttar Pradesh it enters into Bihar near Guthani of Siwan district
and joins Ganga at Revilganj (Chapra) in district Saran. It carries more water than the
Ganges before its confluence. Towns of Ghaghra River catchment area are Siwan, Saran
(Chapra) and Sonepur in Bihar.
GAN D AK
The Gandak river originates from melting of snow, glaciers and from lakes of Himalayan
streams in Nepal and its border with Tibet, which contribute substantially to the lean season
flows of the river. It enters into Bihar at the Indo-Nepal border Triveni (in Nepal) and
Valmikinagar in Baghasub division of District-West Champaran, Bihar. The Gandak flows
through West Champaran, East Champaran, Gopalganj, Saran, Muzaffarpur and Vaishali
districts. It joins the Ganges near Patna just downstream with one of river bank at near
91
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
KaunharaGhat, Hajipur, District-Vaishali and another at near Hariharnath Mandir, Sonepur,
District-Saran.
SON E
The Sone originates from the hills of Madhya Pradesh near Amarkantak. After flowing
through the states Madhya Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh and Jharkhand it enters to Bihar, near
south of District - Kaimur. It passes through Aurangabad, Rohtas, Daudnagar (Jahanabad),
Koilwer, and rural areas of Patna district and finally joins the Ganges in downstream of
Chapra, nearby Doriganj, Distrct - Saran.
PUN PUN
The Punpun River is a tributary of the Ganges. It originates in Palamu district of Jharkhand
and flows through Chatra (Jharkhand), Aurangabad, Gaya and Patna districts of Bihar. The
river joins the Ganges at Fatuha, 25km downstream of Patna. The river is mostly rain fed
and carries little water in the dry season, however, during rains the Punpun often causes
heavy flood in the Patna area.
KOSI
The Kosi is a trans-boundary river flowing through Nepaland India. In Nepal it emerges
from the mountains with other tributaries and becomes the Koshi. After flowing through
Biratnagar& other places in Nepal it enters into Bihar near Bhimnagar, district Supaul and
after flowing approx. 260 km joins the Ganges near Kursela, district Katihar.
It is a river of unstable nature and shifts its course frequently. The river, which flowed near
Purnea in the earlier, now flows west of Saharsa. Its unstable nature has been attributed to
the heavy silt carried during the monsoon season. Koshi has been the main responsible river
for extreme flooding in Bihar. For this reason, the Koshi River is known as ‚The Sorrow of
Bihar‛ as it has been causing huge damage of lives and property through flooding and very
frequent changes in course. The worst flood affected districts includes Supaul, Araria,
Saharsa, Madhepura, Purnea, Katihar, parts of Khagaria and northern parts of Bhagalpur, as
well as adjoining regions of Nepal also.
BAGMATI
The Bagmati originates from Shivapuri Hills about few kms from Kathmandu in Nepal. It is
a rain fed river and passes the center of Kathmandu, Tarai then enters into India near
Dheng, district Sitamarhi, Bihar. It flows across Sitamarhi, Sheohar, Muzaffarpur and
Darbhanga districts. Main tributaries of this river are Manusmar, Lakhandei and
KamlaBalan. It finally joins Budhi-Gandak near Hayaghat,District-Darbhanga.
BUD HI GAN D AK
The Budhi-Gandak originates from ChautarwaChaur near Bisambharpur, West Champaran,
Bihar. It is a rain fed river and flows through West Champaran, East Champaran,
Muzaffarpur, Samastipur, Begusarai and ultimately flows in to the Ganges in Khagaria. This
river initially is known as Sikrahana River uptoLalbagiaGhat, East Champaran. From it’s
downwards journey it is known as Budhi-Gandak. The main tributaries of this river are
Ramrekha, Harboura, Kohra, Sirisia and Bagmati.
MAHAN AN D A
Mahananda River is one of the tributaries of the Ganga. The origin of this mighty
Mahananda River is hills of Darjeeling, West Bengal. The Mahananda River flows through
Siliguri, then enters to Thakurganj, District-Kishanganj, Bihar and flows through the fertile
92
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
agricultural area of Purnea&Katihar and then leaves to West Bengal. The Mahananda River
is mainly rain fed in the monsoon and flood also occurs by this river. It has a low water level
during the summer or winter.
FALGU RIVER
Falgu River has historical importance as Gaya is located on the bank of this river. Falgu is
not a separate river. It finds its existence by combination of Niranjana and Mohanarivers.
Niranjana originates from Simaria region of western Hazaribagh District of Jharkhand.
Mohana River also originates from Shila village region of Hazaribagh District .Niranjana
joins Mohanariver in downstream of Bodh Gaya and known as Falgu River in it’s
downwards journey. It is rain fed river and almost find dry in summer season.
Table below presents river basins in Bihar along with their length, flood prone area and
protected area.
Table 3.35 Details of river basins in Bihar
Name of the Catchment Length of Embankment Flood Protected
Basin Area River in Constructed Prone Area
Bihar Area
(Sq. Km) (Km) (Km) (Sq.Km) (Sq. Km)
Ganga 19322 445 596.92 12920 4300
Kosi 11410 260 387.51 10150 9300
BurhiGandak 9601 320 704.26 8210 4010
KiulHarohar 17225 14 6340 NIL
Punpun 9026 235 37.62 6130 260
Mahananda 6150 376 225.33 5150 1210
Sone 15820 202 59.54 3700 210
Bagmati 6500 394 400.79 4440 3170
KamlaBalan 4488 120 184.9 3700 2810
Gandak 4188 260 511.66 3350 3350
Ghaghra 2995 83 132.9 2530 790
Chandan 4093 118 83.18 1130 80
Badua 2215 130 NIL 1050 NIL
Lalbakeya 54.35
Adhwara 181.5
Bhuthi 54.7
Total 3629.16 68800 29490
Groundwater is the major source of groundwater in the state. There is potential for using
surface water as drinking water source in the state. The annual flow of the River Ganga at
Patna is 364,000 MCM. There are several tributaries of the River Ganga in Bihar. The annual
flows of some of the major tributaries are Ghagra (94,400 MCM), Gandak (52,200 MCM),
Sone (31,800 MCM), and Kosi (68,340)26. The total annual water requirement for the
proposed World Bank assited drinking water schemes in 10 districts (Patna, Nalanda,
Nawada, Muzaffarpur, Purnea, West Champaran, Begusarai, Saran, Banka, Munger) of
Bihar is 63.36 MCM (please refer to chapter 4.3.1). This is a small amount compared to the
26Jain, S.K., Impact of retreat of Gangotri glacier on the flow of Ganga River. Current Science. 95(8):1012-1014
(2008)
93
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
surface water availability in Bihar. However, district-wise and location specific surface water
and groundwater availability in the state will have to be made before setting up any
drinking water scheme.
3.8.10.2 Ground Water
Based upon geological diversities, geomorphological set up and relative groundwater
potentialities, hydrogeologically, the various litho-units of the State can be grouped as
• Unconsolidated / Alluvial formation,
• Semi-consolidated formations and
• Consolidated/fissured formations
The main alluvial tract covers entire north Bihar and a sizeable area south of the Ganga
River. These alluvial formations constitute prolific aquifers where the tubewell can yield
between 120-247 m3/hr. The potential of these aquifers decreases due south in the marginal
tract. Auto flow conditions occur in the sub-Tarai region of Madhubani, Sitamarhi and West
Champaran districts. In the hard rock areas of South Bihar, borewells located near
lineaments/fractures can yield between 10-50 m3/hr.
Table 3.36 Details of groundwater resources of Bihar state
Dynamic Ground Water Resources
Annual Replenishable Ground water Resource 29.19 BCM
Net Annual Ground Water Availability 27.42 BCM
Annual Ground Water Draft 10.77 BCM
Stage of Ground Water Development 39%
As shown in the table above, the stage of ground water development is only 39%, which
when compared to the CGWB categorization of assessment units i.e. (<=70% is ‘safe’) is
below the threshold of concern (over exploited, critical and semi-critical). Out of 533
assessment units (blocks), 529 have been categorized as Safe and 4 blocks have been
categorized as Semi-critical. Though the ground water development is comparatively low in
major part of the State, the higher development areas are mostly located in isolated patches.
The drilling data of CGWB indicates presence of potential aquifer down to a depth of 300 m
bgl in the northern part of South Ganga alluvial plain and in major part of North Ganga
alluvial plain.
Following table which shows district-wise groundwater availability for the state of Bihar is
one of the important tables for employing drinking water schemes in different district based
on the available ground water quantity.
94
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 3.37 District-wise groundwater availability for the state of Bihar
District Annual Net Annual Net Annual Ground Net Annual
Replenishable Ground Water Water Draft Ground Water
Ground27 water Availability28 (domestic and Draft (all
Resources (BCM) industrial water uses)30
(BCM) supply)29 (BCM)
(BCM)
Araria 0.94106 0.80397 0.04496 0.25615
Arwal NA 0.21607 0.01038 0.10285
Aurangabad NA 0.91046 0.03831 0.21132
Banka 41.453 0.42738 0.03017 0.15791
Begusarai NA 0.60083 0.04415 0.3515
Bhabhua NA 0.78947 0.02344 0.25234
Bhagalpur 0.66994 0.69583 0.0497 0.22941
Bhojpur 0.705003 0.75285 0.04361 0.31756
Buxar 0.6185 0.59153 0.03099 0.21093
Darbhanga 0.552152 0.58726 0.02394 0.24386
East Champaran NA 1.24861 0.07527 0.52836
Gaya NA 1.04694 0.07703 0.50664
Gopalganj 0.63361 0.60353 0.04102 0.35992
Jamui 0.043165 0.39826 0.02728 0.15041
Jehanabad NA 0.29408 0.01812 0.18818
Katihar 0.10273 0.86902 0.04173 0.47019
Khagaria NA 0.53121 0.02422 0.23282
Kishanganj NA 0.72276 0.029 0.19582
Lakhisarai 0.02251 0.27941 0.01566 0.11719
Madhepura NA 0.51703 0.03022 0.28238
Madhubani 1.02856 0.90844 0.06483 0.33828
Munger 0.02645 0.30907 0.02046 0.08968
Muzaffarpur 1.09768 1.07052 0.07126 0.57277
Nalanda NA 0.66195 0.04425 0.42972
Nawada 0.53196 0.51364 0.03592 0.22123
Patna 1.13456 0.96455 0.08708 0.5276
Purnea NA 0.90066 0.04966 0.39207
Rohtas NA 1.07053 0.0465 0.38519
Saharsa NA 0.54575 0.02774 0.20052
Samastipur NA 0.91336 0.06499 0.44888
Saran 0.853 0.76446 0.06661 0.43459
Sheikhpura 0.016297 0.15933 0.01071 0.08411
Sheohar NA 0.16774 0.01056 0.09721
Sitamarhi NA 0.75065 0.05181 0.33148
Siwan 0.82787 0.73995 0.04873 0.42658
Supaul NA 0.74519 0.02922 0.24726
Vaishali 0.74009 0.71952 0.05558 0.40285
West Champaran NA 1.4145 0.05744 0.35964
27 For 2004
28 For 2009
29 For 2009
30 For 2009
95
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 3.38 Details of Stage of Development of Groundwater in Bihar state
Stage of Number of Percentage of Name of District
Development of District District
Ground water
Less than 30% 4 10.53 Aurangabad, Kishanganj, Munger, West
Champaran
30-40% 10 26.32 Araria, Banka, Bhabua, Bhagalpur, Buxar,
Jamui, MadhubaniRohtas, Saharsha,
Supaul
41-50% 11 28.95 Arwal, Bhojpur, Darbhanga, East
Champaran, Gaya, Khagaria, Lakhisarai,
Nawada, Purnea, Samastipur, Sitamarhi
51-60% 11 28.95 Begusarai, Gopalganj, Katihar, Madhepura,
Muzaffarpur, Patna, Saran, Shekhpura,
Sheohar, Siwan, Vaishali
61-70% 2 5.26 Jahanabad, Nalanda
With regard to groundwater recharge, there is significant natural recharge to the aquifers
from the vast surface water bodies in the state, especially from the rivers. In addition, an
area of 1650 sq. km has been identified for artificial recharge, as shown in the Table below.
Table 3.39 Details of Groundwater Development and Management in Bihar state
Ground Water Development & Management
Over Exploited NIL
Critical NIL
Semi- critical 4
Ground Water User Maps 38 districts
Artificial Recharge to Ground Water (AR) Area identified for AR: 1650 sq. km.
Quantity of Surface Water to be Recharged: 574
MCM
Feasible AR structures: 891 Percolation Tanks,
2260 Check Dams, 1630 Recharge Shaft, 1303
Contour Bunding, RWH in Urban Areas
Following table shows the semi critical blocks of Bihar. Water supply schemes in these areas
should have special emphasis on the recharge, water conservation or rain water harvesting
activities. Also, districts having these blocks should be given priority for carrying out
watershed development, pond recharge and such schemes.
Table 3.40 Semi critical blocks of Bihar
District Semi critical blocks
Gaya Gaya Sadar
Nalanda Nagarnausa, Rajgir
Nawada Meskaur
96
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
3.8.10.3 Water Quality
Surface water quality
Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) classifies river water quality in five classes
according to fitness as following. The standards of these classes have been specified on the
basis of chemical and biological parameters.
Table 3.41 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) classification of river water quality
Classification Class Tolerance limit
Drinking water source without A Total coliform organisms MPN/100 ml shall be 50 or
conventional treatment but after less
disinfections pH between 6.5 and 8.5
Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more
Biochemical oxygen demand 5 days 20
degreesCelsius2 mg/l or less
Outdoor bathing (organized) B Total coliform organisms MPN/100 ml shall be 500 or
less
pH between 6.5 and 8.5
Dissolved Oxygen 5 mg/l or more
Biochemical oxygen demand 5 days 20 degrees
Celsius 3 mg/l or less
Drinking water source after C Total coliform organisms MPN/100 ml shall be 5000
conventional treatment and or less
disinfections pH between 6.5 and 8.5
Dissolved Oxygen 4 mg/l or more
Biochemical oxygen demand 5 days 20 degrees
Celsius 3 mg/l or less
The Table below describes the water quality of surface water sources in Bihar.
Table 3.42 Water quality details of major surface water sources in Bihar
SI. River PH DO BOD TC FC
No. (mg/l) (mg/l) (MPN/100 (MPN/100
ml) ml)
1 Ganga at Buxar 8.26 8.25 2.8 6275 2033
2 Sone at Koelwar 8.1 8 2.4 1416 675
3 Ghaghara at Chhapra 7.61 8.15 2.5 2208 950
4 Gandak at Sonpur 7.48 8.12 2.35 1633 717
5 Sikrahna at Chanpatia 7.71 8.35 2.57 1950 925
6 Daha at Siwan 7.99 7.8 2.75 2825 1100
7 Dhos at Madhubani 8.09 6.9 2.83 2166 1133
8 Sirsia at Raxaul 7.27 6.8 3 2425 1150
9 Parmar at Jogwani 7.39 7.75 2.62 1525 725
97
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Limit for faecal coliform in the water sample exceeds the tolerance limit as specified in Class
A and Class B of designated best use of water by CPCB. For class A which is classified on the
basis of its use for drinking water without conventional treatment tolerance limit is total
coliform organism shall be 50 or less and for class B which is classified on the basis of its use
for bathing, tolerance limit is total coliform organism shall be 500 or less.
Ground water quality
Ground water in Bihar is affected in many districts. Fluoride, Iron, and Arsenic are present
in excess in many of the districts as presented in the table below.
Table 3.43 Groundwater quality issues in Bihar
Ground Water Quality Problems
Contaminants Districts affected (in part)
Fluoride (>1.5 mg/l) Aurangabad, Banka, Buxar, Bhabua(Kaimur), Jamui, Munger, Nawada,
Rohtas, Supaul
Iron (>1.0 mg/l) Aurangabad, Begusarai, Bhojpur, Buxar, Bhabua(Kaimur), East Champaran,
Gopalganj, Katihar, Khagaria, Kishanganj, Lakhiserai, Madhepura,
Muzafferpur, Nawada, Rohtas, Saharsa, Samastipur, Siwan, Supaul, West
Champaran
Arsenic (>0.05 mg/l ) Begusarai, Bhagalpur, Bhojpur, Buxar, Darbhanga, Katihar, Khagaria,
Kishanganj, Lakhiserai,Munger, Patna, Purnea, Samastipur, Saran, Vaishali
District wise water quality
Arsenic is a serious quality concern for many districts in Bihar like Begusarai, Bhagalpur,
Bhojpur, Buxar, Darbhanga, Katihar, Khagaria, Kishanganj, Lakhiserai, Munger, Patna,
Purnea, Samastipur, Saran, Vaishali. All of these districts have been reported by CGWB to be
affected by arsenic with a concentration of more than 50 ppm (Fig. 3.8)
98
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Figure 3.8 Arsenic affected areas in Bihar
Aurangabad, Begusarai, Bhojpur, Buxar, Bhabua(Kaimur), East Champaran, Gopalganj,
Katihar, Khagaria, Kishanganj, Lakhiserai, Madhepura, Muzafferpur, Nawada, Rohtas,
Saharsa, Samastipur, Siwan, Supaul, West Champaran districts of the state have been
identified by CGWB to be affected by iron contamination of more than 1mg/L in
groundwater (Fig. 3.9).
Figure 3.9 Iron affected areas in Bihar
Southern belt of the state is affected by fluoride, with districts like Aurangabad, Banka,
Buxar, Bhabua(Kaimur), Jamui, Munger, Nawada, Rohtas, Supaul having concentration
more than the standard limit of 1.5mg/L
99
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Figure 3.10 Fluoride affected areas in Bihar
3.8.10.4 Current Water Supply Practises
Status of rural water supply situation in Bihar
Table 3.44 Status of rural water supply situation in Bihar
Type of Scheme Key Factors
Hand Pump (Singur / India Mark II / India Mark III) I HP for 250 population
Mini Water Supply (Solar-based / Electricity-based) 1 scheme for 1000-1500 population
Single Village 1 scheme for 5000 – 15000 population
Multi Village in Single GP Coverage of more than 1 village in 1 GP
Multi Village in Multi GP Coverage of more than 1 GP
Quality-affected Any of the above schemes to tackle
contamination problem
Coverage status of habitations as of February 2013 are given in Table 3.45.
Table 3.45 Status of water supply coverage in the state of Bihar
Total No of No of Habitations with Partial No. of Habitations with 100%
Habitation Population Coverage Population Coverage
107642 20248 87394
As shown in the figure above around 80% of the habitations have 100% population
coverage.
100
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 3.46 Overall drinking water coverage in the state of Bihar
Total Rural
Percentage of households using Hand pump/ Tube well as 89.6 95.6
source of drinking water
Percentage of households using Tap water as source of drinking 4.4 2.3
water
Percentage of household getting tap water from treated source 3.07 1.5
Percentage of households having source of water within the 50.1 47.1
premises
Percentage of households getting water from a source located 37.9 39.6
within 500 meters
Percentage of household need to fetch drinking water from a 12.0 12.6
source located more than 500 m away
According to the latest figures available from census 2011, most of the households in Bihar
rural areas use hand pump or tube well as a source of drinking water. The total percentage
in the state is 89.6 while it is 95.6 in rural areas for the households using hand pump or tube
well as the source. The percentage is very less (1.5%) for the households getting tap water
from the treated source. In terms of access, around 47 % households have water source
within the premise, while around 40% have water source located within 500 meters. Bihar
has still a long way to go in terms of access of water from safe sources.
3.8.10.5 Current Water Treatment Practises
Mini piped water supply treatment scheme: The Mini piped water supply scheme is
designed to have a Water treatment plant along with stand posts (for supplying water)
spread out inside the village through which filtered water is supplied. The water treatment
plant will have a 3 or 4 stage Contaminant Removal Unit (Iron, Fluoride, Arsenic, etc.), a
submersible reciprocating pump (mostly powered by solar panels), and an overhead tank
along with 2-3 value addition tanks (VATs). The Contaminant Removal Unit filters out the
chemical as well as the biological contaminants. The maintenance of this unit requires
carrying out a backwash process regularly, which releases wastewater containing the
filtered contaminants and this needs to be disposed safely.
3.8.10.6 Incidence of water and sanitation related diseases
Poor water quality is a serious threat. It hampers socio-economic development. Water
contamination weakens or destroys natural ecosystems that support human health, food
production, and biodiversity.
Arsenic in drinking water
Arsenic is introduced into water through the dissolution of rocks, minerals and ores, from
industrial effluents, including mining wastes, and via atmospheric deposition. Arsenicosis
or arsenic poisoning occurs when ground drinking water is contaminated with the element,
either by natural occurrence or human influence such as mining, metal refining and timber
treatment. People consuming water contaminated with arsenic could experience skin
damage or problems with their circulatory system, and may have an increased risk of
getting cancer.
101
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Fluoride in drinking water
Naturally occurring fluorides in groundwater are a result of the dissolution of fluoride
containing rock minerals by water while artificially high soil fluoride levels can occur
through contamination by application of phosphate fertilizers, sewage sludge, or pesticides.
Table 3.47 Concentration of fluoride in drinking water and its effects on human health
Fluoride Effect
Concentration
(mg/L)
Nil Limited growth and fertility
< 0.5 Dental caries
0.5 - 1.5 Promotes dental health, prevents tooth decay
1.5 - 4.0 Dental fluorosis (mottling and pitting of teeth)
4.0 - 10.0 Dental fluorosis, skeletal fluorosis (pain in neck bones and back)
> 10.00 Crippling fluorosis
Source: International Drinking Water Standards (1971), WHO, Geneva .
3.9 Important Observations from Analysis of Secondary
Data Sources
Bihar is a landlocked state, yet it is rich with ample natural water resources. The most
important river Ganga, flowing from west to east, divides the state into north and south
Bihar. Eight major rivers – the Ghagra, Gandak, Budhi Gandak, Bagmati, the Adhwara
group of rivers, Kamla, Kosi and Mahananda spread are across North Bihar. The major
rivers of South Bihar are Karamnasha, Sone, Punpun, Kiul-Harohar, Badua, Falgu, Morhar,
Chandan and Bilasi, having their origins in Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh.
Most of the rivers in north Bihar originate in Nepal flowing through the plains of Bihar
before draining into the river Ganga. The abundance of water resources is both a blessing
and a curse for the state. In fact, Bihar is one of the worst flood-affected states in India.
About 68.8 lakh hectares of its total geographical area of 94.16 lakh hectares are flood prone.
In addition, nearly 9.41 lakh hectares (8.32 lakh ha in north Bihar and 1.09 lakh ha in south
Bihar), i.e., 10 percent of the total geographical area of the state is water logged. There are
multiple reasons behind waterlogging which include: spilling of silted small rivers,
encroachment of drainage channels, embankment induced waterlogging and the prevalence
of saucer type depressions in the topography of the land. Through various measures, the
state government is addressing these challenges. Extensive review of secondary sources of
data has identified following additional observations
Bihar state have comparable scheduled caste population but very less scheduled tribe
population than India (<1% compared to >8.0%).
State has made remarkable progress in literacy field in the last decade. The literacy
rate in Bihar increased from 47.0 per cent in 2001 to 63.8 per cent in 2011, implying an
increase of 16.8 per cent during the decade.
Apart from recording the highest increase in literacy rates, Bihar has been able to
considerably reduce its gender difference in literacy rates
The industries in Bihar have remained plagued by many problems and this is one of
the major challenges to resolve this multi-faceted problem.
102
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Labor availability might become serious implication for agriculture sector in the
state, which is mainstay for livelihood of major population
The economy of Bihar grew at an annual rate of 11.36 percent during the period 2004-
05 to 2010-11. This growth process is promising for different sectors and for moving
away from stagnant economy
The state’s divided into two states in the year 2000. After the division the state
retained almost 75 percent of the population, while it is left with only 54 percent of
the land, thus inducing a lot of strain on the available resources.
The Himalayas Mountains in the north significantly affect the distribution of
monsoon rainfall in the state
Major rainfall is due to South-west monsoon which accounts for around 85 per cent
of total rainfall in the state.
Year-to-year changes in rainfall leads to drought or flood situation in Bihar which
causes extensive damage to crop production and the overall income of the state.
Another reason for severe effect is the fact that almost half of the cultivated area is
un-irrigated.
The average annual rainfall of Bihar is 1271.9 mm and the average numbers of
rainy days are 52.5. South Bihar Alluvial Plains has the lowest rainfall ranging
between 990-1240 mm. The districts of Saran, Darbhanga, Patna and Muzaffarpur
have a higher probability of drought.
The soil in Bihar state is mostly fresh loam, replaced every year by intermittent
deposition of silt, clay and sand by different rivers. It lacks phosphoric acid, nitrogen
and humus but potash and lime are generally present in large amounts.
Rice-Wheat is dominant cropping system of the state with Maize-Wheat, Pulses-
Wheat as substitute cropping combinations
Bihar ranks 8th with respect to the area (11.21 lakh ha) and 5th with respect to the
production (173.35 lakh MT) of horticultural crops in the country. Major fruits
grown in the state are Mango, Litchi, Guava, Pineapple, Banana, Aonla, Bel and
Makhana.
The use of nitrogenous fertilizers in Bihar is much higher as compared to the
national average. The national averages for N, P and K stand at 77.9, 33.69 and 17.1
kg/ha, respectively, while that of Bihar are 123.77, 33.37 and 21.83 kg/ha,
respectively.
One can also observe a trend towards a balanced use of fertilizer in last two years
and there is significant rise in organic farming and other related activities like vermi-
composting, bio-fertilizers, bio-pesticides etc.
About 35 percent of rural households in Bihar own cattle, 20 percent own
buffalo, and 15 percent own sheep and goats. Of all rural households owning
cattle and/or buffalo in Bihar, more than three- quarters are either landless or
have less than 1 hectare of land.
Only about 6.87% of the geographical area (6473 sq km) of the state of Bihar is
under forests. This consists of 76 sq km of very dense forests, 2951 sq km of dense
forests and 2531 sq km of open forest.
Afforestation and reforestation activities need focused efforts and long term
planning in the state
Industrial sector in Bihar is growing at a fast space and still has large scope for
development. Bihar has emerged as brewery hub with major domestic and foreign
firms setting up production units in the state.
103
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Following endangered species need special attention. Gangetic Dolphins (known as
Soons by Locals) which are classified as Endangered on the 2006 IUCN Red List of
Threatened Species and included in Schedule-I of the Indian Wildlife Protection Act,
1972. Threatened aquatic wildlife like ‚The Indian smooth-coated Otter‛ (Lutrogale
perspicillata), Gharial (Gavialis gangeticus) and variety of freshwater turtles
Forest cover in Ganga basin, flood prone areas, polluted river stretches, areas of
habitations with different water quality problem (like arsenic, fluoride, nitrate and
iron) are environmentally sensitive areas and need special attention
According to the latest figures available from census 2011, most of the households in
Bihar rural areas are using hand pump or tube well as a source of drinking water.
The total percentage in the state is 89.6; it is 95.6 in rural areas.
Households getting tap water from the treated source is very less (1.5%).
Poor water quality is a serious threat in the Bihar state. It hampers socio-economic
development. Water contamination weakens or destroys natural ecosystems that
support human health, food production, and biodiversity
4. Profiles of the districts visited for field survey
4.1 Begusarai District
Introduction
Begusarai district is one of the thirty-eight districts of Bihar state, India, and Begusarai town
is the administrative headquarters of this district. The district lies on the northern bank of
river Ganga. It is located at latitudes 25.15N & 25.45N and longitudes 85.45E & 86.36E.
Country India
State Bihar
Administrative division Darbhanga
Headquarters Begusrai
Area
Total 1,918 km2
Sub Division 5
Block 18
ULB 4
Gram Panchyat 257
Revenue Viilage 1229
Police Station 29
Population
Total 2,954,367
Density 1,500/km2
Literacy 66.23 per cent
Sex ratio 894
Highways NH 31 & 28
Average annual 1384 mm
precipitation
Language
Official Hindi
104
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
It was established in 1870 as a subdivision of Munger District. In 1972, it was district status.
The name of the district apparently comes from "Begum" (queen) + "Sarai" (inn) as "Begum"
of Bhagalpur used to come to the "Simaria Ghat" (a holy place at Ganges bank) for a month
of pilgrimage which later took the present slang form Begusarai. It is the birthplace of
famous Hindi poet Rashtrakavi Ramdhari Singh Dinkar. Begusarai is the part of historic
Mithila region. Eminent Historian Professor Ram Sharan Sharma was born on 26 November
1919 in Barauni, Begusarai, Bihar .Shri Rajendra Prasd singh (who got the best farmer &
social worker award by UNICEF & Indira Gandhi) was born in village Harrakh (Begusarai).
Location and Regional Linkage
Barauni is the main rail head and originating place of many trains. It is connected to south
Bihar by Rajendra Bridge which serves both as road and railway. NH 28 and NH 31 meet at
Zero mile also known as Dinkar chouk. There are bus services for long distance places by
government owned Bihar State Road Transport Corporation. There also many private bus
services to places in other cities of Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal. Local bus services are
run by private hands and government bus services are not there.
Geographical Feature
Begusarai lies in North Bihar between latitudes 25ı15' and 25ı 45' north and longitudes 85ı45'
and 86ı36" east. This town expands perpendicularly from east to west which used to be a
main link road. It is bounded on the north by Samastipur, on the south by the Ganga and the
Lakhisarai district, on the east by Khagaria and Munger and on the west by the Samastipur
and Patna districts.
Population
The population of Begusarai d istrict is as follow s:
Table 3.48 Population growth in Begusarai district
Year Male Female Total Decadal Area per Density of
Growth Sq. Population per
(in %) Km. sq.km.
1991 956310 858463 1814773 24.61 1918 946
2001 1226057 1116932 2342989 29.11 1918 1222
2011 1,560,203 1,394,164 2954367 25.75 1918 1540
Agriculture
Kharif: Paddy, Arahar, Urad. Rabi: Wheat, Macca, Gram, Masur, Mater, Mustard, Tisi,
Sunflower. Cash Crops: oilseeds, tobacco, jute, potato, red chilies, tomato and andi. Of late,
the district has developed fruit farming like mango, guava and notable among them is litchi
(strawberry look alike but unlike strawberry it is grown on full fledged tree growing up to
30 feet (9.1 m) in height and nearly 60-70 sq meter in area)
Industries
There is two big industries i.e. Indian Oil Refinery and Thermal power station and
hundreds of small industrial units in the private sector. A fertilizer plant in Barauni under
HFC Ltd. was closed in 2003.
105
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Climate
Being a part of Gangetic plain of Indian subcontinent, the district experiences three climatic
seasons – summer from late March to mid time rainy season from mid June to October and
the winter season from November to February. The month of February & March fall in the
transitional season from winter to summer described as spring or ‚Basant‛. Similarly the
months of September & October falls in the transitional season from rainy season to winter
season described as ‚Shishir‛.
During summer due to high temperature this becomes an area of low pressure. During this
period Bay of Bengal, due to its geographical characteristics, serves as homeland for
cyclones. Being on area of low presser, the plains of Begusarai and associated areas attract
these cyclonic winds.
The rainfall is average in this area. The average annual rainfall in this belt of Ganga- Burhi
Gandak is 1384mm of which 83% falls between Mid June and & Mid- October. Monsoon
normally starts in June and lasts till October. The early monsoon currents, channeled to the
NW are the principal source of rainfall of the region. 17 % of pre monsoonal rains, which is
spread in the different months of the year (specially in the months of November- December-
January) have been explained as due to Norwester affect and rest during monsoons due to
Himalayan affect. Heavy rains, supplemented by physiographic/geomorphic features lead to
heavy flood. The chilling winter starts in mid-october and continues till initial periods of
March. Most part of the winter is dry except some sporadic rains as mentioned above.
Physiography and Relief
North Ganga plain is a major physiographic unit of the Indian landmass. It extends from the
Himalayan terrain in the north to the river Ganga in the south covering about 56980 km2 a
roughly quadrilateral shape. Generally recognized as "a water-surplus area", this
quadrilateral region is bounded by a northern piedmont belt where water oozes to the
surface, followed by a broad belt of swampy lands, depressions and lakes, and finally an
aggregation of alluvial fans as all these northern streams bend to form confluence points
with the Ganga (Singh & Kumar, 1970). Hence, the surface is characterized by palaeo levees,
swamps or flood basins locally called "Chaurs", relict palaeo channels aggraded in varying
degrees, meander belts, ox-bow lakes and cut-of loops (Ahmad,1971). Its fluvial
geomorphology is dominated from west to east by the Ghagra-Gandak Interfluves, the
Gandak-Kosi Interfluves and the western Kosi Fan Belt. Some of these rivers frequently
change their channels. Their channels are called by different names in different parts of their
courses. According to a study in 1976 on Wetlands in Bihar, by Govt. of Bihar, natural
wetlands of more than 100 ha each covered about 46828 ha (Directory of Wetlands, Govt. of
Bihar)
The district of Begusarai lies in the middle part of this great plain known as mid Ganga
plain. In general, it is a low-lying flat terrain (MSL45m-32m) having a southerly to
southeasterly slope. This factor governs the flow of streams. Geomorphologically it is a part
of the Gandak- Kosi inerfluve (please refer subheading Geomorphology given below). The
southern part of the district, except
those of low-lying flood plains of Ganga, appears to be an elevated landmass when
compared to the adjoining districts of Khagaria and Samastipur. Hence, being a safer
destination amidst the flood drained region, it supports the human activities in a better way.
The district Begusarai is divided into three flood plains namely:
106
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
i. Kereha-Old Bhagmati flood plains,
ii. Burhi Gandhak Flood plain and
iii. Ganga Flood plain
The first two flood plains of the district are very low lying areas and are prone to the flood.
The floods owe their origin to the complex interplay of fluvial geomorphic elements in the
upstream sections of the Kosi, Bagmati-Kareh-Budhi Gandak and related rivers. These two
flood plains converge in the southeastern part of the district, which is lowland. The streams
flowing in the region show a shifting tendency. In the course of their shifting, the rivers
leave behind their scars of their previous channels. Thus due to shifting nature of streams
and physiographic characteristic, this part is full of wetlands, backswamps and oxbow lakes.
However, in the southern part, the flood plains of Ganga are least prone to flood.
Interestingly the Railway track passing through the district marks a prominent divider line
for Ganga flood plain and Kereha- old Bhagmati flood plains & Burhi Gandhak flood plain.
The Flood plains of Burhi Gandak and Kareha are marked by the presence of paleo levees,
oxbow lakes, paleochannels, relict streams and chaurs viz Kaulachaur and Bhagwanpur
chaur. These chaurs serve as excellent fertile agricultural lands duing summer and are
submerged during rains. Also the areas around these chaurs face the problem of
submergence for around three-four months a year. Kawar lake, a large fresh water lake
which is basically a huge wetland is present as an important physiographic feature of this
part.
In the Ganga flood plain, which is approximately 50-55km long and 5-6kms wide,in the
southern part of the district, except those low lying areas of ‚Taals and chaurs‛, the typical
fluvial characteristics of North Bihar rivers are not visible, which are prominent in the north
of Railway track. This is the least flood prone area of the district, which gets drowned only
in cases of exceptional floods in Ganga and Burhi Gandak. This relatively upland area
appears to be the levee of river Ganga.
Geomorphic Setup
The mid-Ganga plains may be broadly divided into a number of major geomorphic units.
The northern most part is the region of the Siwalik ranges and is followed by the piedmont
fan surface fringing the foothills, 10-30 km wide, built up by coalescing fan surfaces of major
Himalayan rivers. This surface includes both the bhabar and tarai land. Built upon these
surfaces are fluvial regimes classified into megafans (f) and interfluves, characterised by
upland terraces (T2), river valley terraces (T1) and active flood plain surfaces (T0). The entire
district of Begusarai falls in this T0 surface. The southern and northern banks of the Ganga
in and around Begusarai are charactersied by tributaries that flow parallel to the Ganga for
long distances over the floodplain itself, before it joins at deferred junctions. This belt is
named as the Gangayazoo belt (Sinha and Friend,1994). The Gandak-Kosi interfan has been
divided into an upper area of gently converging rivers that flow SE , Perpendicular to the
mountain front and a downstream area (the district of Begusarai and neighbouring
area)where the more sinuous channels of the Burhi Gandak, Baghmati,Kamla and Balan
systems flow gently to the SE.
Drainage
The district is drained by a no of rivers viz. Ganga, Burhi Gandak, Bagmati and Balan rivers
and in addition, small rivulets, dhars, nalas which are originated locally and preserve rain
water, mark the landscape. Among the rivers, Ganga, Burhi Gandak, Kosi, Kareha and
107
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Bagmati are perennial, whereas Channa River, Bainti nadi, Kachna nadi, Monrya nadi and
Malti nadi are seasonal.
All the types of streams i.e. the mountain fed, foothill fed, plain fed and mixed fed, drains
the district. Ganga is a mountain fed river while Bagmati is a foothill fed river. Burhi
Gandak, Baya, Balan, Baintia, Chanha etc are originated in the plains and present examples
of plain fed rivers. The small rivulets serve as tributaries to the streams of higher order.
These rivulets are often dry lowlands during summer and flooded during rainy season.
In general, the drainage pattern of the rivers of this region forms a part of the greater
Gangetic Plain, which is characterized as dendritic drainage pattern. However, locally they
exhibit their typical characteristics. The Ganga River here shows Yazoo pattern of drainage
and the area is known a Ganga Yazoo belt. Yazoo pattern of drainage is defined by the
streams, which travel in a parallel fashion before confluence. Burhi Gandak, Bagmati,
Kareha and Balan, Baintia, shows very high sinuosity and are typically meandering rivers.
River Ganga enters into the southwest part draining the Chamtha block in the district. This
river along with its flood plains, ‚Chaurs‛ and ‚Tals‛ determines the boundary of the
district in the southern part.
Burhi Gandak: The Burhi Gandak, the 2nd most important river, also known as Sirkahana
in its upper reaches, enters the district near Parihara about 10 km upstream of its confluence
with the Balan River. It forms the boundary with Samastipur district in Khodawandpur and
Cheriabariyarpur blocks. This is a river showing very high sinuosity and has
characteristically low slit content than other Himalayan rivers. After traversing a distance of
approximately 100 Km. it drains in Ganga near Khagaria .The river cause periodic floods in
the western part of the district.
Balan : River Balan enters the district in the Bachhwara block. After taking a course of app
30kms km. it drains into Burhi Gandak River 5 km west of Manjhaul. This is also a highly
sinuous stream
Bagmati : A very Juvenile stream of North Bihar plains, drains only the northeastern corner
of district. It enters into the district near Bakhri and is well known for its unstable nature and
spill channels. After traversing the low-lying valley areas, it meets the Kosi near Sankosh
outside the territories of the district. It is responsible for floods in the northern part of the
district.
Baintia: Baintia River is a plain fed stream originated in the adjoining district of Samastipur
and enters in Bhagwanpur block of the district. Up streams, in the Samastipur district, it is
known as Jamwari Nadi. This drains into Burhi Gandak after joining the Balan River. It is
also a stream having water round the year.
Baya: Baya Nadi drains the district Teghra, Bachhwara and Barauni block. It merges with
river Ganga at Roopnagar near Barauni fertilizer factory. This is a stream which does not
show any sinuosity in the Begusarai district and is a perrennial stream. In the mid of the
Burhi Gandak flood plain lies a vast fresh water lake known as Kawer Tal, which is basically
a wetland formed by shifting of river Burhi Gandak. Kawartal gets its water either due to
rains or due to near-by overflowing rivers such as Burhi Gandak, Bagmati
Kawar Tal
Kawar Tal is one of the examples of excellent wetlands, which are found in the flood plains,
and is the largest freshwater lake in Northern Bihar. It lies between Burhi Gandak, Old
Bhagmati and Kareh rivers. The lake is formed by the meandering action of Gandak River
and is now a residual ox-bow lake, one of the thousands in Bihar and Uttar Pradesh flood
108
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
plains. In years of high rainfall, vast areas of these two states get flooded. This causes
coalescing of wetlands and forms one huge expanse of water. During these times the
wetlands of the Kawartal region may cover hundreds of sq. kms. The floods leave behind
deposits of sand, slit and clay in layers of varying thickness. In years of average rainfall,
Kawartal gets connected with Burhi Gandak (a tributary of River Ganga) and with nearby
Nagri Jheel and Bikrampur chaurs, unite to form a lake of about 7400 ha. By late summer
however, the water is confined to the deeper depressions and only about 300-400 ha of
Kawartal remains flooded and cut off from the adjacent floodplains (chairs). As the water
level recedes, over 2800 ha of the exposed mudflats are converted into rice (paddy) fields. In
1951, a drainage channel was excavated to expose additional areas for agricultural purposes,
but the channel silted up in few years, and the lake reverted to its former condition. In recent
years, further siltation of the overflow channel has resulted in sight fluctuation in water
levels throughout the lake. There is a permanent island (Jaimangalgarh) of about 130ha in
the Southeast corner of the lake. The Kawar and its adjoining lakes are probably oxbow
lakes fed by highly meandering river, the Burhi Gandak that once flowed through these
areas. As this lake area remains wet and submerged for a longer period, it has developed
specially adopted wetland vegetation and organisms. The emergent, submerged and
floating plants present some unique type or representative flora and fauna particularly of
this lake and its adjoining areas. Hence, it is a spectacular wetland habitat and perhaps one
of the largest freshwater inland wetlands in the country.
Drainage Characteristics of the Gandak Kosi interfan
The district of Begusarai lies in the southern part of the Gandak Kosi interfan area. The
region between the Gandak and the Kosi megafans is a vast plain with a southeasterly slope
reflected in the drainage directions. The major interfan rivers are the foot-hill-fed and the
plain-fed Burhi Gandak, Bagmati, Kamla and Balan. These rivers determine the architecture
of the flood plains. However, numerous interconnected minor channels participate in
carving out the features of the plains by reworking and redistributing the sediments
deposited by the major tributaries of the river. All the channels constitute low-lying areas
and remain waterlogged during the monsoon.
Channel avulsion and overbank flooding are the two most important factors controlling the
floodplain development of the region (Sinha,1996). Avulsion is the sudden diversion of a
part or whole of a river channel to a new course at a lower level on the flood plain. There is
also a paucity of cut-offs, consistent with their moderatesinuosities.
The Burhi-Gandak river system has developed along the palaeochannel of the Gandak
(Mahadevan 2002). Its channel has, however, become much smaller and highly sinuous and
provides an example of river "metamorphosis". The river has however, been changing its
course locally through avulsion, leaving extensive floodplain scars such as sinuous
abandoned channels, "neck cut-offs" and ox-bow lakes, unmatched in their scale and
abundance by any other part of the North Bihar Plains. Such cut-offs have resulted in
reduction of channel lengths and sinuosity. Distinct topographic levels similar to what has
been described earlier in the Kosi channel characterize the Burhi-Gandak floodplains near
Muzaffarpur. The development of the different levels is attributed to local fluctuations in
discharge and sediment load resulting in down cutting by the channel and lateral migration.
The Bagmati avulsive system is characterized by abandoned channels to the east of the
present mid-reaches of the river. These are "underfit" channels and are activated and
recaptured from time to time (Sinha1996) .A westward shift of the river is, however, still
evident. The Baghmati system encompasses what are turned "chute cutoffs", that may be a
109
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
reflection of the "active migration where loop development and floodplain erodability
during brief overbank flows are such as to allow the creation of new short-circulating
channels". The Kamla and Balan systems show less evidences of avulsion. The westward
shift of the Balan river is linked with the growth of the Kosi megafan. The Kamla
river,however,is outside the influence of the growth of the Kosi megafan.
The transformation of channels, their metamorphosis, and the development of underfit
channels, according to Sinha (1996), are both not due to climatic changes, as often assumed,
but due to channel avulsion and channel-floodplain relationships. The development of "cut-
offs" in the river systems is not so sudden an event and has taken place over a period of
time, which, therefore, opens up scope to investigate the phenomenon more thoroughly.
Some of the cutoffs have also evolved into ox-bow lakes. Other features of interest in
understanding the evolution of the floodplains include features developing from lateral
accretion, such as point bars and bedding structures and featured resulting from vertical
accretion as natural levees, crevasse splays, backswamps, wetlands and lakes.
Geology and Soil
The geology of the area constitutes the highest alluvial plain in the domain of the Himalayan
Rivers to the north of the Ganga. It is a part of the Great Gangetic Basin. The basin was
formed during late Paleogene-Neogene times and is related to the upheaval of the
Himalayas vis a vis flexural downwarp of the Indian Lithosphere under the supracrustal
load of the Himalayas (Wadia, 1961). The entire segment abounds in buried faults and
grabens. The basin came into existence as a result of the collision of India and China
continental Plates (Dewcy and Bird, 1970 in Parkash) during the Paleocene. Collision
resulted in intraplate subduction along the MCT (Main Central Thrust lying in the
Himalayas) raising the Higher Himalaya to form source rocks and ‚popping through‛ of the
more southerly part of the Indian plate to form the basin. This ‚popping through‛ might
have lead to the development of longitudinal and transverse lineaments thougout the basin.
With time more southerly areas were raised and by mid-Paleocene subduction also started
along the MBF (Main Boundary Fault lying in the Himalayas). These phenomena are
reflected in the presence of a coarsening up megacycle with at least two superimposed
minor cycle and in the composition of the sandstone and conglomerates of the basin. Later
folding of the northern edge of basin to form the Siwalik Ranges during the Early
Pleistocene led to cannibalism of this part of the basin.
The basin had east west elongated shape and started with a shallow marine environment,
which changed to estuarine and deltaic one with time. By mid-Miocene, continental
sedimentation marked by fluvial environment dominated the scene and this set up has
continued to the recent with minor modifications. The basin had predominantly transversal
pattern controlled by southerly flowing rivers emerging from the Himalaya and during
Neogene period, a master stream along the southern margin of the basin drained into the
Bay of Bengal. The fluvial sedimentation took place the form of mega-alluvial cones.
Sedimentation in the basin was influenced by tectonism through out its evolution.
The Indo-gangitic Basin, still an active one, needs to be studied for detailed stratigraphic
correlation, sedimentary facies relationship, change in climate through space and time and
modern sedimentation.
A Quaternary fault system has been identified in the region. This is an echelon pattern of
surface faults associated with Begusarai fault (Fig). Within this fault zone, various
geomorphic features are found which have their origin in both the lateral and vertical
movement of fault-bounded slices, as well as in the persistent strike-slip. In regions where
110
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
tectonic activity is less pronounced, streams generally flow more or less perpendicular to the
adjacent highlands.
The Quaternernay sediments of the Indogangetic plains have been traditionally subdivided
into the older and younger alluvium and locally called Bhanger and Khader. Entire area of
Begusarai falls in the domain of ‚Khader‛ sediments.
The soil of this land unit is primarily unaltered alluvium, which is yet to undergo
pedogenesis (process of soil formation). Texturally it varies from sandy loam to loam in the
meander scroll and levee(the upland bounding the flood plains of the river) areas, to silty
loam and silt in flood basin areas of the Himalayan rivers and from loam in the levees of
Ganga to clayey loam and clay in the basin of Burhi Gandak and Bhagmati river. The soil of
the area is sandy loam rich with humus and is also very fertile.
4.2 West Champaran District
Introduction
West Champaran is an administrative district in the state of Bihar in India. It is part of Tirhut
Division. The district Headquarters is located at Bettiah. It is well known for it’s porous
border with Nepal.
West Champaran district was carved out of old champaran district in the year 1972 as a
result of the reorganization of the district in the state. It was formerly a sub-division of Saran
district and then champaran district with its Headquarter as Bettiah. It is said that Bettiah
got its name from BAINT (CANE) Plants commonly found in the district. The name
champaran is a degenerate from of champak aranya, a name which dates back to the time
when the district was attract of the forest of champa (magnolia) trees and was the aboard of
solitary ascetics. The rise of nationalism in Bettiah in early 20th century is intimately
connected to indigo plantation.
Country India
State Bihar
Administrative division Tirhut
Headquarters Bettiah
Area
Total 5228 km2
Sub Division 3
Block 18
ULB 3
Gram Panchyat 315
Revenue Viilage 1483
Population 2011
Total 39,22,780
Density 750/km2
Literacy 58.06 %
Sex ratio 906
Highways NH 28 B
Precipitation
Max. 847.8 mm
Min. 0.5 mm
Language
Official Hindi
111
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Trade and Commerce
The rich forests of the district have opened the doors of a flourishing trade in timber. The
district borders Nepal on the north over a long stretch of land. There are some road routes
also connecting the district with Nepal. Naturally, therefore, a good bulk of the Indo Nepal
trade is carried on through the district. Nepalese rice, timber and spices are imported into
India while textiles, petroleum products etc. are exported into Nepal through the district.
The chief trade centres are Bagaha, Bettiah, Chanpatia & Narkatiaganj.
Industrialisation
Agriculture is the main source of income of the people in West Champaran. Some agro-
based industries have flourished here and are being run successfully. Sugar mills are
established at Majhaulia, Bagaha, Ramnagar, Narkatiaganj, Chanpatia and Lauria. The last
two units are closed at present. Some rice mills are also being run successfully and the
produce is being marketed to different places outside the district. Cottage industries based
on local available natural and agricultural produce catering the local needs such as Gur
(raw-sugar), basket, rope, mat weaving etc are also popular.
Communication
The district still lags behind in having sufficient communication linkage by metalled roads
within its territory. National Highway 28 B cris-crosses this district. While it is well
connected with the State capital by road.
The railways were introduced in 1888 when Bettiah was linked with Muzaffarpur. The line
was extended subsequently to Bhikna Thori on the Indo-Nepal Border. A line also runs from
Narkatiaganj to Bairgania vai Raxaul. The construction of Chhitauni Rail Bridge
has resulted in a direct link of the district with Gorakhpur, Lucknow, Delhi, and Mumbai
by train.
Location and Regional Linkage
Location on global Map between 26°16' and 27°31' north latitude and 83°50' and 85°18' east
longitude. Area is above 65 mtr. (213 ft.) msl.
Demography
In 2011, West Champaran had population of 39,22,780 of which male and female were
20,57,669 and 18,65,111 respectively. In 2001 census, West Champaran had a population of
30,43,466 of which males were 16,00,839 and remaining 14,42,667 were females
There was change of 29.29 percent in the population compared to population as per 2001. In
the previous census of India 2001, West Champaran District recorded increase of 30.40
percent to its population compared to 1991.
Sex Ratio
With regards to sex ratio in West Champaran, it stood at 909 per 1000 male in 2011
compared to 2001 census figure of 901. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 as per
latest reports of census 2011 directorate. In 2011 census, child sex ratio is 953 girls per 1000
boys compared to figure of 942 girls per 1000 boys of 2001 census data.
Literacy
Average literacy rate of West Champaran in 2011 were 55.70 compared to 38.93 of 2001. If
things are looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy were 65.59 and 44.69
respectively. For 2001 census, same figures stood a 51.08 and 25.23 in West Champaran
112
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
District. Total literate in Nalanda District were 17,59,481 of which male and female were
10,91,226 and 6,68,255 respectively. In 2001, West Champaran District had 9,32,348 in its
district.
Urban/Rural Population
Out of the total west Champaran population for 2011 census, 9.99 percent lives in urban
region of district. In total 3,93,165 people lives in urban areas of which males are 207,301 and
females are 1,85,864. Sex Ratio in urban region of west champaran district is 897 as per 2011
census data. Similarly child sex ratio in west Champaran was 924 in 2011 census.
As per 2011 census, 90.01 population of west champaran district lives in rural areas of
villages. The total west champaran district population living in rural areas is 35,41,877 of
which males and females are 18,53,809 and 16,88,068 respectively. In rural areas of West
Champaran district sex ratio is 911 females per 1000 males. If child sex ratio data of west
Champaran district is considered figure is 955 girls per 1000 boys.
Topography
The district is divided into few distinct tracts. The first consists of the hilly tract of Someswar
and Dun range in the north at the foot hills of Himalayas. It is noticeable that the soil even at
the foot of the hills has no rocky formation and whatever water can be impounded, a rich
growth of crop is possible. The hilly streams, however, play havoc by bringing down huge
quantities of sand & destroying cultivable lands. The hill contains large stretches of forests.
The next to the hilly area comes the Terai region which is largely populated by Tharus of the
district.
The Terai region is followed by fertile plains occupying the rest of the district. This plains
itself is divided into two well defined tracts by the little Gandak and have markedly distinct
characteristics. The northern portion is composed of old alluvium & has a considerable area
of low land. It is traversed by a number of streams flowing southwards. The southern
portion of the tract is characterized by stretches of upland varied in places by large marshy
depressions known as Chaurs.
River
The Gandak or Narayani and Sikrahana or Little Gandak are the two important rivers of this
district.
Irrigation Facilities
Tirhut, Tribeni and Done canals are the most prominent canals operating in this district.
They get their water supply from the Gandak river at Balmikinager, the northern most part
of the district bordering Nepal.
Geography
As the district has its border with Nepal, it has an international importance. The
international border is open with five blocks of the district, namely, Bagaha-
II, Ramnagar, Gaunaha, Mainatand & Sikta, extending from north-west corner to south-east
covering a distance of 35 Kms.
Climatic Conditions
The climate of the district is cooler & damper than the adjoining districts. The terai area
comprising mainly Ramnagar, Bagaha & Narkatiaganj is considered unhealthy while all
other area have a healthy climate. Winter begins in November and lasts till Feburary,
113
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
followed by hot summer months when temperature rises to maximum 430 Celsius. Rains set
in during the later part of June. The district receives some winter rain also.
Rainfall
Rainfall is heavier than most of the districts & is especially heavy in the terai region. The
normal annual rainfall is about 56". Maximum rainfall is observed in July month of 2012 i.e.
632.1 mm.
Land use pattern
Mainly three types of crops are produced in this district – Bhadai (Autumn crop), Aghani
(Kharif) and Rabbi (Spring crop). Bhadai crops comprise mainly Maize and Sugarcane. The
main crops of Aghani season are paddy, potato etc. Wheat, Barley, Arhar (Cajamus indicus)
are main Rabbi crops. Main crops of the low lying land in northern region of the district is
paddy. Land use pattern figures are as follows:-
Total Area of the district - 11,96,819 Acre
Forest land - 2,26,790 Acre
Agricultural land - 5,15,097 Acre
Non-agricultural land - 68,283 Acre
Land under water - 1,73,078 Acre
Homestead Land - 1,84,764 Acre
Flora & Fauna
The district has suffered large scale denudation of forests. Forests are confined to the
northern tract & particularly the Sumeswar & the Dun ranges are covered with forests. Sal,
Sisam, Tun & Khair are among the trees found in this region. In terai region clumbs of
bamboo, sabai grass & narkat reed are found in abundance.
The types of animals available in the forests of the district are tiger, leopard, and panther
wild pig, nilgai, monkeys (both red and black faced), bear, dear, sambhar, bison, wolves &
wild goats. The rehu, naini, katla, tengra, buail, sauri and barari are the big fish varieties
found in the bigger rivers & lakes of the district. Snakes are quite common & crocodiles &
alligators are sometimes found in the larger river.
Livestock
This district depends a lot on livestock for cultivation. The plough cattle are bred locally.
There are many fine well-conditioned bullocks seen in the district particularly the cart
bullock. Buffaloes are main source of milk. They are generally of small type but in fairly
good condition.
Mines & Minerals
The Dun & Sumeswar hills in the extreme north which are the continuation of Shivalik range
are formed of ill compacted sandstone. There are beds of Kankar (sandstone) in parts of the
district & saltpetre is found almost everywhere.
Forest
The district has suffered large scale denudation of forests. Forests are confined to the
northern tract & particularly the Sumeswar & the Dun ranges are covered with forests. Sal,
Sisam, Tun and khair are among the trees found in this region. In the terai region clumbs of
bamboo, sabai grass & narkat reed are found in abundance. It has a forests land of 2,26,790
acre.
114
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
4.3 Nawada district
Introduction
Nawada is located in South Bihar and is an independent district. Prior to its declaration as a
district, Nawada was part of Gaya district. The town is located on NH 33 at a distance of 80
km from Gaya and 105 km from Bodhgaya. NH 31 connects the town with Patna and Ranchi
in the north and south respectively and SH8 connects the town to Gaya. There is a railway
line connecting Nawada to Gaya.
Nawada is located centrally in the District. It is a municipal council and district
headquarters. The Nawada district is divided into 2 subdivisions, 14 blocks, 187 Gram
Panchayat and 1081 villages. Nawada, a development block of sub division Nawada of
Nawada district. It is located on NH 33 and connects not only the important tourist places
like Nalanda, Rajgir and Bodh Gaya but also Jharkhand state. Sub-division wise distribution
of blocks of Nawada district is given in following table.
Country India
State Bihar
Administrative division Magadh
Headquarters Nawada
Area
Total 2,494 km2
Sub Division 2
Block 14
ULB 3
Gram Panchyat 187
Revenue Viilage 1081
Population
Total 22,16,653
Density 889/km2
Literacy 61.6 %
Sex ratio 940
Highways NH 33
Average annual 1384 mm
precipitation
Language
Official Hindi
Table 3.49 Sub –division wise distribution of Block of Nawada District
S.No Sub-divisions Blocks
1 Nawada Nawada, Warisaliganj, Hisua, Pakribarawan,
Kasichak, , Nardiganj, Meskaur
2 Rajauli Rajauli, Akbarpur, Govindpur, Kawakol, Roh,
Narhat, Sirdalla
115
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Location and Regional Linkage
Prior to its declaration as a district in 1972, Nawada was part of Gaya district. The town is
located on NH 33 at a distance of 80 km from Gaya and 105 km from Patna. The Nawada
Nagar Parishad covers an area of 9.696 sq. km and is divided into 33 wards. NH 31 connects
the town with Patna and Ranchi in the north and south respectively and SH8 connects the
town to Gaya. There is a railway line connecting Nawada to Gaya.
Economy
The district had good sugarcane farming activities though the single sugar mill of the district
located in Warsaliganj is currently not functioning. Main Crops of the district are Paddy,
wheat, Pulses, vegetables etc. Kadirganj, located 6 km from Nawada, has a very old and
famous silk small scale industry where many workers carry out the activities of cleaning and
weaving of silk. It has commercial and trading linkages with Bhagalpur, a city famous for its
silk business including export of silk from India. Main Industries of Nawada are Bidi
factories, Sugar mills and Handloom Silk. Nuclear Power Corporation of India Ltd has
identified Rajauli in Nawada district of Bihar as the possible site for creating additional
2,000-MW nuclear capacity in the state. The Central Electricity Authority's site selection
committee, which recently visited the site, is expected to submit its report within a month.
In 2006 the Ministry of PanchayatiRaj considered Nawada, one of the country's 250 most
advance district (out of a total of 640). It is one of the 36 districts in Bihar currently receiving
funds from the no. 1 Regions Grant Fund Programme (BRGF).
Recent Developments/Plan
The city is growing towards the North and North-East direction along NH 31 and SH 31
respectively. The second preferred area for growth is in South and South-West along NH 31
and SH 8. Therefore, it may be concluded that the trend of future development of the town
is towards main roads NH 31 and SH 8. The current development is also on north, north
east, south and south west outside the municipal boundary
As shown in figure 4.1, Khuri River, NH 31 and SH 8 pass through the city. The river poses
constraint in the development of city. The main town is situated on the north of Khuri River
and area south of Khuri River is called Par Nawada. Par Nawada consists of 11 wards (Ward
23 to Ward 33). This area is not very well connected with the main city. Some more small
bridges on Khuri River need to be built to provide smooth accessibility with the main city.
Demography
In 2011, Nawada had population of 2,216,653 of which male and female were 1,145,123 and
1,071,530 respectively. In 2001 census, Nawada had a population of 1,809,696 of which males
were 929,960 and remaining 879,736 were females. There was change of 22.49 percent in the
population compared to population as per 2001. In the previous census of India 2001,
Nawada District recorded increase of 33.08 percent to its population compared to 1991.
Population Density
The initial provisional data released by census India 2011, shows that density of Nawada
district for 2011 is 889 people per sq. km. In 2001, Nawada district density was at 726 people
per sq. km. Nawada district administers 2,494 square kilometers of areas.
116
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Sex Ratio
With regards to Sex Ratio in Nawada, it stood at 936 per 1000 male compared to 2001 census
figure of 946. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 as per Census 2011. In 2011
census, child sex ratio is 899 girls per 1000 boys compared to figure of 923 girls per 1000 boys
of 2001 census data.
Literacy
Average literacy rate of Nawada as per 2011 census is 61.6 percent as compared to 47.36
percent in 2001.Male and female literacy are 71.4% and 51.09% respectively as per 2011
census. For 2001 census, the corresponding figures stood at 60.58% and 32.17% in Nawada
District. Total literate in Nawada District were 11, 39,832 out of which male and female were
6, 85,513 and 4, 54,319 respectively. In 2001, total literate in Nawada District were 6, 79,135%
in which male literate were 4, 53,300and female literate were 2,25,875.
Environmental Profile of Nawada District
Topography
The Nawada District comprises of two distinct landscapes i.e Plain land of North and the
hilly area of the south . 45% comes under the plain land which is used for agricultural
purposes.
Climate
Monsoon sets sometimes in the third week of June and it lasts till the end of September. The
average annual rainfall in Nawada district is 1037 mm. The maximum rainfall in the district
comes from South West monsoon with a little about 10% spread over the summer and
winter. There is a large variation in the rainfall over year to year. Rainfall increases from
Southwest to north-east. After analysis of rainfall data it is revealed that there is a wide
variation in the average annual rainfall values, least being at Rajauli and maximum at
Nawada.
0
The climate is generally hot and dry, the winter temperature ranges from 16 C to as low as
0 0
4 C whereas during the summer the mercury shoots to 46 C. During rainy season it becomes
0 0
cooler and temperature drops to 35 C to 25 C.
The climate of the district is sub-tropical to sub-humid in nature. The district experiences
severe cold during winter whereas on the other hand in summer it is very hot. The summer
starts from the mid of March and it continues up to mid of June, after that monsoon starts
and it continues up to mid of October. The nights are generally hot from the end of May till
the first break of monsoon. The city experiences all thethree seasons i.e. summer, winter &
rain. The climate is reasonably cold in winters and hot during summers. The major seasons
are as follows:-
Winter - The cold weather commences early in November and comes to an end in the
middle of March.
Summer - The hot weather sets in and lasts until the middle of June. The hot wind during
summer affects greatly the human comfort.
Monsoon - Soon after Mid June, the rainy season commences and continues till the end of
September, the beginning of this season occurs when a storm from the Bay of Bengal passes
over Bihar.
117
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Post Monsoon - An important feature of the retreating monsoon season in Bihar is the
invasion of tropical cyclones originating in the Bay of Bengal at about 12 N latitude. Bihar is
also influenced by the typhoons originating in the South China Sea. The maximum
frequency of the tropical cyclones in Bihar is during September-November. These cyclones
are essential for the maturing of paddy, and are required for the moistening of the soil for
the cultivation of Rabi crops.
Geography
This district is located at 24°31’ 25° 7’ East latitude and 85°17’-86°3’ North longitude.
Nawada is 67 meters above mean sea level. It has an area of 2492 sq. kms. Most part of the
district is plain but some areas have hilly characteristics. Rivers flowing through the districts
are Sakri, Khuri, Panchane, and Tilaiya. It is surrounded by Nalanda Sheikhpura districts on
the North, Jamui district on north east, Gaya on South-West and Kodarma district of
Jharkhand on south east. The soil of this district is suitable for the agriculture specifically for
Paddy, wheat, Pulses, vegetables. 25% of the total land area of the district covered by Forest.
The district of Nawada does not have any important perennial river.
River
The Tilaiya, Ghaghra, Khuri, Sakri and Dhanarjya are the main rivers of district. The beds of
these rivers are shallow, wide and sandy. They are ephemeral in nature and are virtually in
spate during the rainy season. The district of Nawada also has some important waterfalls
such as Kakolat and Had-hadwa.
Minerals
District has no substantial of major minerals of commercial value.
Land Use
The area and proportion of different land uses as shown in table 2 is tentative. The total
developed land is around 80% of the total city area, and remaining 20% area is under
undeveloped land.
Table 3.50 Nawada land use patterns (2001)
S. No. Land Use Percentage
1 Residential Developed Land (80%) 55.0
2 Commercial 5.0
3 Industrial 0.0
4 Circulation (parks, etc.) 10.0
5 Public and Semi Public 10.0
6 Recreation 0.0
7 Water bodies Undeveloped Land (20%) 5.0
8 Agriculture 15.0
9 Vacant land -
Total 100%
Forest
25% of the total land area of the district covered by Forest. Kind of trees found in forest area
are teak, sisam, mahua and karanch. Medicinal plants and essentials oil plants available in
the district.
118
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
4.4 Purnea district
Purnia has an area of 3,202 square km. It is a level, depressed tract of country, consisting for
the most part of a rich, loamy soil of alluvial formation. It is traversed by several rivers
flowing from the Himalayas, which afford great advantages of irrigation and water-carriage.
Its major rivers are the Kosi, the Mahananda, the Suwara Kali and the Koli. In the west the
soil is thickly covered with sand deposited by changes in the course of the Kosi. Among
other rivers are the Mahananda and the Panar. Its major agricultural products are jute and
banana.
In 2011, Purnia had population of 3,264,619 of which male and female were 1,699,370 and
1,565,249 respectively. In 2001 census, Purnia had a population of 2,543,942 of which males
were 1,328,417 and remaining 1,215,525 were females. Purnia District population constituted
3.14 percent of total Maharashtra population. In 2001 census, this figure for Purnia District
was at 3.07 percent of Maharashtra population. Purnia district has four subdivisions: Purnea,
Baisee, Banmankhi and Dhamdaha and they are further composed of fourteen blocks
namely East Purnea,Krityanand Nagar, Banmankhi, Kaswa, Amaur, Bainsi, Baisa,
Dhamdaha, Barhara Kothi, Rupauli, Bhawanipur, Dagarua, Jalalgarh and Srinagar
Purnia District Population Growth Rate
There was change of 28.33 percent in the population compared to population as per 2001. In
the previous census of India 2001, Purnia District recorded increase of 35.23 percent to its
population compared to 1991.
Purnia District Density 2011
The initial provisional data released by census India 2011, shows that density of Purnia
district for 2011 is 1,011 people per sq. km. In 2001, Purnia district density was at 788 people
per sq. km. Purnia district administers 3,229 square kilometers of areas.
Purnia Literacy Rate 2011
Average literacy rate of Purnia in 2011 were 51.08 compared to 35.10 of 2001. If things are
looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy were 59.06 and 42.34 respectively. For
2001 census, same figures stood at 45.63 and 23.42 in Purnia District. Total literate in Purnia
District were 1,332,326 of which male and female were 805,261 and 527,065 respectively. In
2001, Purnia District had 700,070 in its district.
Purnia Sex Ratio 2011
With regards to Sex Ratio in Purnia, it stood at 921 per 1000 male compared to 2001 census
figure of 915. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 as per latest reports of Census
2011 Directorate. In 2011 census, child sex ratio is 954 girls per 1000 boys compared to figure
of 967 girls per 1000 boys of 2001 census data.
Source: http://purnea.bih.nic.in/Dist_Purnea_Web%20Site_files/DistProfile.htm
http://purnea.bih.nic.in/
119
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
4. Environmental Management Framework
4.1 Environmental Analysis
This chapter presents an overview of the key environmental issues related to the proposed
BSWSM project and the Environment Management Framework (EMF). An analysis of the
baseline environmental situation, observations during site visits (Annexure 2), discussions
with state, district and village level functionaries as well as Focus Group Discussions (FGDs)
have clearly brought out the following key environmental issues that need to be addressed
in the project design and implementation. A stakeholder meeting was held on 12 July, 2014
at Suchana Bhawan, Patna to discuss the project findings, implementation plans and
timelines. The meeting was attended by senior officials of PHED and officials from various
districts and village heads. The inputs from the officials and specifically from the village
heads and the village and GP level functionaries were specifically noted. The minutes of the
meeting is included in Annexure 25. Annexure 26 includes pictures showing environmental
issues in the RWSS sector in Bihar.
4.2 Environmental issues identified during Focus group
discussions and household surveys
4.2.1 Environmental issues identified during Focus group discussions
(FGDs)
Fifteen FGDs were conducted in the four districts selected for field survey. The FGDs
comprised of village heads, Panchayat members, teachers, lawyers, farmers, women etc.
The major environment-related issues identified during FGDs are:
There is no awareness about the water conservation and efficient water use practices
which leads to wastage of precious water resources.
Piped water supply is inadequate in the villages
Water source is insufficient during winter
Water distribution lines for the piped water schemes are inadequate with frequent
bursting of pipes, lack of O&M, and wastage of water
Inadequate water supply due to frequent power cuts
Water quality is poor in the villages
People remove the treatment attachment units from the Govt. sponsored hand
pumps to get more water from the hand pumps with less effort.
Disposal of backwash water (with high concentration of chemicals) from water
treatment systems into the field was observed by the field survey team. This
backwash water infiltrates into groundwater.
Open defecation is rampant in all the study sites
There are inadequate number of latrines in all villages
There is no solid and liquid disposal system in place in the villages
120
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
The field survey team observed at Siuri Village (District: Begusarai) that the distance
between hand pump and soak pit latrine was closer than the recommended
minimum distance (10 m) between them. This is common in most of the villages
(revealed from field observation and FGDs). This is another cause for drinking water
contamination. This is due to lack of awareness about water contamination and lack
of sufficient land available.
Many of the toilets constructed in the village under the government scheme are of
shallow depth, which lead to the filling up of the pits in a short duration, causing the
villagers to go for open defecation.
It was observed in some of the villages that the wastewater is discharged into ponds
inside the village leading to seepage of wastewater into the soil and causing further
contamination of surface and groundwater.
It was observed in village Bhola Khura (Dist: Nawada) that setting up of a water
treatment plant had led to cutting of palm trees.
One of the survey sites (Ghoghaghat, West Champaran Dist.) visited for proposed
MVS, has an Orchard on the bank of the river Burhi Gandak. This orchard may have
to be cleared for setting up of the MVS.
At one survey site (Bachwara block, Begusarai District) where a MVS is being
proposed with River Ganga as water source, it was observed that river had changed
course in the past and this may occur in the future, thus impacting sustainability of
the water source for the scheme.
Use of pesticide in agricultural field was also reported in all surveyed village which
may contaminate water sources.
4.2.2 Environmental issues identified from household surveys
Household surveys were carried out in three villages in each of the selected four districts to
understand the environmental issues in those villages (for details please refer to annexure 2).
Below are the major observations at the household level.
Based on the perception of 82% households in the villages surveyed, the
groundwater level has gone down during the last 10 years. 81% of the respondents
said that during summer season water level goes down and most of the hand pumps
run dry to shallow depth of the hand pumps.
23% households expressed that the amount of water is not sufficient for daily needs.
55 % households expressed that potable water as an issue in the village and almost
78% households expressed the need for a better water supply system because of
water availability issues.
Water quality of shallow hand pumps was perceived to be bad and poor in almost all
surveyed villages in terms of colour (42% of the respondent households), odour (24%
of the respondent households) and taste (19% of the respondent households).
50% respondents have the perception that during summer, water quality problem is
‚somewhat serious‛ and 25% respondents said that water quality problem is
‚somewhat serious‛ during winters.
100% respondents drink water without any treatment at household level.
121
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Water logging in shallow open pits in front of hand pumps & stand posts was also
observed by the field survey team. This may contaminate the ground water quality.
These waterlogged areas are breeding place for mosquitoes. Malaria and water borne
diseases are rampant in the villages surveyed. Some of the diseases faces by the
households are: Diarrhoea (13%), Malaria (37%), Typhoid (8%) and Skin diseases
(18%).
78% respondents do not have a drainage facility for disposal of wastewater that leads
to logging of wastewater near households and hand-pumps.
Solid waste generated from the households is disposed of in the open space (92% of
the households) that leads to vector breeding, and this gets aggravated during the
rainy season where rainwater mixes with the solid waste to further cause
contamination and pollution.
78% respondents practice waste water disposal to the earthen drainage along the
streets.
92% of the respondents dispose solid waste by throwing in open places.
Most of the surveyed households use cattle dung as fuel and in agricultural fields as
fertilizer.
Sanitation standards and practices in the villages are still poor. Many of them still go
for open defecation (74% of the households) due to non-availability and bad
maintenance (filling up of pits) of the toilets.
74% respondents go for open defecation in all the surveyed villages and 88%
respondents expressed the need for household toilets.
The key environmental issues in the villages have been discussed in detail below and
mitigation measures have been suggested. ECOPS have been included in the report for
avoiding, mitigating and safeguarding environmental issues. The EMF includes
environmental monitoring and management plans for the proposed schemes in Bihar.
Institutional arrangement and capacity building for environmental safeguard have also been
provided in this chapter.
4.3 Key Environmental Issues
4.3.1 Water Availability
Groundwater has been the major source of water for drinking in Bihar. For a large number
of rural households which are dependent on hand pumps, the declining and fluctuating
groundwater levels are adversely affecting the water supply.
Most of the current schemes in Bihar are based on groundwater sources. Some of these
sources show declining water levels during summer season (dry period). The potential of
surface water source for drinking purposes has not been fully explored in Bihar. Table 4.1
shows the batch-wise number of proposed schemes in Bihar. The Project will be
implemented in 3 batches each of three years duration, with overlaps.
122
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 4.1 Proposed World Bank assisted schemes in Bihar
Schemes SVS Schemes Small MVS Schemes Large MVS Schemes Total
Batch No of Habitations No of Habitations No of Habitations No of Habitatio
Schemes Coverage Schemes Coverage Schemes Coverage Schemes ns
Coverage
Batch-1 152 555 3 56 1 90 156 701
Batch-2 108 515 6 470 3 400 117 1385
Batch-3 56 450 1 60 - - 57 510
For these proposed schemes, the water requirement at 70 lpcd for the SVS (design
population: 5000), Small MVS (design population: 50000), and large MVS (design
population: 100000) is 63.36 MCM. This is a small fraction (less than 1%) of the annual
replenishable groundwater available in the 10 districts in which these schemes are proposed.
Also the total water requirement for these schemes (i.e. 63.36 MCM) is a small fraction of the
available surface water in the state (please refer to sub-section 3.8.10.1, Chapter 3). Annexure
15 provides guidelines for protecting surface water supply source and ensuring
sustainability and downstream minimum flows.
4.3.1.1 Environmental Issues
Inadequate and disrupted water supply affects human health and environmental sanitation.
Tapping of semi-critical aquifers may cause quality deterioration with increased
concentration of harmful substances like fluoride, Arsenic and Iron.
4.3.1.2 Measures to Augment Water Supplies
Intensification of existing water supplies can be achieved through various ways as
mentioned below.
Upgradation of existing water supply schemes should be made a priority wherever feasible.
The existing water resources should be conserved and the availability should be augmented
by maximizing retention through rainwater harvesting, creation of bunds and check-dams;
eliminating pollution through appropriate mitigation measures; and minimizing losses
through water-use efficiency by generating awareness on good practices.
In addition, measures like rehabilitation of existing water bodies for storing rainwater and
groundwater recharge need to be taken up.
The potential for the use of surface water from river sources should be explored in some
regions to augment water supply.
In cases where the drinking water supply source involves extraction from a semi-critical
aquifer, the emphasis must be on water conservation (including ground water recharge and
rainwater harvesting). In the long term, regulation of extractions from groundwater aquifers
for irrigation needs to be ensured. Efficiency of use of water should be promoted through
education, regulation, incentives and disincentives. IEC campaigns to improve water use
efficiency should be organized.
123
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
4.3.2 Water Quality
4.3.2.1 Surface Water Quality
Environmental Issues
Non point sources of pollution in the catchment areas resulting from widely prevalent
practice of open defecation, and agricultural run-off containing fertilizers and pesticides,
washing, bathing and other human activities contaminate the rivers/irrigation canals. In
addition to this, sewerage from cities/towns and industrial effluents discharging into the
surface water bodies form a major source of contamination.
4.3.2.2 Ground Water Quality
Environmental Issues
The shallow groundwater quality in many parts of Bihar is poor owing to natural presence
of contaminants like Iron, Fluoride, Arsenic, Chloride, Nitrate etc. at concentrations
exceeding the permissible levels for drinking water use. Annexure 24 provides monthly
water quality information in the four surveyed districts (Data source: PHED, Patna). In
addition, the quality of groundwater may also be affected by bacteriological contamination
due to disposal of sullage into kaccha drains and pits, deep toilet pits, effluent from septic
tanks, water logging near hand pumps, open defecation etc. According to PHED estimates,
13 districts in Bihar suffer from Arsenic contamination, 11 districts with Fluoride
contamination and 9 districts with Iron contamination.
Mitigation Measures
It needs to be taken into consideration during the planning and design stage of the schemes
that the selection of the source is conducted with due regard to water quality of the source,
and also that the water quality at household delivery level meets the drinking water norms.
More specifically:
1. Selection of the source for the water supply should be made after detailed
examination of both surface and groundwater sources in the region; priority needs to
be based on the guidelines provided in Annexures 5. These sources need to be tested
for their water quality prior to the selection of source for the water supply schemes.
2. Sanitary protection of water supply sources is prescribed in Annexure 6. Annexure 7
describes ECOPs for sustainability of groundwater sources.
3. Depending on the water quality characteristics in the vicinity, advanced treatment
options like Iron removal units, Fluoride removal units, Arsenic removal units,
disinfection systems can be opted.
4. Regular cleaning of storage tank and disinfection of supply water using chlorination
needs to be ensured.
5. Development of an Institutional arrangement for preventive and corrective
maintenance of water distribution system (leak detection and repair, reinstallation of
damaged/missing taps) and for preparedness in crisis management during major
breakdowns.
6. Water supply sources need to be protected as per the guidelines given in Annexure 6.
124
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
7. A protocol for regular water quality testing and control has been developed by
PHED (Bihar), which will be implemented through the operations phase of the water
supply schemes. Water quality testing for industrial and agricultural chemical
contaminants shall be conducted by the PHED (District and state level), in a phased
manner based on an initial sampling of groundwater and river/ canal waters in all
districts of the state before taking up subprojects in those areas. This cost will be
included in the project preparation cost.
4.3.3 Environmental Sanitation
The present level of sanitation coverage in the rural areas of the state is less than 25 % with
usage percentage much lower. This implies that still nearly a large fraction of the rural
population resorts to open defecation with its associated risk to water supply sources and
public health. Open defecation constitutes a major non-point source of pollution of surface
and ground water sources. Poor environmental sanitation conditions and lack of adequate
supply of safe water are factors responsible for high incidence of water borne and water
related diseases among the rural population.
4.3.3.1 Environmental Issues
Large percentage of the population still resort to open defecation due to inadequate
latrines, low usage of latrines and low levels of awareness, which leads to
bacteriological contamination of soil and groundwater bodies.
Presence of deep leach pit latrine (>6 ft.) can lead to bacteriological contamination of
groundwater.
Open field defecation leads to health problems among the community through
vectors.
4.3.3.2 Mitigation Measures
Construction of latrines and awareness generation among the community for their
increased usage.
Selection of safe sanitation technologies and environmental considerations in
location of toilets as given in Annexure 9.
Annexure 10 presents recommended construction practices and pollution safeguards
for Twin Pit Pour Flush Latrines.
4.3.4 Liquid waste disposal
The liquid waste is generated from households, usually containing wastes such as
detergents, soap, kitchen waste and others. In addition to that, over-flow of water from
hand-pumps and public stand posts also contributes to waste water generation.
4.3.4.1 Environmental Issues
Liquid waste generated by the households, including liquid-waste from cattle-sheds,
flows into open surface drains leading to stagnation of water near houses and road
side.
125
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
The lack of infrastructure for treatment and disposal of this liquid waste leads to
contamination of groundwater through stagnation of wastewater inside the village,
near water supply stand-posts, hand pumps, etc.
The presence of stagnant water in the villages combined with poor personal hygiene
leads to the incidence of malaria and other vector borne diseases, like diarrhoea, etc.
4.3.4.2 Mitigation Measures
Construction of latrines and awareness generation for increased usage should be
ensured. Selection of safe sanitation technologies and environmental considerations
in location of toilets is given in Annexure 9. Annexure 10 presents recommended
construction practices and pollution safeguards for Twin Pit Pour Flush Latrines.
Efficient design of surface sullage drains and adoption of good construction
practices, along with a system of regular maintenance can ensure that stagnant pools
of sullage are eliminated. Guidelines for safe sullage disposal at household and
community levels are given in Annexure 11.
Placement of water supply pipeline at a safe distance away from the sullage lines on
different sides of the road would reduce the risk of cross contamination.
Vector control measures need to be adopted for the ponds and drains carrying
sullage to avoid water stagnation, and non-hazardous insecticides should be sprayed
in accordance with the World Bank safeguard policy, i.e. OP 4.09.
The project needs to focus on improving personal hygiene standards, by supporting
sustained IEC campaign to create and enhance awareness on hygiene aspects
pertaining to hand washing, safe water collection, storage and handling practices.
4.3.5 Solid waste disposal
Different types of solid wastes like cattle dung, kitchen waste, agriculture waste, plastic and
paper are generated in the villages. These are usually dumped in open spaces close to the
households.
4.3.5.1 Environmental issues
Solid wastes of biodegradable and non-biodegradable nature are directly disposed by mere
dumping along roads and open places leading to vector breeding, odour generation, and
this gets aggravated during rainy season leading to health problems and contamination of
soil and groundwater through leaching.
4.3.5.2 Mitigation measures
A good Solid waste management system needs to be put in place including the following
features:
Segregation of wastes at source
Provision of household/cluster dust-bin
Recycling of non-degradable wastes through authorized waste-handling vendors.
Vermi-composting of biodegradable wastes
Guidelines for safe sullage disposal and Organic waste management are given in Annexure
12.
126
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
In rural areas the amount of waste generated is about 200- 300 gm/day/person, of which 25%
is non- biodegradable and 75% is biodegradable in nature. Out of the non-biodegradable
waste about 75% is recyclable and the remaining 25% is non-recyclable. For an average
village of about 1000 population, the total solid waste generated is about 250 kg per day; out
of which 187.5 kg is bio-degradable waste and 62.5 kg of non-biodegradable waste. Out of
this, 62.5 kg of non-biodegradable waste, 47 kg is recyclable and 15.5 kg is non-recyclable.
This non-recyclable waste is mostly inert material. These are very small amounts of solid
waste as the project is to be implemented in rural areas and requires decentralized solutions
and more of local action.
Hence segregation of solid waste at household level will be introduced through IEC
campaigns and house-to-house awareness creation activities. For managing bio-degradable
waste, composting or vermi-composting at household level or community level, as required
is proposed. All the recyclable waste will be segregated at household level itself and reused.
The remaining non-recyclable waste will be disposed at commonly identified places by the
community, as this quantity is too small.
For liquid waste, drains will be provided in the village and village households are
encouraged to build soak pits. Where required liquid waste will be collected and disposed
into waste stabilisation ponds for stabilisation.
The issue for final disposal of solid and liquid waste has been addressed in the reports
through Environmental Codes of Practice on Safe Disposal of Sullage and Organic Waste
Management and Safe Solid and Liquid Waste Management at Individual, Household and
Community level. All these rural villages are located among agricultural fields, where the
fields will readily absorb the liquid waste generated.
This is Rural water supply and Sanitation Project and addresses waste management at rural
household level and cannot be taken up under integrated waste management plan.
4.3.6 Construction Stage Environmental Impacts
The project activities during its construction stage are likely to have temporary negative
externalities on the environment, which will need to be addressed. Construction of project
components like water supply schemes, underground drainage, drains and sanitation
facilities would have the following impacts-
Erosion of top-soil due to earth work
Air pollution due to excavated soil and drilling operations
Cutting of trees or clearing of forest area
Noise pollution during drilling of bore-wells, movement of trucks
Soil contamination due to spillage of oil and fuel from the construction machinery
and vehicles
Possible damage to places of cultural, heritage and recreational/aesthetic importance
Impact on human health and safety due to dust and noise pollution, and inadequate
safety measures. Annexure 16 provides guidelines for public and workers’ health
and safety.
127
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
4.3.6.1 Mitigation Measures
All project interventions will be appropriately designed to ensure minimum impact on the
environment.
Safe storage of top soil for preservation of its nutrients, so as to ensure its reuse later
Use of curtains/barriers to minimize air and noise pollution during construction
activities
All the physical works should be constructed on Common property/Panchayat lands
so as to avoid usage of forest areas and areas with a good tree cover. In the absence
of an alternate location, permission from the forest department shall be obtained for
felling of trees and the department's guidelines on compensatory afforestation will
be followed.
In case of some physical works associated with construction and maintenance, there
might be presence of objects of cultural/ archaeological importance. In such cases, the
regional offices of the relevant agency (e.g. the Archaeological Survey of India) will
be immediately notified.
4.3.7 Operation Stage- Environmental Impacts
The project activities during its Operation stage are likely to have negative externalities on
the environment, which will need to be addressed. Operation of project components like
water supply schemes, drains and sanitation facilities would have the following impacts-
Back wash water from specific contamination treatment system like fluoride, arsenic
& iron etc. in case of pipe water supply system (single village scheme & multi village
scheme). This back wash may contaminate soil & water (surface and ground).
Disposal of sludge generated during water treatment processes in case of multi
village scheme, may contaminate soil & ground water.
Water logging problem due to leakages from pipe lines & damaged taps.
Adverse impact on downstream flora & fauna in case of surface water source for
multi village scheme.
Loss of supply water due to leakages in pipe line.
Degradation of water quality during non-supply time - suction of external logged
water through leakages may contaminate the water.
4.3.7.1 Mitigation Measures
All project interventions will be appropriately designed to ensure minimum impact on the
environment by ensuring.
Safe disposal of back wash water through evaporation pond.
Safe disposal of sludge through specific treatment method.
Proper maintenance of distribution pipe lines & treatment system.
128
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
4.4 Objectives of EMF
The proposed Bihar Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Project will finance investments in
rural water supply and sanitation improvement schemes to serve the rural populations in
Bihar. The project interventions are, therefore, expected to result in public health benefits in
the rural communities, through improved quality and delivery levels of RWSS services.
Some of the main environmental health benefits expected under the project include:
increased and better quality water supply for drinking, cooking, washing, bathing and
cleaning purposes; time and energy savings through providing water supply closer to
homes; improvements in personal hygiene and village sanitation levels; and reduced faecal
oral contamination of drinking water resulting in lower occurrence of diseases. While the
proposed project interventions are expected to result in overall environmental and public
health improvements in the state, potential adverse environmental impacts can occur if the
schemes are not properly designed, sited, implemented, and maintained. In order to ensure
that the environmental issues are systematically identified and addressed in the various
stages of the implementation of subprojects, an Environment Management Framework
(EMF) has been developed for this project. The specific objectives of the EMF are as under:
To provide a systematic approach for identifying the various possible environmental
impacts at the different stages of the scheme cycle.
To identify appropriate mitigation measures for addressing the identified
environmental impacts.
To devise an institutional arrangement for mainstreaming environmental
management in project implementation processes.
4.5 Components of the EMF
4.5.1 Main Elements of the EMF
The main elements of the EMF that may be applied to the BSWSM sponsored scheme are
discussed below:
4.5.1.1 Basic Environmental Data Collection
The EMF requires that basic environmental data related to the proposed scheme(s) be
recorded at the initial field data collection stage. For this purpose, Environmental Data
Sheets (EDS) have been formulated for schemes on water supply, sanitation, solid and liquid
waste management, etc. The formats for the EDSs for different types of schemes have been
provided in Annexure 18. The AEE/EE of PHED will ensure the compilation of the
information in the EDS with assistance from VWSC, GPWSC and with the facilitation
support of the NGO/SO.
4.5.1.2 Environmental Classification of Schemes
At the Detailed Project Report (DPR) preparation stage, the available environmental
information in the EDS will be evaluated and examined. Based on the level of expected
environmental and public health impacts, the proposed scheme(s) would be classified as
either Category I (limited environmental impact) and Category II (significant environmental
impact) projects. For Category II schemes, detailed environmental appraisal will be required.
The screening tool for the categorization of schemes is provided below. The environmental
129
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
classification of schemes by using the screening tool will be undertaken by the EE of PHED.
Please refer to annexure 3 for screening the category I and category II schemes.
In addition to actions mentioned above, the following points should be considered while
developing projects or their design. Projects that fall under any of the criteria below should
not be considered, and redesigning may be required.
Project or activities that destroy, encroach upon, degrade or damage or may risk the
degradation of any protected area or reserve forest, or any biodiversity conservation
hotspots, such as wildlife sanctuaries or national parks, and other significant natural
reserves and areas
Any project that is not consistent with the State Forest Act
Project or activities that destroy or encroach upon wildlife migratory routes,
corridors or fly paths
Activities that destroy or disturb any historical and culturally valuable sites,
including archaeological sites. In case there is no choice but to pass near such as site,
relevant laws and departments must be consulted for appropriate designing
activities. For culturally valuable sites, consultation with the local population is a
must.
Projects that result in environmental/natural resource degradation, such as
watershed degradation, create or trigger landslides or result in resource degradation
Projects or activities involving the procurement of pesticides not allowable under
Bank guidelines
Projects that are not consistent with the National, State or World Bank’s regulations
4.5.1.3 Environmental Appraisal and Approval
For the category I schemes, there will be no separate environment appraisal other than the
EDS. For category II schemes, detailed environmental appraisals of the proposed schemes
will be required. This will be done by the District Level Environmental Specialist (DES)
attached to DPSU. In extreme cases, where the district level resources are not enough for
conducting the environmental appraisal and formulating the appropriate mitigation
measures, support from the Environmental Specialist at the state level (ES, as described later
in this chapter) will be sought. The desired qualification of the State Level Environmental
Specialist is included in Annexure 17. The environmental appraisal for category II schemes
should be done within a month.
The Detailed Project Report (DPR) for category I schemes should be accompanied by the
Environmental Data Sheet (EDS). This is the responsibility of the EE of PHED. The Detailed
Project Report (DPR) for category II schemes should be accompanied by the Environmental
Data Sheet (EDS) as well as the environmental appraisal. The EE of PHED will confirm that
these are taken care of.
4.5.1.4 Environmental Compliance Monitoring during Implementation and O&M
phases
The EMF will ensure that:
The prescribed environmental mitigation measures (please refer to the EMP in
Annexure 4) as identified through the environmental appraisal process are to be
adequately implemented. The Implementation Completion Report of each scheme
130
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
will include an Environmental Compliance Certificate given by the VWSC/GPWSC
for SVS and DWSC for MVS indicating that the mitigation measures identified in the
appraisal are implemented.
Regular supervision and monitoring including an independent external audit
(Annexure 20) is to be conducted, as a part of the overall project monitoring
program.
Capacity building and IEC activities are to be conducted to make sure that the EMF
including evaluation, supervision, and monitoring have been implemented. This will
also help community awareness on personal hygiene, environmental sanitation,
water conservation, etc.
4.5.2 Application of EMF to Project
In order to mainstream environmental management and ensure that the EMF is properly
implemented for all the Drinking Water and Sanitation schemes, the EMF needs to be
integrated in the scheme cycle for all stages including Development, Implementation and
O&M. The table below (Table 4.2) provides an overview of various EMF activities of the
proposed scheme cycle for the project sponsored schemes. The responsibilities and expected
outcomes are mentioned against the respective tasks.
Table 4.2 Matrix of Roles and Responsibilities for EMF implementation
Phase EMF Objectives Process Responsibility Result
Activity
Desig Environmen Baseline Field visit, discussion with VWSC, GPWSC Environmental
n and t related environmental the community to be under the data sheet
Devel Data data collection benefitted from the schemes guidance of filled up and
opme Collection related to to identify environmental AAE/AE/SDO of attached to PSR
nt proposed issues and complete the PHED in and DPR.
schemes to EDS. consultation
assess with DES
environmental
impacts.
Environmen To identify Study of the environmental VWSC, GPWSC Identification
tal Screening environmental impacts of various stages of under the of
of schemes issues early in project intervention guidance of environmental
the project activities. Schemes will be AAE/AE/SDO of issues, and
intervention categorized as category I and PHED in scheme
cycle, category II based on the consultation categorization
designing magnitude of the with DES (Category I and
environmental environmental issues. category II)
improvements
into projects.
Environmen To ensure that For category I schemes, there The Environmental
tal Appraisal relevant shall be no separate environmental appraisal and
and environmental environment appraisal but assessment for approval of the
Approval issues have the environmental issues will category I will proposed
been identified be included in the normal be done by the scheme, with
and appraisal and evaluation District decision to (i)
appropriate process for the proposed Environment accept scheme
mitigation scheme, based on the EDS Specialist (DES) as submitted,
131
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Phase EMF Objectives Process Responsibility Result
Activity
measures have For Category II schemes, an / DPSU. For or (ii) accept
been developed independent environmental Category II scheme with
to address appraisal of the proposed schemes, ES will modifications
them. scheme is required. This help the DPSU. suggested in
includes evaluation of the
environmental and public environmental
health impacts and risk appraisal.
assessment
To ensure that Environmental Clearance EE for Category Technical
mitigation from DPMU will be required I schemes and approval for
measures and for Technical Approval for SE for category scheme with
their costs are the schemes II schemes environmental
integrated in mitigation
scheme design measures and
and accordingly its
implementatio costs are
n plans integrated in
scheme design
and
implementatio
n plans.
Imple Implementat To ensure that Implementation Completion VWSC for ICR completed
menta ion of the prescribed Report (ICR) for scheme will single-village with
tion Environmen environmental need to include compliance schemes; environmental
tal mitigation certificate that all prescribed DWSC for compliance
mitigation measures are environmental mitigation multi-village information
measures implemented measures have been schemes and
implemented. sewerage
schemes.
O&M Environmen To ensure that Water quality monitoring State Level Water quality
tal environmental will be conducted as per Environmental monitoring
supervision, aspects are water quality monitoring Specialist (ES) reports.
monitoring, integrated in protocol. supported by Periodic
and the O & M District Level environmental
evaluation, phase Environmental supervision,
IEC and Expert (DESs). monitoring and
capacity audit reports.
building on Internal supervision will be Training and
hygiene and conducted for 30% of the IEC
environment schemes completed once in a activity reports.
al health year.
issues
Environmental Audit
through external agency will
be conducted once in a year
by selecting about 15% of
132
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Phase EMF Objectives Process Responsibility Result
Activity
schemes completed
IEC on waste disposal/
/sullage treatment in
villages, (ii) personal and
public hygiene, and (iii)
water conservation.
4.5.3 Environmental Management Plan
The Table below summarizes the environmental management plan that identifies the
potential issues of various activities that are anticipated in the design and development,
construction, and operation phases of the upcoming drinking water and sanitation schemes
in Bihar state. The environmental management plan ensures to suggest appropriate
mitigation measure against the issues/concerns identified for different stages of project
implementation viz. design and development, implementation, and O&M stage (Annexure
4).
4.5.4 Arrangements for Supervision, Monitoring and Environmental
Audit of the Schemes
4.5.4.1 Environmental supervision
A sample of 30% of the completed schemes will be visited at six monthly intervals by a team
from the DWSC (including DES) to check if all safeguard requirements are met and to
identify any issues that need to be addressed. The selected sample will have representation
of both Category I and Category I1 schemes in water supply, sanitation and waste
management. Annexure 19 gives details of the sampling procedure for the supervision and
Annexure 22 gives the format of the supervision report. However, internal environmental
monitoring will be done as part of the regular monitoring by PHED.
4.5.4.2 Monitoring of relevant external environmental parameters
Once every year, the state Project Monitoring Unit (SPMU) will prepare a report of the
environmental situation in the state including data and analysis of relevant parameters such
as rainfall, depth to water levels, status of groundwater basins, incidence of water borne
diseases, etc., as well as a listing of relevant new legislation and regulations that have a
bearing on the environmental performance of the project. The EMF will be suitably revised
annually on the basis of this document by the SPMU. It is suggested that the DPMU
supervise all the schemes on a monthly basis, SPMU monitor on a quarterly basis and
NPMU on an half yearly basis.
4.5.4.3. Environmental audit
Once every year, the SPMU will appoint an external agency to undertake an independent
audit of the environmental performance of the project. 15% of the completed schemes will be
covered in the audit having representation of both Category I and Category I1 schemes in
water supply, sanitation and waste management. The Annexure 20 presents details of
sampling and the Annexure 23 gives a list of performance indicators to be used in these
audits. A mid-term and end term review of EMF may be carried out by third party agencies.
133
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
4.5.5 Overall coordination
The Director of BSWSM will supervise overall EMF implementation, and coordinate with
SPMU and DPMU. There would also be periodic monitoring and supervision by the World
Bank, to ensure compliance with the respective safeguard policies.
Monitoring of the water supply and sanitation schemes will be conducted by the use of
certain performance indicators (Table 4.3). These indicators will be evaluated as follows:
Table 4.3 Monitoring of Performance Indicators during Operation Phase
Monitoring of Performance Indicators during Operation Phase
S. Project Performance Indicators Frequency Monitoring Agency
No. Intervention/
Component
Water Supply Schemes
1 Water Availability Safe drinking water supply of Once every VWSC and GPWSC (for
a minimum of 70 lpcd to the 2 weeks (for SVS), DWSC (for MVS)
target communities 1st 6 with help from SLCs.
months)
followed by
once per
month.
2 Water Quality Water (drinking water and Monthly GPWSC/VWSC with
sanitation) quality testing supervision from DPMU
Independent water quality Half yearly Independent WQ
monitoring consultant appointed by
PHED/BSWSM
3 Groundwater Table For schemes with Monthly GPWSC/VWSC with
groundwater as the source of supervision from DPMU
water supply.
4 Water Treatment Monitoring of backwash Monthly GPWSC/VWSC with
Backwash quality and quality and the manner in supervision from DPMU
disposal practice which it is disposed.
Sanitation System
5 Sanitation (Public) Increased access of household Half Yearly GPWSC and Block
to common sanitation system. Coordinators
6 Sanitation (HH) Increased access of individuals Half Yearly GPWSC and Block
to HH latrines. Coordinator
7 Health Improvement in Key Health Monthly Block Coordinator and
Indicators such as reduced DES (DPMU)
faecal contamination.
8 Better External Aesthetic value of Monthly Block Coordinators and
environment surrounding environment to DES (DPMU)
be monitored including odor,
flies, pestilence etc.
9 Industrial waste Checking of pretreatment of Quarterly Block Coordinator and
discharge, if any waste and its characteristics DES (DPMU)
10 Sludge Quality pH, BOD, COD, Sodium, Half Yearly Block Coordinator and
Potassium, Nitrogen, DES (DPMU)
Phosphorous,
alkalinity/acidity, and Heavy
134
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Monitoring of Performance Indicators during Operation Phase
metals such as Cd, Ag, Zn, and
Cu
4.6 Institutional Arrangement
4.6.1. Village level Institutions
4.6.1.1 Village Water & Sanitation Committee (VWSC)
VWSC will be the village level institution set up as a subcommittee of the Gram Panchayat
led by the Head of the Gram Panchayat. This committee is expected to take the
responsibility for all activities related to BSWSM at the village level. The VWSC will be the
implementing body for SVS and monitoring body for intra-habitation aspects of all other
water schemes. The VWSCs will be supported by (non-government) Support Organizations
(SOs), selected for a cluster of villages within a particular geographical boundary. These SOs
(part of DPMC) will support the VWSCs in all activities from the initial planning to
monitoring afterwards, providing support for community development and external
liaising.
The responsibility of facilitating, planning and implementation of EMF activities at the
village level is vested with the VWSC and SOs. The SOs would also have particular
responsibilities concerning the EMF, like facilitation of the VWSC's participation in filling up
the EDS, in certifying the implementation of the environmental mitigation measures, in
identifying and meeting capacity building needs, etc. The JE/AEE/EE will support the VWSC
and SOs in the execution of these functions. BSWSM will develop capacities of both VWSC
and SO through training and other information sharing measures to execute these functions
effectively.
4.6.1.2 Gram Panchayat (GP)
GPWSC will be responsible at the GP level for a number of activities including all approvals
required through the passing of resolutions, tariff fixation and guidance to the VWSCs.
4.6.1.3 Scheme Level Committee (SLC) for MVSs
The Scheme Level Committee (SLC) will have one member from each of the VWSCs within
the GPs covered by the Multi Village Schemes (MVS). This committee will be chaired by the
Executive Engineer, PHED. With regard to the MVSs, the decisions regarding environmental
appraisal, implementation of mitigation measures, supervision will be jointly taken up by
the PHED in consultation with the SLC.
4.6.1.4 Block Level
Block Resource Centers (BRCs) should be to be made functional and Block Coordinator and
Cluster Coordinators will be appointed. BRCs will coordinate in providing necessary
capacity building support to the VWSCs particularly in the IEC area.
4.6.1.5 District Level
The district level institutions comprises of the District Water & Sanitation Mission (DWSM),
which would coordinate the overall activities of all Rural Water and Sanitation Programs
135
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
and activities in the district. DWSM will be headed by Zilla Parishad President. District
Project Monitoring Units (DPMUs) would be set up at the district level in all World Bank
Program districts on a priority basis. These DPMUs would have personnel with expertise in
financial Management, Procurement, Community Mobilization, water and sanitation
aspects, etc. DPMU will ensure that the RWSS plans are executed in accordance with the
EMF. DPMU will also ensure proper planning and monitoring of EMF activities at the
district level, and coordinate between the District and SPMU. In addition to all this, PHED
would provide guidance through its Executive Engineers at the District level.
A District Environmental Specialist (DES) with Environmental Engineering background will
be appointed with the roles and responsibilities to monitor EMF related activities, identify
training needs for DPMU and provide necessary capacity building, liaise with regulatory
and project implementing agencies.
4.6.1.6 State Level
BSWSM would be the overall body for policy guidance and oversight aspects on RWSS
activities across the State. The Public Health and Engineering Department (PHED) which is
a statewide technical agency, will work as an implementer of all MVS (including small and
large MVS) and facilitator in all SVS schemes. The Project Director, BSWSM will be
responsible for ensuring the implementation of the EMF across the state.
State PMU (SPMU) will be staffed with professionals in Financial management,
Procurement, Environment, M & E, Communications, etc. on a full time basis. Pranjal within
BSWSM will become the primary institution to undertake capacity building, training and
research activities in the RWSS sector.
An Environmental Management Specialist (ES) will be employed at the state level. The
qualification of the State Level Environmental Specialist is included in Annexure 17. The ES
will ensure that environmental management activities are in conformity with the EMF and
that necessary guidance and budget is provided to implement these plans. He will also
support the DPMU when necessary. The following table (Table 4.4) details out the roles and
responsibilities of the institutions and personnel at various levels in implementing the EMF.
Table 4.4 Roles and responsibilities of institutions and personnel at various levels in EMF
implementation
Level Institution Function Responsibility
State Bihar State Ensure overall implementation of the EMF Director( SPMU), ES,
Water and in the project. SE
Sanitation Arrange funds and personnel required for
Mission implementing the provisions of EMF.
(BSWSM) Ensure that recommendations from
supervision and monitoring are integrated
into the project and the EMF is updated
periodically as necessary.
Recruit external experts for conducting
Environmental Audit and ensure that the
relevant recommendations are integrated
into the project.
Conduct environmental supervision of all
Under Ground Drainage/ Sewerage
schemes.
District District Water Training and Capacity Building of SOs, SE, EE, AEE, supported
136
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Level Institution Function Responsibility
and GPWSC, VWSC by DES
Sanitation Environmental Management on EMF.
Mission Coordination among various organizations
(DWSM)/DW and personnel involved in EMF.
SC Coordinate with other line departments on
environment related issues
Block Block Environmental management and AEE, JE, Block
Resource monitoring of projects at the Block level. Coordinator
Centers As part of the scrutiny of the schemes
(BRCs) submitted by the GP- will check if
environmental screening and appraisal has
been properly done before forwarding them
to the DPMU.
Coordination with NGOs for ensuring
integration of EMF in all relevant project
activities including capacity development,
communication, project management and
supervision.
Village Village Water Participation in preparation of VWSC,
and Environmental Data Sheet (EDS) to be SO, JE
Sanitation enclosed to Detailed Scheme Report (DSR).
Committee The committee shall deliberate on
(VWSC) environmental safeguards relevant to the
schemes and adopt the same during
construction and implementation
Certifying the implementation of
environmental mitigation measures as part
of the implementation completion report.
Facilitate IEC activities regarding water
conservation, sanitation and hygiene among
the villagers.
District Day-to-day management, responsible for SE, EE, DES
Project undertaking all activities necessary for
Management implementation of the EMF.
Unit (DPMU) Carry out regular monitoring and
supervision of the EMF implementation
through appropriate mechanisms
Supervising the accuracy of the
environmental appraisal conducted by
EE/AEE, PHED as part of the scrutiny of the
schemes - including checking if the
screening is accurate, if the Environmental
Data Sheet has been filled in as required etc.
Evaluation of EDS and categorize the
scheme into one of the categories I (limited)
& II (significant).
Conduct Category II environmental
appraisal using the Detailed Appraisal
Sheet, if required or in cases where external
137
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Level Institution Function Responsibility
technical support is required for conducting
Category II appraisal - forwarding to the SE
for decision on selection of suitable expert
for conducting detailed appraisal for
category II schemes and preparation of
Detailed Appraisal Sheet (DAS) to identify
the environmental impacts and designing
mitigation measures. The mitigation
measures are included in Environmental
Management Plan (EMP) to be implemented
along with various components of the
scheme.
Conduct supervision visits to 20% of the
completed schemes twice in the year (in
coordination with the PMU).
Provide technical advice and guidance on
environmental management to SO, GPWSC,
VWSC
Provide inputs to DWSC on relevant
environmental policies.
Ensure capacity building of all stakeholders
in environmental management.
Design and implement IEC campaigns on
environmental management.
Maintain a database consisting of relevant
baseline environmental information of the
district, environmental appraisal of the
various ongoing and completed schemes,
Coordinate with institutions, agencies and
individuals relating to environmental
management including the regional offices
of the BPCB, Water Resources Department,
Minor irrigation department, Central
Ground Water Board, Forest Department
etc.
Collect, collate and publish data and
information on EMF implementation in the
project
Support Provide support to the AEE/JE, PHED in Heads of SO
Organizations preparing the EDS.
(SO) Facilitating participation of the community
in preparation of EDS and in certification
process (for environmental mitigation
measures) for implementation completion
report.
Liaison with BPCB, Water Resources
Department, Minor irrigation department,
Central Ground Water Board, Forest
Department and other related departments
138
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Level Institution Function Responsibility
at scheme level for ensuring
implementation of identified mitigation
measures (permissions, technical support,
etc.).
Provide support in execution of the IEC
activities on EMF.
Provide support to the PHED in the
supervision, monitoring and audit activities
of the EMF.
Train the VWSC/GPWSC in conforming to
EMF requirements in operation and
maintenance of Under Ground Drainage
Sewerage schemes.
Scheme Level Participation in EDS preparation of MVS. President, VWSC, SO,
Committee Participation in certification process for AEE/JE (PHED)
implementation of environmental
mitigation measures as part of
implementation completion report.
To make efforts for spreading awareness
regarding sanitation and hygiene among the
member villages of the MVSs.
4.7 Training and Capacity Building
4.7.1 Objectives
The objective of training and capacity building initiatives is to build and strengthen the
capability of rural water and sanitation service delivery institutions (SPMU and PRANJAL)
and other partners (NGOs, Contractors, Sanitation coordinators, Consultants in the Water
and Sanitation sector and other field level stake holders) to ensure tangible skill
enhancement of the stakeholders and to integrate sound environmental management into
water and sanitation service delivery.
4.7.2 Training Needs Assessment (TNA)
In Bihar, it is required to empower Village Water and Sanitation Committee (VWSC) and to
measure the impact of training and progress of sanitation in the state. Workshops need to be
organized periodically for Training Needs Assessment of various stake holders with the
following objectives:
i. Identifying gaps in the existing set of knowledge, skills and capabilities of the
existing Public Health Engineers, Sanitation Coordinators, and different stake
holders of VWSC etc.
ii. Identifying issues and means to upgrade the existing set of knowledge and skills in
order to upgrade the efficiency of the various stake holders.
A SWOT (Strength, Weakness, Opportunities, and Threat) analysis has been conducted to
understand the state of the existing RWSS system in Bihar (Table 4.5).
139
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 4.5 SWOT analysis of the existing RWSS system in Bihar
Strengths Weakness
State level Shortage of staff at the block level in
A state level WATSAN mission to coordinate and some of the sampled districts,
monitor activities amongst various departments, to especially JEs and AEs (around 50%)
delegate power, to approve plans and budgets can prove to be a hindrance to the
Partnerships with development organizations like proper implementation, operation and
UNICEF, WaterAid, Swasth, Viswash would enhance monitoring of the schemes
the technical capacity and knowledge sharing of A lack of comprehensive understanding
BSWSM, PHED and other implementing among the field staff, of the
organizations environmental implications of the
District and block level WATSAN issues and challenges on the
A good understanding among the field staff of the ground
WATSAN problems/issues on the ground and A lack of a proper engineering and
challenges in implementation of schemes technical evaluation of the ground
Panchayat level situation and planning to handle
Empowerment of the PRIs through decentralization environmental risks prior to or during
measures helps in localized planning and faster implementation of the scheme
decision making Currently, lack of local level
Accountability and transparency measures in the organizations like VWSCs/GPWSCs
proposed schemes will ensure the proper utilization may hinder implementation of various
of funds programs.
Existence of State and district PMUs with the required Lack of civil society participation in
expertise would ensure the proper implementation of decision-making at the local
the schemes and would enhance the state agency’s government may affect the
knowledge and expertise for implementing future performance of WASH sector in Bihar
schemes
A designated primary institution to undertake
capacity building, training and research activities in
RWSS sector would strengthen coordination and
success of these programs
Opportunities Threats
The BSWSM with the functional responsibility to Lack of proper monitoring and
organize workshops and seminars, can leverage these mitigation of the environmental issues
opportunities to create awareness about resulting from the schemes
environmental issues related to RWSS amongst the No system in place to transfer the
different stakeholders responsibility of operation and
Convergence of water and sanitation measures: maintenance of the existing schemes
preparation of comprehensive water security and (water treatment) from the private
environmental sanitation plans for each of the contractors to govt. departments or
habitation. local organizations.
Coordination with other schemes like MNREGA Tight project deadlines may lead to a
would help in integrated planning of these schemes at lax attitude among project
the local level implementers toward adherence to
The proposed World Bank project provides an environmental safeguards
opportunity for the PHED/BSWSM to identify Skills acquired through capacity
competent contractors/bidders, as prequalification building for environmental
procedures requires strong capability (technical, management may lead to exodus of
financial and business) employees due to their increased
Presence of local NGOs provides the opportunity to competencies
140
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Strengths Weakness
engage themselves effectively in the program Lack of experience of the Gram
implementation and awareness activities Panchayats in the RWSS activities and
the absence of VWSCs at the local level
would make implementation of the
schemes difficult at the local level
4.7.3 Training Approach
The training programme could be based on the felt need, relevance and principle of
sustainability as well as the recommendations from the Training Need Assessment
workshops.
An enabling condition should be created for stake holders to understand and implement
programmes on rural drinking water and sanitation (as per NRDWP guidelines). Special
emphasis needs to be given to participatory techniques, community facilitation and
communication skills and gender based approaches.
4.7.4 Institutions for Training
In view of the specialized training and capacity building envisaged under the EMF of the
project, it is necessary to identify nodal training institutes that will work closely work with
capacity building of Bihar State Water Sanitation Mission (BSWSM) for conceptualizing,
designing, conducting and managing training programs on the EMF.
Some such specialized institutions are:
Communication and Capacity Development Unit (CCDU)
Bihar Institute of Rural Development (BIPARD)
PRANJAL
Key Resource Centres in Water and Sanitation (KRCs)
4.7.5 Details of Training Programmes
4.7.5.1 TI. Training on the Environmental Management Framework
Purpose of the training:
To equip with knowledge and skills necessary for undertaking environmental
appraisal as per the requirements of the EMF
To prepare for undertaking periodic supervision of environmental performance of
schemes
To prepare for implementing Community Based System for Water Quality
Monitoring and Surveillance
Participants: Key officials of the project including AEE/AE, EE, SE as well as State and
District Level Environmental Experts and District Resource Persons – Environmental
Management. The superintending Engineer of the district will be responsible for selection of
suitable candidates for the training, and the expenses will be borne by the overall project
capacity building budget.
141
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Schedule: The training will include an initial orientation workshop, a main and annual
refresher training workshops on environmental assessment. The main and refresher training
programs will be for duration of 2-3 days each, whereas the initial orientation workshop will
be of one day duration. Five Training programs will be conducted during the first year and 5
refresher programs per year will be conducted for the next 4 years. This will total to 25
programs.
4.7.5.2 T2. Training on Environmental Management
Purpose of the training:
To equip with knowledge and skills necessary for meaningful participation in the
environmental appraisal as per the requirements of the EMF
To prepare for planning and monitoring implementation of environmental
mitigation measures identified through the appraisal process
To equip with skills necessary for water quality testing using the field kits under the
Community Based System for Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance
Participants: SOs, members of VWSC and GPWSC – Environmental Management.
The Superintending Engineer of the district will be responsible for selection of suitable
candidates for the training, and the expenses will be borne by the overall project capacity
building budget.
Schedule: The training will include an initial orientation workshop, a main and annual
refresher training workshops on environmental assessment. The main and refresher training
programs will be for duration of 2-3 days each, whereas the initial orientation workshop will
be of one day duration. There will be about 1000 GPWSCs and VWSC and about 100 SOs
totalling to about 1,100. At about 50 per batch there will be about 22 training programs.
Considering that an equal number of refresher trainings will be conducted, the total T2
training programs will be about 44 for the project duration.
4.7.5.3 T3. Environmental Awareness and Sensitization
Purpose of the training:
To build awareness on safe drinking water, water conservation, environmental
sanitation and personal hygiene.
Participants: AEEs/ AEs, SOs, Members of GPWSC and NGOs.
Schedule: The training will involve one day workshops at the VWSC level. There will also
be one day refresher workshops organized annually. There will be about 1000 GPWSCs and
VWSCs and about 100 SOs totalling to about 1100. At about 50 per batch there will be about
22 training programs. Considering that an equal number of refresher trainings will be
conducted, the total T3 training programs will be about 44 for the project duration.
4.7.5.4 T4. Quality Construction Practices for Artisans
Purpose: To equip with knowledge and skills for quality construction and maintenance of
water and sanitation structures (including aspects of environmental conservation, human
health and safety, etc.)
Participants: Masons, mechanics, electricians, plumbers etc., and for the contractors'
workforce involved in the project.
142
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Schedule: The training will involve one day workshops at the VWSC level. There will also
be one day refresher workshops organized annually. There will be about 1000 artisans at one
per GPWSCs and VWSCs and about 100 resource persons totalling to about 1100. At about
50 per batch there will be about 22 training programs. Considering that an equal number of
refresher trainings will be conducted, the total T4 training programs will be about 44 for the
project duration.
The number of suggested training programs is presented in Table 4.6 below:
Table 4.6 Number of Training Programs
S.No Training Topic Number of trainings
1 T 1 - Environmental Management Framework 25
2 T2 - Environmental Management 44
3 T3 - Environmental Awareness and Sensitization 44
4 T4 - Quality Construction Practices for Artisans 44
5 Total 157
About 40 to 50 trainees would participate in each of the training programs. It is intended
that these trained persons will in turn provide onsite training to RWSSD staff, SOs,
GPWSCs, VWSCs, NGOs, Contractor staff, etc. onsite at village level.
4.7.6 Budget for training on environmental management
The total estimated cost of training on environmental management for members of
GPWSCs, VWSC, NGOs/ SOs, Engineers of RWSSD, and artisans, under the proposed plan
is presented in the Table 4.7 below.
Table 4.7 Estimated Cost of Training
S. No Activity Amount in Rs
1 Training and workshops (as estimated) 62,20,000
2 Internal supervision visits @ Rs. 10.0 lakhs per year for 5 50,00,000
years
3 Environmental Audit by the external agency once in a year (5 50,00,000
Nos) @Rs. 10.0 lakhs per year
4 Preparation of specific environment related community 43,00,000
awareness materials @ 1 lakh per district and 5 lakh at state
level
5 EA for Category 2 Schemes @ 10 lakhs per year for 5 years. 50,00,000
6 External Environmental Monitoring @ Rs. 2.0 lakhs per year 10,00,000
for 5 years (Includes remuneration to MRPs, DRPs and other
resource persons)
Sub Total 2,65,20,000
Contingencies @, 10% 26,52,000
Total 2,91,72,000
The total budget for environmental management activities under the proposed RWSS project
has been worked out as approximately Rs. 2.92 crore. The detailed breakup of the budget is
presented in Table 4.8 below.
143
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Table 4.8 Budget for Environmental Management
Sl Training No. Of Estimated unit Total cost in
No. Programs cost in Rs. Rs.
1 T 1 - Environmental Management 25 50,000 12,50,000
Framework
2 T2 - Environmental Management 44 50,000 22,00,000
3 T3 - Environmental Awareness and 44 20,000 8,80,000
Sensitization
4 T4 - Quality Construction Practices for 44 20,000 8,80,000
Artisans
5 Workshops (State) 5 50,000 2,50,000
6 Workshops (District) 38 20,000 7,60,000
Total 62,20,000
4.8 Budget for external audit of the category II schemes
The Multi-village Drinking water schemes (both simple and large) are category II schemes
with significant environmental impacts. A cost estimate has been made for external audits of
the proposed MVS (Table 4.9).
Table 4.9 Budget for external audit of the category II schemes
Schemes 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 Total
Small MVS 3 3 4 0 0
Supervision sample 1 1 1 0 0
Cost @Rs. 100,000 100,000 100,000 0 0
100,000/scheme
Large MVS 1 1 0 2 2
Supervision sample 1 1 0 1 1
Cost @Rs. 300,000 300,000 0 300,000 300,000
300,000/scheme
Cost 400,000 400,000 100,000 300,000 300,000 1,500,000
4.9 Environmental Codes of Practice
4.9.1 Guidelines/Environmental Code of Practices
1. Guidelines/ Environmental Code of Practices (ECOPs) have been prepared for
addressing the following environmental issues and are furnished in the Annexures
as indicated.
2. Guidelines for Identification and Selection of water supply sources: The criteria for
the selection of source for water supply are specified in Annexure 5.
3. Guideline for sanitary protection of water supply sources: The well to tap
groundwater sources and intake arrangements to tap surface water sources are
located at certain distance away from the pollution existing sources and the
structures are protected with certain measures to protect the quality of water from
getting contaminated. The detailed guidelines are furnished in Annexure 6.
144
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
4. Guidelines for Sustainability of groundwater Sources: The yield from the sources in
general and ground water source in particular is likely to decrease during summer.
In order to ensure sustainable yield throughout the year certain measures such as
artificial recharge of the groundwater source with rainwater harvesting structures
are necessary. These measures are furnished in Annexure 7.
5. Guideline for Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance: The water quality of the
sources and in the distribution system is deteriorating due to contamination
especially after rains in surface water sources and in summer months in groundwater
sources. Water quality monitoring should be undertaken periodically in order to take
corrective measures if the quality changes. The procedure and protocol for water
quality monitoring and surveillance are described in Annexure 8.
6. Selection and installation of safe sanitation technologies; the checklist for choice of
technology and selection of location are furnished in Annexure 9.
7. Recommended Construction Practice and Pollution Safeguards for Twin Pit Pour
Flush toilets: Twin Pit Pour Flush Latrines (TPPFL) are the most commonly adopted
sanitation technology which is suitable in most of the environmental conditions
except coastal areas with high groundwater table. Recommended construction
practice and Pollution Safeguards for TPPFTs are described in Annexure 10.
8. Guidelines for Safe Sullage Disposal at Household and Community Levels:
greywater/sullage disposal at village level is very important for maintaining the
hygiene in and around the place; the guidelines for safe sullage disposal are
described in Annexure 11.
9. Guidelines for safe sullage disposal and Organic waste management: Guidelines for
managing sullage and organic waste disposal at household and community levels
are described in Annexure 12.
145
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 1 Environmental Assessment
Questionnaires
Village Level Environmental Assessment (used in Focused Grouped
Discussion)
Environmental Assessment Questionnaire (Village level)
Name of district: Name of block:
Name of Gram panchayat: Name of village:
Date of survey:
Name of respondent:
Interviewer's name:
Respondent’s Contact no:
General Information
1 Terrain of the area Plain Rolling Hilly
2 Area in Acres
3 Population Total: ( SC<<.,ST<<<.,OBC<<.GEN<<.)
Total number of
4 Households
Historical/Cultural
5 important sites
Critical natural habitats
(forest, lake recognized by
6
govt.)
6 Type of Roads Bituminous/Cemented/Brick paved/Kachcha/others
7 Average width of Road in m
Alluvial ____ Silt ____ Silty clay ____ Sandy _____ Sandy clay ______
8 Type of soil
other _____
Water Supply
1 Sources of water (no. of sources) Canal/River Groundwater Other
2 Whether the proposed water Single Village: Mini WSS / Rural WSS
supply scheme is
Multi village: Small MV / Large MV
146
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Hand pump : with attachment / without attachment unit
3 Any up gradation of the
Yes / No, If yes, what type of upgradation……
existing scheme
4 Type of Water Supply & number
of units (working & non-
1. Open Well 2. Tube well 3. Public Tap/Departmental
working)
supply 4. Hand pump 5. Any Other (Pl specify)
5 Is there problem of water
shortage/scarcity?
If yes, which season?
6 In case of piped water supply,
capacity of overhead tank
7 Service Level of Water Supply in
lpcd
9 Groundwater Level a)Shallow (0-20ft.) b)Moderate (20-40 ft.)
Is there any change in GW level
c) Deep aquifer (40 – 80 ft.) d) Very Deep (above 80 ft.)
in last 5-10 years?
Yes/No, If yes, increase or decrease?
10 Intensity of Rainfall Low Medium High
11 Has your village faced any such Drought Yes / No.
problems in past 5-10 years?
Flood Yes / No.
If yes, in which month and year?
11 Any water treatment system (for Yes No
any specific contamination)
If yes, what type of treatment system:
Is it cost effective? Yes / No Capital cost Rs._______O&M cost
Rs.___
Who takes care of O&M?
12. Mention the appropriate nature of the Fluoride Iron Heavy Metals
quality problem
Bacteriological TDS Pesticide
Nitrate Others No Problem
147
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
13. Is there potential risk of contamination of a. Industrial contaminants
source due to
b. Human waste discharge
c. Solid waste dumping
If yes, whether appropriate preventive/
d. Use of agro chemicals (Fertilizers, pesticides etc?)
corrective actions taken? (Write a note)
f. Mining site
17. Institution responsible for providing water supply and sanitation service?
a. Implementation__________________________
b. O & M ________________________________
18. Quality of service provided under O&M: Good_______________ Moderate _______________ Bad
__________________
Existing Sewerage and Sanitation Parameters
Sullage Sewerage
Presence of drainage facilities
a)Borehole b) Sing c) Twin Pit d) Toilet with e) Others (Open
Current Sanitation
latrine le Pit Toilet Toilet Septic tanks Defecation)
Practices
Specify the Numbers of
above in respective
columns
a) Yes b) No
Whether Existing Ponds are being used for Sewage Discharge
Is there water logging problem inside the village? Yes No
How many sites? Causes diseases?
Sewage Treatment (if any) Yes No
a. Earthen (Kattacha) drainage channel along the streets
How do you dispose your waste
b. Pukka drainage channel along the streets
water?
c. Soak pit
d. Kitchen Garden
e. Any Other (please specify)
Is there any health & hygiene issue
due to sanitary discharges (or
existing sanitation practices)
Solid waste
a. Throwing in open places.
1 How do you dispose your solid
b. Disposing in open pits.
waste?
c. Disposing through burning
148
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
d. Any other <<<<
2 What are the different types of
solid waste generated?
3 Where do you dispose of fodder
waste dung?
Yes or no
4 Do you have compost pit for
If yes; Location and distance from the house/village:
fodder waste dung?
5 Is there any health & hygiene
issue due to disposal of fodder
waste dung
Health
1 What are the frequent illnesses in Diseases Reason perceived
your village and who is most
Diarrhoea
affected?
Malaria
Typhoid
Any Skin disease
Others specify
2 How often is the disease
outbreak?
3 Was there a health epidemic due
to contaminated water in the past
2 yrs?
Potential environmental Risks during implementation & operation of schemes
1. Noise pollution during
Yes/No
construction of schemes
2. Air pollution (dust)
3. Soil quality/pollution Yes/No
4. Clearance/cutting of trees
5. Pipe network crossing Yes/No
forest/ sensitive/ sewrage Yes/No
lines/ agricultural area
Operation
1. Disposal of backwash water
& sludge generated during
treatment process
Awareness
Yes / No
Any awareness programs
149
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
regarding water & sanitation
taken up?
How do you protect drinking
water sources?
Is there any occasion where the
whole village is cleaned &
sanitized compulsorily
Acceptance of interventions
1 Willingness to partially Yes No
contribute for an intervention
applied to your village or area
Suggestions/Comments
3 Any other comments or
suggestions
4 Perception on environmental
Issues related to RWSS
5 Self-perception and suggestions
on Environmental Impacts and
issues
150
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Household Survey Questionnaire
Household Survey Questionnaire
Village: Serial number:
Name of Gram Panchayat: Name of District: Block:
Date of survey: Name of respondent:
Interviewer's name: Respondent’s Contact no:
General Information
1 Category General OBC SC ST Others
2 Address of house
owner
3 Male: Female: Total:
Members in family
4
Occupation
5 Education level (Pl specify):
Above Matriculate (Nos.): Illiterate (Nos.):
6 Type of household a. Pucca, b. Kattcha, c. Semi-pucca , Total roof area:
________(approx)
Water
1 Sources of drinking water for 1. Open Well 2. Tube well 3. Public Tap
household 4. Hand pump 5. Any Other (Pl specify)
1. Inside the house
2 How far is the water source
from your house? 2. Within 100 meters
3. Between 100-500 meters
4. More than 500 meters
3 How much time is spent in
collection of water from
…… …………………………..( minutes)
sources outside the house?
a. What is the duration and timing of supply?
4 In case of piped water supply
or public tap b. Water supply pressure (pl tick): High. <..,
Medium<.<, Low<<<..
6 Do you store water in the Yes No
house?
If yes, what is the storage arrangement?
What is the period of storage?
151
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
7 Amount of water used for
households purposes
(Liters/day)
8 Is water quantity is sufficient?
If not, what is the quantity of
water required? (Mentions in
liters/day
a. Odour : Yes No
9 What do you feel about
quality of your drinking b. Colour:
water?
Clear<<<.Muddy<<10m as per
drinking water source coliform from leach pit MoRD31) between leach pit toilet and
(handpump and toilet to shallow aquifer water source.
borewell) and rural
toilet
Disposal of sludge Improper Sludge Assign authorized hazardous waste
from Treatment Units disposal may handling agencies or BSPCB.
contaminate surrounding Incineration of waste by authorized
natural water bodies agencies
Backwash from Backwash containing Proper disposal facility
treatment units high concentration of As, Solar evaporation ponds at village level
Fe and F may Assign authorized hazardous waste
contaminate surrounding handling agencies or BSPCB.
natural water bodies and
infiltration to
31Technology Options for Household Sanitation - A report by Ministry of Rural Development and UNICEF
(2010)
168
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
groundwater and soil.
Leakages and bursts Waterlogging due to Fix all leakages at regular intervals
leakage (weekly)
Water logging leading to
infestation of pests
Timing of supply Overflowing of water Ensure regular supply timings and
due to irregular supply disseminate information regarding
timings timings to users, in advance.
Use of pipe water for Over-exploitation of Ensure that treated piped water is used
non-domestic purposes groundwater resources only for drinking, cooking and bathing
Operation cost and purposes.
lifecycle cost of treatment Ensure that bathing of cattle and cattle
medium increase due to drinking/feeding is not encouraged near
excessive usage the stand posts and hand pumps.
Aquifer characteristics Overexploitation may Explore opportunities to recharge
lead to Critical, semi- groundwater and use surface water as
critical or over exploited primary source.
aquifers
In addition to the above EMP, for Multi-Village Schemes, the following additional
considerations have to be made:
Environmental Management Plan (Additional) for Multi Village Schemes
MULTI VILLAGE SCHEMES
Activity/consideration Impact Mitigation
Source sustainability Source may be exhausted Conduct prospecting for different water
due to increase in water sources to ensure a minimum of 1
demand for MVS surface water source and 1 safe
groundwater source.
Pre-feasibility study for river as source
(for example drying up of river during
dry season and change in river course).
Ensure implementation of rainwater
harvesting to augment groundwater
recharge.
Land requirement Land acquisition may Follow norms and regulations for Land
lead to loss of Acquisition and Rehabilitation as well as
agricultural land, Forest clearance as per EMF.
encroachment into forest
area, loss of livelihood,
resettlement of
communities.
Downstream users and Withdrawal of water Consider planning for multiple sources
ecosystems upstream may lead to of water in order to sustain freshwater
loss of minimum flows ecosystems and the human livelihoods
downstream. and wellbeing for downstream users.
Industrial pollution Industrial pollution Environmental Site Assessment (ESA) to
upstream of source upstream of source may assess the contamination by industrial
lead to contamination of effluent/waste to the surrounding
169
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
MULTI VILLAGE SCHEMES
source which will require ground and surface water source, the
additional treatment extent, quantity and characteristics of
before supply. contamination.
Contamination may be
beyond the scope of
drinking water treatment
technologies and may
require more advanced
treatment.
170
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 5 Guidelines for the Identification and
Selection of Water Supply Sources
Groundwater aquifers are the main source of water in Bihar state for tapping water for
various uses. Based upon geological diversities, geomorphological set up and relative
groundwater potentialities, hydrogeologically, the various litho-units of the State can be
grouped as
• Unconsolidated / Alluvial formation,
• Semi-consolidated formations and
• Consolidated/fissured formations.
Following section presents the procedure for identification of sources:
A. Priority for the selection of sustainable sources for rural water supply
1. Groundwater source with acceptable quality (without any treatment except
disinfection). These sources are preferred for single village schemes (SVSs).
2. When option (1) is not possible as the groundwater quality is problematic
(fluoride/brackish/nitrate/iron etc.), distant surface water source which requires only
simple filtration and disinfection will be preferred. These sources are preferred for
multi-village schemes (MVSs) involving number of habitations (MVSs may be
located away from the habitations and require treatment and pumping adding to
O&M costs).
3. When option (1) and (2) are not possible due to isolation of the habitation and its
location at high elevation, and if the local groundwater source is sustainable
throughout the year but high TDS (> 2000 mg/L) is the only problem, the local source
will be selected. Water from the local source will be treated with innovative
technology such as Reverse Osmosis (RO). As RO plants have certain problems (for
example, safe disposal of brine) this option will be chosen only under exceptional
circumstances.
B. Water Quality Testing
Before selecting the source the raw water quality will be tested to check conformity with the
drinking water standards.
C. Spacing between the proposed well and the existing groundwater structure to
avoid interference
When a new well is located close to an existing well, the cone of influence of both wells may
overlap and affect the yielding potential of both the wells. While locating new wells the
spacing between new well and the existing well will, therefore, be fixed appropriately. The
following table recommends the spacing between the existing groundwater abstraction
structures and the proposed wells.
171
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
S. No. Situation Recommended spacing between any two wells (m)
Filter point or shallow Deep bore wells
wells
1. Non-command area 120 300 - 500
2. Command area 160 200 - 300
3. Near perennial source 160 200 - 300
like river or pond
(within 200m)
4. Non-perennial stream 160 300 - 500
Source: NABARD
172
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 6 Sanitary Protection of Water Supply
Sources
Presently there is no department looking after the protection of water supply sources in
Bihar. The recommended procedures ensuring safe quality water supplies are listed below.
The main objectives of sanitary protection of the water supply sources are to avoid the
sources getting contaminated.
1. Sanitary Protection of Surface Water Supply Sources
The area around the source should be inspected at least once in a year to identify and
control any new pollution source.
Discharge of industrial/domestic wastewater on the upstream of the off-take
arrangement should be prevented.
Activities that lead to contamination of the water such as washing clothes, washing
cattle, dumping of solid waste and defecation should be prevented.
The area around sources including intake arrangements and upstream of river
should be well protected and fenced. Trespassing by people and cattle around the
source should be prevented.
2. Sanitary Protection of Ground Water Supply Sources
Direct runoff of rain water into bore well sources should be prevented
A concrete mat of sufficient thickness for 75 cm radius around the bore well shall be
provided to seal the outer periphery of the bore well. The casing pipe should be
raised 60 cm above ground level and provided with a sanitary plug until the pump is
installed.
Rainwater harvesting and recharge structure should be located at least 15 m away
from the bore well to avoid direct contamination.
Soak pit for the disposal of effluent from septic tank or other sanitation facility
should not allowed within 15 m radius from the bore well of water supply source to
avoid direct contamination.
For bore wells, the annular open space on the outside of the well casing needs to be
filled with neat cement grout.
3. Other preventive measures for maintaining quality of drinking water
Sources of water supply including wells fitted with hand pumps should be
disinfected regularly. Free residual chlorine level of not less than 0.2 mg/L and more
than 0.5 mg/L should be maintained throughout the distribution system
Over Head Tanks (OHTs) and storage sumps should be periodically cleaned at least
once in three months
4. Leakages in pipelines should be arrested
Pit taps both at public stand posts and house service connections should be
prevented- all taps and stand posts should be above ground level provided with
platforms around
173
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Surroundings of the OHTs, public stand posts and hand pumps should have clean
and hygienic environment.
174
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 7 Guidelines for Sustainability of
Groundwater Sources
For sustainability of sources, especially ground water, it is essential to sustain the sources
through different methods of recharging, which is described in the guideline given below.
Guidelines for Water Harvesting and Recharge
The guidelines presented in this Annexure are based on the guidelines provided in the
publication Water Harvesting and Artificial Recharge published by the Rajiv Gandhi National
Drinking Water Mission, Department of Drinking Water Supply, Ministry of Rural
Development, Government of India (2004).
Recommended water harvesting and watershed management measures for Bihar
Agro-climatic zone Region Recommended water
harvesting structures
Sub humid and humid Sutlej Covers part of plains of Bihar Ponds
Ganga Alluvial Zone Check das
Gully plugging
Contour bunding
High rainfall High runoff Covers hilly areas of Bihar Tank/Ponds
Chhotanagpur Plateau Check dams/Anicuts
Gully plugging
Contour bunding
Roof Top Water Harvesting Systems
Roof top water harvesting systems can provide good quality potable water with the design
features outlined below are taken into account:
The substances that go into the making the roof should be non-toxic in nature
Roof surfaces should be smooth, hard and dense since they are easier to clean and
are less likely to the damage and released material / fiber into the water.
Roof painting is not advisable since most paints contain toxic substances and may
peel off.
No overhanging tree should be left near the roof.
The nesting of birds on the roof should be prevented.
All gutter ends should be fitted with a wire mesh screen to keep out leaves etc.
A first-flush rainfall capacity, such as detachable down pipe section, should be
installed.
A hygienic soak away channel should be built at water outlet and a screened
overflow pipe should be provided.
The storage tank should have a tight fitting roof that excludes light a, manhole cover
and a flushing pipe at the base of the tank (for standing tanks).
There should be a reliable sanitary extraction device such as a gravity tap or a hand
pump to avoid contamination of the water in the tank.
175
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
There should be no possibility of contaminated wastewater flowing into the tank
(especially for tanks installed at ground level)
Water from other sources, unless it is reliable source, should not be emptied into the
tank through pipe connections or the manhole cover.
During the rainy season, the whole system (roof catchment, gutters, pipes, screens,
first-flush and overflow) should be checked before and after each rain and preferably
cleaned after every dry period exceeding a month.
At the end of the dry season and just before the first shower of rain is anticipated, the
storage tank should be scrubbed and flushed all sediment and debris (the tank
should be re-filled afterwards with a few centimeters of clean water to prevent
cracking).
Ensure timely service (before the first rains are due) of all tanks features, including
replacement of all worm screened and servicing of the outlet tap or handpump.
Percolation Tanks
Percolation tanks should normally be constructed in a terrain with highly fractured
and weathered rock for speedy recharges; in case of alluvium the bouldary
formations are ideal. However, the permeability shouldn't be too high that may
result in the percolated water escaping the downstream.
Submergence area should be uncultivated as far as possible.
Rainfall pattern based on long-term evaluation is to be studied so that the percolation
tanks gets filled up fully during monsoon (preferably more than once)
Soil in the catchment area should preferably be of light sandy type to avoid silting
upon the tank bed.
The location of the tank should preferably be downstream of runoff zone or in the
upper part of the transition zone, with a land slope gradient of 3 to 5%.
While designed, due care should be taken to keep the height of the ponded water
column about 3 to 4.5 m above the bed level. It desirable to exhaust the storage by
February since evaporation losses becomes substantial from February on wards. It is
preferable that in the downstream area, the water table it is depth of 3 to 5 m below
level during the post monsoon period, impaling that the benefited area possesses a
potential shallow aquifer.
Construction-wise there is not much difference between a percolation tank and a
minor irrigation tank, except for providing outlets for surface irrigation and the
depth of the cut-off trench. The cut-off trench is to be provided below the earthen
bund with depth limited to one fourth of the height between bed level and full
storage level.
Check Dams
Check Dams are constructed in the drainage course of narrow streams in low rainfall area to
impound run-off rainwater. The following are some guidelines for constructing of check
dams.
The total catchment of the nala should normally be between 40 to 100 hectares
though the local situations can be guiding factor in this.
The rainfall in the catchment should be less than 1000mm/ annum
176
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
The Nala bunds should be preferable located in area where contour or graded
bunding of lands have been carried out
The rock strata exposed in the ponded area should be adequately permeable to cause
ground water recharge through ponded water
Nala bund is generally a small earthen dam with cutoff core wall of bricks work,
though masonry and concrete bunds/plugs are now prevalent
Dams should be built at sites that can produce relatively high depth to surface area
so as to minimize evaporation loses.
Rocky surface should not be fractured or cracked, which may cause the water to leak
away to deeper zones or beneath the dam.
Dam foundation must of solid impermeable rock with no soil pockets or fracture line
No soil erosion in the catchment area
Dams should be site along the edges of depressions or directly across the lower ends
of deep gullies into rock.
Ponds/ Tanks
A good pond should possess the following traits:
The site should be narrow gorge with a fan shaped valley above: so that amount of
earthwork gives a large capacity. Junctions of two tributaries, depressions and other
sites of easily available fill material and favourable geology should be preferred
The capacity catchment ratio should be such that the pond can be fill upto about 2-3
months of rainfall. The capacity should not be too small to be choked up with
sediments very soon
The pond should be located where it could serve a major purpose e.g. if irrigation it
should be above irrigated field
The site should not have excessive seepage losses
The catchment areas should be put under conservative practices
Gully plugging, Contour bunds
The gully plugging measures includes vegetative plantings and brushwood check dams,
boulder bunds, brick masonry and earthen bunds or a combination of both, sand bag plugs
etc. Contour bunds involve construction of horizontal lines of small earthen or boulder
bunds across the slopping land surface.
Ensure there is no open defecation in/near structure
No tethering of animals at the site
There must be no pit-latrines on the bank upstream
Avoid use of pesticides1 chemicals upstream of the site
Rainwater Harvesting Structures
In Bihar rectangular catchment basins called Ahars are built by building earthen
embankments to impound rain water. Sometimes these are built at the lower end of a small
177
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
seasonal rivulet. The channels for drawing water from the Ahars are called Pynes. Large
storages across streams are called Katas, Mundas and Bandhas.
Guidelines for Implementation of Rainwater Harvesting Structures for Sustainability of
Drinking water supply sources:
The rainwater harvesting (RWH) structures should be site specific closer to the
source but 15 m away from the bore well to prevent direct contamination; the
location should be certified by the hydrogeologists of the PHED department.
The local geological and hydrogeological conditions have to be studied in
conjunction with the location of the groundwater source to facilitate maximum
recharge from the structure.
No RWH structure should be installed in the supply/feeder channel of tanks.
RWH structure should be simple and suitable to the location and economically viable
to the community.
All the works of RWH structure should be implemented before the onset of the
monsoon.
Pre and post water level and water quality monitoring should be carried out in the
well for water supply source to evaluate the benefit accrued of the RWH structures.
Erosion control in catchment
There is no unique solution for erosion control. The following are some of the erosion
control measures used in many parts of the country.
Conservation cover: Establish and maintain perennial vegetative cover to protect soil and
water resources.
Contour bunding/trenching: Forming contour bunding or trenching along the contour in
steep sloped areas may be taken up for reducing runoff and erosion. Terraces are
constructed with earthen embankments that retard runoff and reduce erosion by breaking
the slope into numerous flat surfaces separated by slopes that are protected with permanent
vegetation.
Critical area planting: Planting vegetation such as trees, shrubs, grasses or legumes on
highly erodable or eroding areas. While undertaking any plantation programme care must
be taken to plant only indigenous species with involving and close coordination with local
people
178
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 8 Water Quality Monitoring and
Surveillance
Water Quality Standards
The Bureau of Indian Standards specifications IS:10500-1991 govern the quality of drinking
water supplies in India by public agencies.
Physical and chemical Parameters
S1.No. Characteristics Desirable limits Maximum Limits
1. Turbidity (NTU) 5.0 10
2. Colour (unit on Pt. Cobalt scale) 5.0 25.0
3. pH 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation
4. TDS (mg/L) 500 2000
5. Total hardness (mg/L) 300 600
6. Calcium (mg/L) 75 200
7. Magnesium (mg/L) 30 100
8. Chloride (mg/L) 250 1000
9. Sulphate (mg/L) 200 400
10. Fluoride (mg/L) 1.0 1.5
11. Nitrates (mg/L) 45.0 No relaxation
12. Iron (mg/L) 0.3 1.0
13. Arsenic (mg/L) 0.01 No relaxation
Bacteriological Parameters
In 100 ml sample, the count of coliforrn organism and E-coli should be zero.
Current Water Quality Monitoring Efforts
There are 38 Water Quality Testing Laboratories functioning at the divisional level in all
districts. There also exists a state level Water Quality Testing Laboratory at Patna.
Sampling
Recommended Frequency
Source Minimum frequency of sampling and analysis Remarks
Bacteriological Physical/Chemical
Ground Water
Shallow tube wells Every fortnight Once initially, then 4
with hand pump times yearly
Deep tube wells with Once initially, then as Once initially, then two
hand pump situation demands 4 4 times yearly. Residual
times yearly chlorine test-daily
Wells and piped Once initially, Once initially, then 4 Situations requiring
supplies thereafter as situation times yearly testing: change in
demands Test weekly for environmental
residual chlorine if conditions, outbreak of
water is chlorinated water borne disease or
increase in incidence of
179
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Source Minimum frequency of sampling and analysis Remarks
waterborne diseases
Surface Water
Filtered and /or Once monthly Once initially, then 4 Increase frequency of
chlorinated and piped times yearly. bacteriological test if
supplies Residual chlorine test- situation demands
daily
Recommended Location:
Selection of location for sampling should indicate true representative samples.
• Public stand posts (PSPs)
• Selected consumer locations at random
• In addition to above, raw water source and treated water should also be analyzed in
case of canal/surface water based water supply schemes.
Water Quality Record
The water quality test results should be entered in a logbook as per the prescribed format
(sample shown below) and should be submitted to the DPMU on monthly basis.
Sl. Point of Turbidity Residual Faecal Quantity of Initials Initials Remarks
No. Sampling (NTU) Chlorine coliform bleaching of of
(Distribution MPN/100L powder/sodium pump Engineer
system) hypochlorite operator carrying
being carrying test
added/day test
1
2
3
4
< .. .. .. ..
180
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 9 Selection of Safe Sanitation
Technologies and Environmental considerations
in location of toilets
Selection of Safe Sanitation Technology
• Selection and installation of safe sanitation technologies to suit the local soil
characteristics and hydrogeology is necessary so as to minimize ground water
contamination.
For selecting the most appropriate system for any location the following factors are to be
considered:
• Number of people to be served
• Per capita water supply rate and the water availability for ablution and flushing
• Extent of space available within the plot/street for sanitation facility
• Hydrogeological characteristics of the subsoil
• Depth to groundwater table from the ground surface (summer and rainy season)
• Quality of groundwater in the vicinity and their present uses
• Locations of the existing water supply wells sources
Latrine Suitable Suitable Suitable Suitable Water Ease of Ease of Remar
Type for high for for for soils requirem construction maintena ks
Ground areas loose of low ent nce
Water prone to soils permeab
table floods ility
tidal
floods
or
flushes
Direct Yes, if Yes, if Yes, if Not for No Easy Easy Sludge
Single Pit raised raised fully unsafe
Latrine clay
Without soils
Pour flush lined
Direct Yes, if Yes, if Yes, for Not for, No Easy Easy Safe
twin raised raised fully clay soils sludge
Pit Latrine lined
Without
Pour-flush
Offset Yes, if Yes, if Yes, for Yes, with Yes Easy Easy Sludge
Single Pit raised raised fully soak unsafe
Latrine and lined away
with with
Pour-flush soak
181
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Latrine Suitable Suitable Suitable Suitable Water Ease of Ease of Remar
Type for high for for for soils requirem construction maintena ks
Ground areas loose of low ent nce
Water prone to soils permeab
table floods ility
tidal
floods
or
flushes
away
Offset Yes, if Yes, if Yes, for Yes, with Yes Fairly easy Fairly Safe
Twin raised raised fully soak sludge
Pit Latrine and lined away easy
with Pour- with
flush soak
away
Solar Yes Yes Yes Yes No Easy Difficult Safe
Heated dehydr
Single- ated
vault eco- materia
sanitary l
latrine
with urine
separation
Single- Yes Yes Yes Yes No Easy Difficult Safe
vault eco- dehydr
sanitary ated
latrine materia
with Urine l
separation
Urinal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes a bit Easy Easy
Considering the various sanitation options available and the factors to be considered, the
following on-site sanitation options are recommended as suitable sanitation for the rural
habitations:
two-pit pour-flush toilet (TPPT)
composting toilet or eco-sanitation (Eco-san)
The SOs should play a crucial role in facilitating the choice of appropriate sanitation system
for the site specific situation.
182
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Environmental Consideration in Location of Toilets
Specific topic on which information/ data is Considerations
needed
Type of soil-stability
Loose, sides of wall collapse Line the pits. In very sandy soils, sink cement
rings that are perforated or set on top of each
other without cement
Hard to dig Use the pits. In very sandy soils, sink cement
rings that are perforated or set on top of each
other without cement
Permeability (how water is absorbed by soil)
Clay soil Test by pouring water into a hole and measuring
how long it takes to be absorbed. Pits in dese clay
may need back filling about 1.2 meters with more
sandy soil.
Coarse sand Back fill around the rings with denser soil and/or
locate the latrine pipes far 9 for example, 40
meters or more) from a well-used for drinking
Hard Latrine If there might be cracks in the latrine, the latrine
pits can pollute nearby drinking water sources.
Place the latrine far from these sources.
Ground water level in wet season (deepest level)
Water rises higher than one meter from bottom of Locate the latrine pit far from any well used for
the latrine pit, but never completely floods the drinking purpose and should be away for
latrine pits example, 40 meters or more
Water rises to or above the ground level and Raise the latrines above the ground level so that
sludge comes out the latrines the top third of the pit is always above the water
level. Place latrines far from drinking water
sources
Distance to Water sources
Distance from latrines pit to drinking water At least 15 meters
sources
Children or teachers may be spent extra tie, for VIP latrine is preferred as it uses less water
example, more than 15 minutes going one-way to
collect water
183
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 10 Recommended Construction
Practice and Pollution Safeguards for Twin Pit
Pour Flush Latrines32
Construction of Pits
1. Pits in Water logged, Flood Prone and High Sub-soil Water Areas
In high sub-soil, water logged or flood-prone areas, the pits should be raised above the
ground level to a height such that the invert of the incoming drains/pipes is just above the
likely flood water or sub-soil water level. Raising the pipes will necessitate raising the latrine
floor also.
In pits located in water logged or flood prone areas, earth should be filled and well
compacted all around the pits in 1000 mm width and up to the top. It is not necessary to
raise the pits by more than 300 mm above the plinth of the house. In these situations, the pits
should be designed as wet pits, taking into consideration the infiltration rate of the type of
soil.
2. Pits in Rocky Strata
In rocky strata with soil layers in between, leach pits are designed on the same principles as
those for low sub-soil water level taking the infiltration capacity of the soil as 20 litres per
sq.m per day. However, in rocks with fissures, chalk formations, or old root channels,
pollution can flow over a very long distance; hence these conditions demand careful
investigation and adoption of pollution safeguards. In impervious rocky strata the pits will
function as holding tanks since there will be no infiltration of liquid. In such situations, a PF
latrine with leaching pits is not a suitable system.
3. Pits in Soils with Low Infiltration Capacity
Leaching capacity tends to be the limiting factor when the infiltration capacity of soil is low.
In these circumstances, there are two options: construct a larger pit, or increase the critical
leaching area by backfilling and compacting with brick ballast, gravel, sand etc., for the
required width all around the pit.
Emptying of Pits/Septic tanks
Emptying of pits becomes essential when they get filled. The three most important issues
related to emptying of pits are frequency, cost, and hygiene. Manual methods of emptying
are common for pour-flush latrines. The responsibility for emptying latrines is with the
users. The main guidelines relating to latrine emptying include advising householders that
the filling1 emptying cycle is likely to be between three to six years and that they need to
make their own arrangements for emptying the pits.
Emptying g costs are location-specific; anticipated emptying costs should be ascertained
with local contractors during programme planning.
Groundwater pollution
32
Technical Guid elines on Tw in Pit Pour Flush Latrines (1992), Ministry of Urban Developm ent, Governm ent of
Ind ia
184
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
A problem that is related to on-site sanitation is the potential for pollution of groundwater
that is associated with these systems. Groundwater under or near pit latrines may become
polluted, which can be a serious problem when it affects the quality of drinking-water
drawn from wells and boreholes. Water in leaky pipes may also be contaminated if the
pressure drops and polluted groundwater levels are above the pipes. A particular problem
in densely populated areas is the possible proximity of latrine pits and shallow wells on
neighboring plots. The key guideline is that a minimum distance of 15 m, other than in
fractured formations, between a pit and a downstream water-point, is normally sufficient to
remove all contaminants.
Pollution safeguards for twin pit pour flush latrines
To ensure that the risk of polluting ground water and drinking water sources is minimal, the
following safeguards should be taken while locating the pits of the pour flush latrines:
Drinking water should be obtained from another source or from the same aquifer but
at a point beyond the reach of any fecal pollution from the leach pits.
If the soil is fine (effective size 0.2 mm or less), the pits can be located at a minimum
distance of 3 m from the drinking water sources, provided the maximum ground
water level throughout the year is 2 m or more below the pit bottom (low water
table). If the water table is higher, i.e., less than 2 m below the pit bottom, the safe
distance should be increased to 10 m.
If the soil is coarse (effective size more than 0.2 mm), the same safe distances as
specified above can be maintained by providing a 500 mm thick sand envelope, of
fine sand of 0.2 mm effective size, all around the pit, and sealing the bottom of the pit
with an impervious material such as puddle clay, a plastic sheet, lean cement
concrete, or cement stabilized soil.
If the pits are located under a footpath or a road, or if a water supply main is within a
distance of 3 m from the pits, the invert level of the pipes or drains connecting the
leach pits should be kept below the level of the water main, or 1 m below the ground
level. If this is not possible due to site considerations, the joints of the water main
should be encased in concrete.
Operation and Maintenance – Do’s and Don’ts s of Twin-pit Pour-flush Latrines
DOs
Keep a bucket full of water outside the toilet.
Keep a 2 liters can in the toilet filled with water for flushing.
Before use, pour a little quantity of water to wet the pan so that excreta can slide
smoothly into the pit.
Flush the excreta after each use.
Pour a little quantity of water, say half a liter, in the squatting pan after urination.
The squatting pan should be cleaned daily with a soft broom or soft brush with a
long handle after sprinkling a small quantity of water and detergent powder/soap.
Use minimum quantity of water in washing the pan and toilet floor.
Wash hands, using soap or ash, after defecation at the assigned place.
If any construction defect is observed during the defect-liability period, report the
matter to the local authority or the construction agency.
185
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
When the pit in use is full, divert the flow to the second pit
If the trap gets choked, rodding should be done from the pan side as well as from the
rear side by means of a split bamboo stick, after removing the cover of the drain or
junction chamber.
Care should be taken while de-sludging the pits located in water-logged or high water sub-
soil water areas and in case of combined pits, as humus may not be safe for handling.
DON'Ts
Do not use both the pits at the same time.
Do not use more than 2 litres of water for each flushing (if the waste is not flushed
with 2 litres, pour more water at the specific spots for flushing the waste).
Do not use caustic soda or acid for cleaning the pan.
Do not throw sweepings, vegetable or fruit peelings, rags, cotton waste, and cleaning
materials like corn cobs, mud balls, stone pieces, leaves, etc. in the pan or the pits.
Do not allow rain water, kitchen or bath waste to enter the pits.
Do not provide water tap in the toilet.
Do not throw lighted cigarette butts in the pan.
186
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 11 Guidelines for Safe Sullage
Disposal at Household and community Levels
1.0 Introduction
Bihar state doesn’t have any safe sullage disposal system and if planned, this has to be based
on the guidelines appended below. The state can come up with a safe sullage disposal
mechanism at household or at community level.
The guidelines in this annexure on sullage disposal at household and community levels are
based on the guidelines in the publication - 'Solid and Liquid Waste Management in Rural Areas
- A Technical Note' (TSC, UNIECF).
2.0 Technical options for household level management
The village level water management system should be as simple as possible for a village
level person to understand and implement and it should be decentralized. The technological
options should be based on domestic (Household) level management and/ or community
level management. It will always be better to manage and treat domestic grey water
generated in the house in the area/courtyard/land surrounding the house. The following
technological options will be suitable for this purpose:
Kitchen Garden with piped root zone system
Kitchen Garden without piped root zone system
Leach pit
Soakage pit.
3.0 Soak Pit
Soak pit is a dug out pit filled with stones or preferably over burnt bricks. The large
numbers of stones or bricks increase the surface area over which biological and chemical
action takes place. The water seeps into the ground and reduces danger of polluting the
ground water sources.
Advantages
This is the cheapest technology for management of water at household level
Prevents grey water stagnation
Prevents vector breading.
Operation and maintenance (O&M)
Filter to be cleaned every fortnight or month, depending on accumulation of dirt
Make a hook of thick wire and pierce it in the filter and take filter media out and clean/wash
it and dry and replace it in the earthen pot
Soak pit loses its capacity within a period of 7 to 8 years of work. At that time take out the
boulders from the pit, scrap the walls of the pit in order to remove the oily layer; let the pit
dry for a period of 2 to 3 days and clean and dry the boulders and replace into the pit.
187
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Limitations
Soakage pit is not suitable for rocky terrain
It will over flow if wastewater flow in the pit exceeds the design flow
If suspended solids get into the pit, the choking of the pit will take place earlier.
4.0 Off Site Community Level Management:
For the community grey water of this type, the first step would be to establish a system for
collecting and transporting this grey water for the final treatment on a suitable location. It
will be necessary to establish a suitable drainage system for this purpose. This drainage
system could be of two types
a. Open drain with technically sound design, involving semicircular base and
trapezoidal cross section so as to maximize self-cleansing velocity for carrying away
silt in grey water
b. Closed drain-small bore grey water draining system with intercepting tanks at
suitable points.
1. Open or Surface Grey water Drainage System
For collection and transportation of grey water .owing out from the houses, surface drain
has been the simplest system, whereby, the community grey water is carried away from the
village for onward final treatment. This system can be established easily with available local
mason at minimum cost.
Operation and maintenance (O&M)
Gram Panchayat will have to establish a system for periodical cleaning and silt removal
from the drain
Community will have to be educated to keep the drain free from garbage, so as to avoid
blockages in drain
Care needs to be taken to avoid over-flow water (effluent) from septic tank, from flowing to
the open drain. This effluent should be led to leach pit covered at the top.
2. Closed Drainage
a. Small bore grey water drainage system
In rural areas, closed drain system akin to conventional sewerage systems will not be
feasible because of the excessive capital & operation maintenance expenditure and the
elaborate maintenance requirements.
The small bore grey water drainage system which is laid close to the soil surface is suitable
and appropriate as it is low cost and requires minimum maintenance which is easy.
Advantages:
As the system is closed, materials like garbage, road side solid wastes, plastics,
building materials etc. will not and access to the system
Operation and maintenance becomes easily manageable by Gram Panchayat
Construction cost is comparable to the cost for surface drain. It may be only
marginally varying
Road space is fully utilized.
188
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
5.0 Final Treatment of Community Grey water
Once the community grey water is collected at one or multiple points outside the village,
final treatment is required to convert it into harmless and reusable water.
The treatment technologies need to suit the following requirements.
As low cost as possible
O&M should be easy and low cost for Gram Panchayat
Same cost recovery may be possible by the farmers
Selling the treated water. Treated water could be used for public gardens or
horticulture. The produce may be sold portably
Vector breeding is avoided
Pollution of water from nala or river is prevented.
Some appropriate technologies easily manageable by Gram Panchayat could be as
follows:
o Sullage stabilization pound and reuse
o Sedimentation and reuse
o Screening stabilization tank systems like DOSIWAM, DEWATS etc.
A. Sullage Stabilization Ponds
The grey water collected via drainage system is passed to large shallow basins or ponds
excavated at suitable land site and placed serially as a stabilization system in which grey
water is stabilized, its pathogenicity is reduced and the stabilized water becomes useable.
a. Anaerobic ponds
The grey water reaching the pond via drain, usually has high solid content. In the anaerobic
pond, these solids settle at the bottom, where these are digested anaerobically. Thus, the
partially clarified liquid is discharged onwards into a facultative pond for further treatment.
b. Facultative ponds
The partially clarified water is led to facultative pond. 1n this pond oxidation of grey water
takes place. It is called 'facultative' because in this pond in the upper layer aerobic conditions
are maintained while in the lower layer, anaerobic conditions exist.
c. Maturation pond
The stabilized water from facultative pond is led to a maturation pond. The main function of
the maturation period is the destruction of pathogens. This pond is wholly aerobic.
Operation and maintenance
It will be the responsibility of GP
Maintenance requirements are minimal. Regular cutting of grass on embankments
and removal of any floating scum from pond surface are the only requirements
Occasional anti mosquito spraying treatment may be necessary.
B. Screening, Sedimentation and Filtration
The grey water collected from drainage system can be passed through a screening,
sedimentation and filtration tank system. The treated water can be used for irrigation etc.
189
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
C. Reuse of Stabilized Water
Grey water stabilized and cleaned by the use of any of the above mentioned systems can be
reused in many ways.
Irrigation for agricultural use
Irrigation for horticulture
Fish farming.
190
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 12 Guidelines on safe sullage disposal
and Organic waste management
Introduction
The RWSS project will undertake the following sullage disposal activities during the project
period:
Drains and liquid waste disposal in villages
Soak pits at household level in villages
Technical options for household level management
The village level water management system should be as simple as possible for a village
level person to understand and implement and it should be decentralized. The technological
options should be based on domestic (Household) level management and/ or community
level management.
It will always be better to manage and treat domestic grey water generated in the house in
the area/courtyard/land surrounding the house. The following technological options appear
suitable for this purpose:
Leach pit
Soakage pit
Soak Pit
Soak pit is a dug out pit filled with stones or preferably over burnt bricks. The large
numbers of stones or bricks increase the surface area over which biological and chemical
action takes place. The water seeps into the ground and reduces danger of polluting the
ground water sources.
Typical Details of Soak Pit without lining
(Source: Mott MacDonald)
191
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Advantages
This is the cheapest technology for management of water at household level
Prevents grey water stagnation
Prevents vector breeding.
Operation and maintenance (O&M)
Filter to be cleaned every fortnight or month, depending on accumulation of dirt
Make a hook of thick wire and pierce it in the filter and take filter media out and
clean/wash it and dry and replace it in the earthen pot
Soak pit looses its capacity within a period of 7 to 8 years of work. At that time take
out the boulders from the pit, scrap the walls of the pit in order to remove the oily
layer; let the pit dry for a period of 2 to 3 days and clean and dry the boulders and
replace into the pit.
Limitations
Soakage pit is not suitable for rocky terrain and areas having impermeable soil strata.
It will overflow if wastewater flow in the pit exceeds the design flow
If suspended solids get into the pit, the choking of the pit will take place earlier.
Off Site Community Level Management
For the community grey water of this type, the first step would be to establish a system for
collecting and transporting this grey water for the treatment on a suitable location. It will be
necessary to establish a suitable drainage system for this purpose. This drainage system
could be of two types:
Open drain with technically sound design, involving semicircular base and trapezoidal cross
section so as to maximize self cleansing velocity for carrying away silt in grey water
Closed drain-small bore grey water draining system with intercepting tanks at suitable
points.
Open or Surface Grey water Drainage System
For collection and transportation of grey water flowing out from the houses, surface drain
has been the simplest system, whereby, the community grey water is carried away from the
village for treatment. This system can be established easily with available local mason at
minimum cost.
Operation and maintenance (O&M)
Gram Panchayat will have to establish a system for periodical cleaning and silt
removal from the drain.
Community will have to be educated to keep the drain free from garbage, so as to
avoid blockages in drain.
Care needs to be taken to avoid overflow water from flowing to the open drain. This
effluent should be led to leach pit/soak pit covered at the top.
Closed Drainage
Small bore grey water drainage system
192
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
In rural areas, closed drain system analogous to conventional sewerage systems will not be
feasible because of the excessive capital & operation maintenance expenditure and the
sophisticated maintenance requirements.
The small bore grey water drainage system which is laid close to the soil surface is suitable
and appropriate as it is low cost and requires minimum maintenance which is easy.
Advantages
As the system is closed, materials like garbage, road side solid wastes, plastics,
building materials etc. will not find access to the system.
Operation and maintenance becomes easily manageable by Gram Panchayat.
Construction cost is comparable to the cost for surface drain. It may be only
marginally varying.
Road space is fully utilized.
Treatment of Community Grey water
Once the community grey water is collected at one or multiple points outside the village,
treatment is required to convert it into harmless and reusable water. The treatment
technologies need to suit the following requirements.
As low cost as possible
O&M should be easy and low cost for Gram Panchayat
Some cost recovery may be possible by the farmers
Selling the treated water. Treated water could be used for public gardens or
horticulture. The produce may be sold portably.
Vector breeding is avoided
Pollution of water from nallah or river is prevented.
Some appropriate technologies easily manageable by Gram Panchayat/villagers could be as
follows:
Sullage stabilization and reuse
Systems like Decentralized Wastewater Treatment Systems (DEWATS).
Sullage Stabilization Ponds
The grey water collected via drainage system is passed to such ponds excavated at suitable
land site and placed serially as a stabilization system in which grey water is stabilized, its
pathogenicity is reduced and the stabilized water becomes useable.
Anaerobic ponds
The grey water reaching the pond via drain usually has high solid content. In the anaerobic
pond, these solids settle at the bottom, where these are digested anaerobically. Thus, the
partially clarified liquid is discharged onwards into a facultative pond for further treatment.
Facultative ponds
The partially clarified water is led to facultative pond. In this pond oxidation of grey water
takes place. It is called ‘facultative’ because in this pond in the upper layer aerobic
conditions are maintained while in the lower layer, anaerobic conditions exist.
193
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Maturation pond
The stabilized water from facultative pond is led to a maturation pond. The main function of
the maturation period is the destruction of pathogens. This pond is wholly aerobic.
Operation and maintenance
It will be the responsibility of GP.
Maintenance requirements are minimal. Regular cutting of grass on embankments
and removal of any floating scum from pond surface are the only requirements
Occasional anti mosquito spraying treatment may be necessary.
Reuse of Stabilized Water
Grey water stabilized and cleaned by the use of any of the above mentioned systems can be
reused in many ways such as irrigation for agricultural use and irrigation for horticulture.
ECOPs on safe solid waste management at individual household and community level
The guidelines in this annexure on solid waste disposal at household and community levels
are based on the guidelines in the publication - 'Solid and Liquid Waste Management in
Rural Areas - A Technical Note' (TSC, UNICEF). These guidelines will apply to the solid
disposal activities undertaken in the Bihar RWSS.
Solid Waste
Biodegradable & Non-biodegradable
Recyclable
Kitchen waste, Cattle waste,
Agriculture Leaves, Meat, Recyclable Non-recyclable
Bones Dead animals Paper
Wood, etc.
Plastic waste, wire caps,
E-waste, Biomedical
Tin Metal, Ash/dirt etc.
waste etc.
194
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Approaches for Solid Waste Management
For effective management of solid waste in rural areas, focus should be on
management at household level. That which cannot be managed at household level
should be managed at the community level. In general, the following approach
should be followed:
Segregation of solid waste at the household level (Biodegradable and non
biodegradable).
Reuse of non biodegradable waste at the household level to the extent possible.
Household level treatment of bio degradable waste.
Collection and transportation of segregated waste at the household level to a place
identified at the community level (in cases where household level treatment is not
possible).
Community level treatment or recycling/reuse of waste
All the biodegradable waste should be composted at the community level
Non biodegradable waste may be further segregated and sold or recycled
Waste which cannot be composted, reused or recycled may be disposed at the
landfill sites following appropriate procedure, (such waste may usually be
construction waste, debris etc).
Community level composting
Community level composting may be coursed to when management of solid waste at
household level is not possible. For community level composting, Panchayat should select a
suitable site as Compost Yard for the village. Site should be selected taking into
consideration wind flow direction, so that the inhabited areas don’t get any foul odour. The
site should be easily accessible for transportation of waste and manure. It should not be a
low lying area to avoid water logging.
a. Underground manure pit or garbage pit:
This is applicable for rural areas with low rainfall and villages where there is lack of space at
household level for composting. This is not suitable for heavy rainfall areas and rocky
terrain.
Use and maintenance of the pits
Go on adding collected garbage in the pits (only biodegradable type)
Wherever possible, it is advisable to add cattle dung slurry to the garbage to enhance
the composting process
Spread a very thin layer of soil over it (once a week) to avoid odour & fly nuisance
Continue to add garbage everyday
Follow the above procedure & repeat the layers till the pit is full. It is recommended
to fill the pit up to about 300mm above ground level
After 3-4 days the garbage above ground settles down
Plaster it with soil.
Leave the pit as it is for 3-6 months for maturation and start other pits sequentially
195
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
After 3-6 months take out the compost & use it in the fields.
Underground brick lined manure pit or garbage pit:
This is applicable for rural areas with low rainfall and villages where there is lack of space at
household level for composting. This is not suitable for heavy rainfall areas and rocky
terrain and is a capital intensive option.
Use and maintenance of the pit
Go on adding collected garbage from the houses in the pits (only biodegradable
type).
Wherever possible, it is advisable to add cow dung slurry to the garbage to enhance
the composting process.
Spread a very thin layer of soil over it (once a week) to avoid odour & fly nuisance.
Continue to add garbage every day.
Follow the above procedure & repeat the layers till the pit is full. It is recommended
to fill the pit up to about 300mm above ground level.
After 3-4 days the garbage above ground settles down.
Plaster it with soil.
Leave the pit as it is for 3-6 months for maturation and start other pits sequentially.
After 3-6 months take out the compost & use it in the fields.
Over ground brick lined compost tank
This is applicable for rural areas with high rainfall and rocky terrain and for villages where
there is lack of space at household level for composting.
Use and maintenance of the tank
Go on adding collected garbage from the houses in the tank (only biodegradable
type)
Wherever possible, it is advisable to add cow dung slurry to the garbage to enhance
the composting process
Spread a very thin (1-2 inch) layer of soil over it (once a week) to avoid odour & .y
nuisance
Continue to add garbage everyday
Follow the above procedure & repeat the layers till the heap attains the height of 1m
After 3-4 days the garbage above ground settles down
Plaster it with soil
Leave the heap as it is for 3-6 months for maturation
After 3-6 months take out the compost & use it in the fields
Till the manure in the tank matures, make another tank of the same dimensions at a
minimum distance of 1m from the first tank.
Vermi-composting at Community Level
The following steps need to be followed for vermi-composting at community level:
196
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Appropriate site selection: the site should be protected from direct sunlight and
should not be in low lying areas
Vermiculture site preparation; Proper ramming of soil or preparation of platform is
required before preparation of vermi-compost beds
Construction of appropriate shed: thatched roof/tin sheds on bamboo/metal poles
with proper slope to drain rain water, and proper ventilation
The biodegradable waste should be pre-digested in a separate bed before
transferring to the treatment beds.
Precautions to be taken
Proper covering of feed bed (local available materials may be used for covering of the
vermi-compost pit)
Avoid excess water (only sprinkling)
Protect the shed area and the beds from red ants, cockroaches etc.
Keep the feed beds away from birds/chicken/ducks/rodents from eating the worms.
Recycling
In all types of solid waste in rural areas, plastics have become a major cause of concern due
to Non-biodegradability, nuisance value in waste stream and blockage of drainage channels,
pollution of surface water and random burning here and there causing air pollution
problem. There is no proper collection or disposal system of plastic waste.
Disposal on commonly agreed place
In spite of composting, re-use and recycling, some waste remains untreated/unmanaged
which requires final disposal. Incineration is a technology where waste is burnt in a specially
engineered machine called Incinerator. Incineration is not simply burning, but complete
combustion. Incinerators are considered to be causes of air pollution. This is not a viable
option for waste management. A disposal site is a properly designated and commonly
agreed place and used for the disposal of non-biodegradable and non-recyclable inorganic
solid waste. It is considered to be a viable option. This land takes care of the problem of
disposal of non recyclable solid waste.
Selection of disposal Site: Gram Panchayat in consultation with Zilla Parishad should select
the site which should be:
Located at the outskirts of the village
Accessible
On vacant/uncultivated land
Located in the natural depressions with slight slopes
Before establishing any disposal site, baseline data of ground water quality in the
area shall be collected and kept as a record for future reference.
Operation and maintenance
Gram Panchayat/Community should prevent entry of stray animals and persons through
protective measures
Avoid entry of cattle and grazing on the site.
197
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 13 Guidelines for working in Forest
Areas
Considering the planned activities by the project and the scale of these activities, it is
expected that there will be minimal disturbance to forest lands. Also, the Forest Department
has clearly identified procedures to minimize and mitigate impacts on forestland. It also
identifies procedures and approvals required under the Forest (Conservation) Rules, 2003
for any forest land diversion. However, given below are guidelines in case the project is
in/near a forest area:
Avoid forest areas and identify alternate route for laying pipeline or other
infrastructure
Where there are no alternate options and there is a need to lay pipelines through a
forest consider possibility of laying pipelines along the road and within the right of
way of the road or right of way alternate infrastructure, if possible.
Prior to finalizing the detailed design for work in the forest, discuss with Forest
Department requirement and undertake a joint survey with them on proposed siting
of infrastructure.
Based upon discussions with the Forest Department, identify compensation and
clearances for the project and submit the required documents as identified by the
forest act and rules.
After laying the underground pipelines in the forest, the soil should be compacted
with adequate plantations.
The project will also ensure that small cross-bunds (stone pitching) are made on
excavated/compacted areas to prevent water runoff over it and any further soil
degradation.
Both during project design and construction minimize tree cutting.
No construction activity should be undertaken at night time or during any high
wildlife activity
After construction is completed the area must be brought back as close to original as
is possible
Ensure that there are no construction camps near or in the forest areas and ensure
that there is no firewood procured from the forest area.
Ensure that machinery used during construction creates minimum disturbance to the
area.
Compensatory plantation at the ratio of 1: 3 should be undertaken, where for every
tree cut, 3 trees should be planted at appropriate area identified for the activity
should be 3 trees of indigenous and local species. The compensatory plantation plan
should include a minimum of 3 years of management plan to ensure survival of
trees.
198
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 14 Guidelines: Natural Habitat
While the list of negative projects suggests that natural habitats need to be avoided for any
project sightings. However, in case of no alternative resulting in the need to site
infrastructure in or near a natural habitat, these guidelines are to be used.
According to the World Bank Operation Policy (OP) 4.04 on Natural Habitats33, the
conservation of natural habitats is essential for long-term sustainable development.
Therefore a precautionary approach to natural resource management is required. The policy
on natural habitats contains two major provisions with respect to biodiversity conservation
and EA.
1. It prohibits Bank involvement in projects, which involve significant conversion or
degradation of critical natural habitats. These include: existing protected areas and
adjoining or linked areas or resources (such as water sources) on which the protected
areas depend; and sites identified as meriting protection.
2. Secondly, where natural habitats outside protected areas are within a project’s area
of influence, the project must not convert them significantly unless,
There are no feasible alternatives
The EA demonstrates that benefits substantially outweigh the costs
Mitigation measures acceptable to the Bank are implemented, which would
normally include support for one or more compensatory protected areas that are
ecologically similar to, and no smaller than, the natural habitats adversely
affected by the project
Guidelines for Planning and Design
To minimize the adverse impact on the ecology of the natural habitats, selection of
alignment should be in consultation with and agreed to by the State Forest
Department.
The designated officer of the Forest Department must accompany the project’s
design team while identifying project design and alternative locations/designs.
Inventory of ecological features and concerns must be carried out jointly with the
designated forest official from the Forest Department.
In case consultations with the forest officials and the transact walk identify the need
for further studies, they must be undertaken
Based upon the consultations, transact walk, review of information and data and any
studies that may have been conducted required mitigation and management plan
needs to be made.
For all sites located in natural habitats, the nature, type and magnitude of impact
from infrastructure siting must be identified before appropriate management and
mitigation actions are developed and incorporated in the project design, construction
and operation and management stage.
33N atural habitats are land and w ater areas w here (i) the ecosystem s’ biological com m unities are form ed largely
by native plant and anim al sp ecies, and (ii) hum an activity has not essentially m od ified the areas prim ary
ecological functions.
199
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Both terrestrial and aquatic habitats must be considered while identifying natural
habitats.
A precautionary approach should be used while developing mitigation and
management measures for working or infrastructure design in the area. These
include; but are not limited to,
To the extent possible all pipes to be sited within the right or way of roads and other
infrastructure network where the area has already been cleared
In case not possible, routes that create the least disturbance to wildlife, the habitat
and result in minimum damage to the local vegetation (including trees) should be
adopted.
Designs should try and minimise clearance of vegetation or tree cutting
The design should identify all possible animal corridors and migratory routes and
avoid them. For all animal corridors pipelines should be laid below the ground.
In case it is not possible to avoid elephant corridors all infrastructure needs to be
underground, with pipes at a minimum of 2 metres below ground level.
No work should be undertaken during species migration or other high activity
period for animals in the area
All breeding grounds and other important habitats, for both fauna and flora must be
avoided while designing infrastructure
The design should identify appropriate time for working in the area – so as not to
disturb breeding and other important period in the area
The design should identify if any labour security other issues are important and
ensure that these are well taken into account as a part of the project needs and
identified for construction
contract
Contents of a Natural Habitat Management Plan
Required drainage and
erosion management ▫ Background: Project Description, describing the project
actions that may be background along with project objective and benefits.
▫ Policy, legal & Administrative framework: highlighting the
required according to the
institutional setting and legal framework along with the
site must be identified and
clearance required for the project.
designed in the plan
▫ Baseline environmental / ecological profile highlighting the
Any machinery etc to be existing scenario along the infrastructure area and route
used should be identified ▫ Analysis of Alternatives describing design alternatives and
to create minimum analyze them to evaluate best fit option.
disturbance, and if ▫ Identification and Assessment of Impact: adverse impact
required noise buffers be shall be identified and evaluated in compliance with
put in place to ensure this ECoP’s for the best-fit option.
▫ Management Plan describing the avoidance as well as
No alien species either mitigation measures shall be suggested along with the
fauna or flora are to be monitoring and implementation mechanism.
allowed in natural habitats. ▫ Budgetary Provision describing the costs associated with
Also, any indigenous the management measures.
species planned for
plantation activities should be appropriate for the area where the plantation is being
considered and therefore should be a localised plan.
200
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Guidelines for Construction
This section provides a brief set of guidelines for the construction stage of the project. As
required and identified in the project’s detained natural habitat management and mitigation
plan further concerns and issues should also be considered alongside.
Prior to entering a natural habitat and starting work, required permissions should be
taken up and all fee to be submitted and other formalities to be undertaken, should
be completed before commencing work
Construction contractor clauses to ensure that identified mitigation and management
measures are in place must be included in the contractor prior to work starting in
any natural habitat
No construction camps, stockyards etc. should be located within the natural habitat
or within 500m from its boundary.
Contractor in consultation with forest ranger or other appropriate authority will
prepare a schedule of construction in the natural habitat.
Areas for all activities, site plans etc. should be identified and clearly marked in the
habitat prior to starting work. This should include appropriate waste management
and material management systems and the identified systems and plans should be in
place, prior to work starting.
All construction supervisors should be trained to work in the area and for the
management of any emergencies or other difficult situations with emergency
measures clearly identified for workers and insure they are informed
Any safety issues identified in the design for workers must be ensure for the project
Workers must be trained for any actions and precautionary measures they need to
undertake and be informed about rules on how to work in the area, as identified as a
part of the project design. In case some safety equipment and gear is required to be
used by workers in the area, they must be trained prior to work commencing
The construction contractor and supervisors must be in constant contact with the
Forest Department official in charge of the area to ensure any unforeseen impacts are
mitigated in time.
There will be no material procurement for construction, for labour camps etc from
within the natural habitat shall be strictly prohibited
No water resources within the natural habitat shall be used for construction.
Use of mechanized equipment shall be kept minimal within the natural habitat.
Contractor must ensure that there will be no parking of vehicles machine and
equipment within the natural habitat.
Waste disposal in or near the natural habitat will be prohibited.
Operation and Maintenance
Apart from site specific concerns and those identified in the management and mitigation
plan for the area given below are a few concerns which must also be considered
Since there will be a need for post construction O&M for the project, required
permits etc should be kept up to date.
201
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
When there is a need to go into the natural habitat, prior permission and consents
should be taken and required information given to the officer in-charge of the area
Nobody workers etc should be allowed to stay overnight in the area, if work is not
completed and all precautions for the area as identified as a part of the construction
phase must also be adhered to for any repair and management activities
202
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 15 Guidelines for protecting surface
water supply source and ensuring sustainability
While tapping surface water especially in case of small rivulets, one of the key issues
that needs to be addressed is the percentage of source discharge required to be
tapped. The proportion to be tapped will depend on the other uses to which the
water is being used now. If no other competing use of the water exists, about 1/3rd of
the lean period supply must be left to sustain the downstream ecology.
If possible a small well be dug or a 4 or 5 m. long 4‛ diameter perforated pipe be laid
along the stream at about 60 cm below ground and then connect it to the pipe taking
water to the village. In this way cleaner water from the sand bed will be tapped.
In case of streams being used as source, the banks upto a few meters (say 10 m.)
above tapping points be fenced to check any anthropogenic disturbance.
If possible a few check dams be made in the stream above the collection point to
increase the water soaking and it will also improve the quality of water.
For wider streams, spurs will help instead of check-dams.
Catchment area treatment will be done.
The contamination, pollution and any degradation of the quality of water supply
sources have damaging effects on health, well-being and economy, as well as on the
general environment. The careful selection of the surface water supply source and its
protection, are most important measures for preventing the spread of water borne
enteric diseases.
Water, being an essential of life, is one of the most valuable resources of man.
Therefore, everyone has a natural right to safe, acceptable quality water for drinking,
culinary and other domestic uses.
The water supplier, an individual, a utility or the municipality, has a natural right to
good quality raw water.
The responsibility for preventing and abating pollution and contamination of raw
water sources rests with those who discharge, directly or indirectly, waste products
into the water sources or the land, as well as with those who cause unacceptable land
use conditions within the watershed.
All water and land users are responsible for taking effective action to identify and
reduce to the lowest practical level pollution of surface water sources.
All levels of government and regional planning and water resources agencies must
coordinate their efforts in managing, regulating and monitoring surface water
resources.
Land, water and air are interrelated resources, and planning for their protection,
management and use must consider their mutual impacts and influences in an
integrated manner.
Where reasonable access to other water bodies is available, public water supply
source must not be used for recreational purposes.
203
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Primary body contact such as swimming and wading must not be allowed in water
supply sources.
Distribution or equalizing reservoirs from which water is supplied directly to the
public requires the strict controls and must under no circumstances be used for any
type of recreation.
Control of the quality of surface water supply sources (including catchments basins,
impoundments and distribution reservoirs) is imperative to facilitate the effective
and economical production of safe, adequate and aesthetically acceptable water for
domestic uses, and to enhance the economic value of the water for municipal and
industrial purposes.
Surface Water Supply Source Monitoring and Inspection Considerations
Watershed Inspection
Physical Conditions within the watershed, near reservoirs, in relation to erosion,
sedimentation, silt movement, Floating solids, debris, oil, grease, algal mats
Excessive vegetative growth, unusually enriched growth of green grass (indicative of
sewage contamination, e.g., by failure of septic tanks)
Changes to water course path or conditions
Slumping, terrain heaving, drift wood etc
Waste Disposal
Solid wastes dumping
Oil drums, large chemical containers, other unwarranted
Industrial and household materials, equipment, appliances, and goods
Liquid waste discharges including septic tank effluents (pumpouts)
Land Use
Changes in site use (number of people, additions to buildings, repairs or additions to
septic systems).
Activities in watershed-recreation, waste disposal on land and injection wells,
construction, forestry operations etc.
Industrial storage facilities for fuels or chemicals.
Aerial spraying of pesticides or weed control agents within or surrounding the
watershed.
Condition of any road crossing, causeways, beaches, slopes, etc.
Grazing of domesticated animals (cattle, sheep, horses) and condition of the yards.
Utilization of transportation corridors for the movement of materials which may
result in contamination should an accident occur.
204
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 16 Guidelines for Public and worker’s
health and safety
These guidelines identify possible hazards and the management and mitigation actions for
both workers in the various project stages on site and public who may be in the vicinity of
the activities.
Pre-construction stage
To ensure the safety, health and reduce possible conflicts with public, the PHED/DPMU and
the construction contractor need to provide information on the construction activities to the
public in the area. This should include:
Location of construction camps, borrow areas and new quarry areas.
Extent of work
Time of construction
Diversions, if any
Precaution measures in sensitive areas
Involvement of local labours in the road construction
Health issues - water stagnation, exposure to dust, communicable disease
Mechanism for grievances
The Contractor must educate the workers to undertake the health and safety precautions.
The contractor needs to educate the workers on:
Personal safety measures and location of safety devices.
Interaction with the host community
Protection of environment with respect to:
Trampling of vegetation and cutting of trees for cooking
Restriction of activities in forest areas and also on hunting
Water bodies protection
Storage and handling of materials
Disposal of construction waste
Construction Stage
During construction all measures as identified in the bid document will be followed for the
safety and health of the construction workers and the neighbourhood. Additionally, safety
needs at the construction site would include,
Personal safety equipment (such as footwear and gloves) for the workers
Other provisions required:
o Adequate lighting arrangement
o Adequate drainage system to avoid any stagnation of water
205
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
o Lined surface with slope 1:40 (V:H) and provision of lined pit at the bottom, at
the storage site for chemicals and oil and at the location of the generator used for
provision of energy.
o Also, as required grease trap will be made.
o Facilities for administering first aid
The construction contractor will ensure public safety and comfort by
o Scheduling of construction work based upon sowing, harvesting and local
festival needs
o All the cautionary signs as per IRC: 67-2001 and traffic control devices (such as
barricades, etc.) to be put in
place as soon as construction First Aid and Safety System
activity get started and to be The first aid kit should have a clearly marked red
kept in place till the activities cross on all sides and be white in color.
The minimum contents of the kit would include
get completed.
▫ 6 small sterilized dressings
Following case specific measures ▫ 3 medium and large sterilized dressings
need to be followed during the ▫ 1 (30 mm bottle) containing 2% solution of
progress of the activity: iodine
o In case of blasting, the ▫ 1 (30 mm bottle) containing an injury
Contractor must follow The disinfectant
Explosives Rules, 1983 ▫ 1 snakebite lancet
▫ 1 pair of sterilized scissors
o During construction in the ▫ 1 copy of the Government of India, Factory
settlement, the contractor Services and Labor institute leaflet
must ensure there shall not be ▫ 100 tablets of aspirin/painkiller
any unauthorized parking as ▫ Burn ointments
well as storage of material, ▫ Surgical antiseptic solution
adjacent to road. Appropriate arrangements for emergencies and
o Approved chemicals should taking injured to hospitals should be made at the
be sprayed to prevent site
breeding of mosquitoes and Trained health personal at the site during
other disease-causing working hours
organisms, at all the water
logging areas
The DPMU/PHED will need to carry out periodic inspections in order to ensure that
all the measures are being undertaken according to what has been agreed in the
contract.
206
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 17 Terms of Reference for the
Environmental Specialist, SPMU
Objective
The objective of hiring of Environment Specialist is to ensure adequate management of
environmental safeguards aspects of the project, as detailed in the EA-EMF and the same is
implemented. In order to ensure effective implementation of the EMF and provide guidance
on environmental issues of the project, the SWSM intends to deploy a full time Environment
Specialist
Scope of work
The scope of work for the Environment Specialist to be positioned in the SPMU, will
comprise the following tasks:
Work closely with the project implementing agencies (Contractors and Consultants)
and provide advice on the environmental aspects to be considered during design and
implementation of sub- projects.
Review the EDS format and Environmental Assessments (EA) and other related
documents with regard to their compliance with the EMF and approve the same.
Identify environmental issues related to sub-projects, asses the adequacy of
management measures and provide necessary guidance to the consultants and
contractors in improving the environment management quality.
Co-ordinate with and provide necessary support in securing regulatory clearances
such as Environment and Forest Clearances or consents from the PCB and other
agencies.
Carry out periodic visits to sub-project implementation sites to monitor as well as to
provide onsite guidance to the contractors on the implementation of respective sub-
project Environmental Management Plans (EMPs), if any, and other aspects of the
EMF.
Participate in the progress review meetings of the SPMU and provide advice on
environmental aspects of the respective sub-projects during implementation.
Prepare quarterly progress reports on environment management and forward the
same to The World Bank for necessary approval / clearance.
Co-ordinate with the Consultants, Environmental Auditors and other consultants /
agencies of the project (employed by the SPMU) and ensure that the environmental
aspects related to the task of respective agencies are performed as per the EMF ;
Maintain a data base in a standard form, on the status of various environmental
activities of (EDS reports, clearances, compliances, EA reports, progress reports,
Monitoring data, etc.) and update the same on regular basis.
Prepare and submit periodic progress reports to the SWSM/ SPMU and the quarterly
progress reports the World Bank, on all the aspects related to environmental
management in RWSS-LIS;
207
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Function as a single-point contact at the SPMU and for other external agencies,
including The World Bank, and provide all support on environmental matters of
RWSSP-LIS;
Follow up with the other agencies in addressing various environmental safeguard
actions agreed during the World Bank Missions from time to time, and provide
timely update to the SPMU and the Bank.
Qualification and Experience
The Consultant shall be an environment professional with post-graduation in
Environmental Engineering/ Planning /Science and 10 years of experience in environmental
management. At least 5 years of the above experience shall include carrying out
Environmental Assessment (EA/EIAs), preparation of Environmental Management Plans
(EMPs) and management of environmental issues in rural water and sanitation projects.
Reporting and Deliverables
The Consultant shall report to the Executive Director, SPMU, RWSSP-LIS and shall provide
outputs by way of monthly reports, technical supervision reports, reviews on various
documents and other environmental matters related to the project.
208
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 18 Formats for Environmental Data
Sheets (EDS)
A. EDS for Water Supply
General
Name of the Village:
Gram Panchayat:
Block:
District:
Type of scheme:
Water source
Water quality
Is water sample collected?
Test result:
Date of visit:
Source location
1. Location of the water source:
2. Type of water source:
3. Is the scheme site located in a forest area/ecologically sensitive (National Park.
Wildlife Sanctuary) area?
4. Land acquisition: Govt land or private land?
For groundwater source
1. What is the type of aquifer?
2. Total depth of well (metres)
3. Depth to groundwater table (Summer and Winter)
4. Is the groundwater tapping in safe zone (classified based on exploitation)?
5. Type of aquifer
6. If there is water sustainability issue, that are the steps taken for source
augmentation
In case of hand pump
1. What is the distance of this source from the nearest leach pit of any existing
sanitation facility? (It should be more than 15 metres)
2. Is the nearest latrine on a ground higher than hand pump?
3. Is there any other source of pollution within 10m of hand pump
4. Is the drainage poor causing stagnant water within 2 m of hand pump?
5. Total depth of well (meters)
6. Is a concrete mat (of at least 75 cm radius) planned around the bore well?
7. Is the cement floor less than 1m wide round the hand pump ?
209
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
8. Are there any cracks on the cement floor around the hand pump ?
In case of piped water
1. Is there any leakage in the distribution pipe between standpost(s) and the
reservoir?
2. Is the inspection cover on the reservoir unsanitary?
3. Is there leakage in the reservoir?
4. Is the reservoir water unchlorinated?
5. Is pressure low in any part of the distribution system? In case of water quality
problems, what are the steps taken for water treatment?
Water Quality
1. Is the water acceptable? (enclose the water quality test report)
2. If not acceptable, mention the type of water quality problem
3. Is there any chemical impurity present? Give details.
4. If the water is to be treated, mention the treatment process
5. What is the frequency planned for testing water for
bacteriological/physical/chemical contamination?
6. What is the frequency planned for testing residual chlorine?
7. What is the frequency planned for sanitary inspection? (should be 4
times/year)
8. In case of surface water sources, is there dumping of effluents/sewerage into
the surface water
9. How will the sludge and other residue from the water treatment plant be
disposed?
In case of surface water source
1. Will the scheme result in land erosion?
2. Is the surface water source sustainable?
3. Is there flood problem in the area, what measures are taken to handle
waterlogging?
4. Will the pipes go through forest, environmentally sensitive area(s)?
5. Did the river change course during the last ten years?
6. Is there an alternative/back up source (e.g. groundwater source) planned?
210
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
B. EDS for Rainwater Harvesting
General
Village:
Gram Panchayat:
Block:
District:
Type of scheme:
Water source
Water quality
Is water sample collected?
Test result:
Date of visit:
Structure
1. Type of RWH structure
2. Intended use of rain water
Maintenance
1. What is the planned frequency of conducting maintenance check and cleaning
of the RWH system?
2. What is the planned frequency of cleaning storage tank? (recommended at
end of dry season, before the first rain)
3. What is the distance of the RWH Structure from the nearest borewell? (should
be 15 m away)
Household rooftop RWH structure
1. Is there any contamination of the roof catchment area ? (e.g. Plants, din or
excreta)
2. Is there any deficiency in the filter box at the tank inlet ? (e.g. lacks fine
gravel)
3. Is there any other point to entry to the tank, which is not properly covered ?
4. Is there any leakage in the water tank?
5. Does the water collection area have sufficient drainage facility?
6. Is there any source of pollution (e.g. excreta, sewage etc.) around the tank or
water collection area?
7. Is there any possibility of contaminated water flowing into the RWH
structure?
211
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
C. EDS for Sewerage Schemes
General
Village:
Gram Panchayat:
Block:
District:
Type of scheme:
Water source
Water quality
Is water sample collected?
Test result:
Date of visit:
Location
1. Is the scheme site located in a forest area/ecologically sensitive (National Park,
Wildlife Sanctuary) area?
2. Are any trees likely to be cut at the location for construction of the scheme?
3. Type of soil and substrata
4. Type of aquifer
5. Depth to groundwater table during summer and winter
Structure
1. What is the type of sewage treatment proposed?
2. Land acquisition type: Govt. land (including Forest Land or private land?
3. What is the extent of land required for the STP?
4. What is the mode of disposal of treated effluent and plans for the reuse of
effluent (if any)?
5. How will the sludge and other residue be disposed?
212
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
D. EDS for Sanitation Schemes
General
Village:
Gram Panchayat:
Block:
District:
Type of scheme:
Water source
Water quality
Is water sample collected?
Test result:
Date of visit:
Location
1. Are any trees likely to be cut at the location for construction of the scheme? If
yes, mention the number of trees.
2. Type of soil, and substrata
3. Depth to groundwater table during summer and winter
4. Is a shallow aquifer used as source for drinking water supply in the
habitation?
5. Is a minimum distance of 10 m maintained between the pits and the nearest
drinking water sources?
Structure (For ISL)
1. Type and number of ISL proposed
2. What are the precautions taken to prevent groundwater contamination?
3. In case of high ground water table, is raising of platform, bottom sealing of pit
and earth filling outside along sides of pit planned?
4. In case of flood prone area, is raising of platform and earth filling outside
along sides of pit planned?
5. In case of loose soils, is lining of pits with perforated cement rings planned?
6. In case of soils with high permeability, is earth filling around rings with
denser soil planned?
7. Is an awareness programme for prospective users on proper use and
maintenance of the IHLs being planned?
8. What is the expected cleaning interval of pits?
9. What is the method of disposal of materials from pits?
213
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
E. EDS for Storm water / Sullage Drainage Scheme
General
Village:
Gram Panchayat:
Block:
District:
Type of scheme:
Water source
Water quality
Is water sample collected?
Test result:
Date of visit:
Location
1. Current sullage disposal practice and status
2. Type of soil, substrate, aquifer
3. Is any component of the scheme located in a forest area?
Structure
1. Are any trees likely to be cut at the location for construction of the scheme? If
yes, mention the number of trees.
2. Depth to groundwater table during summer and winter
3. What are the precautions taken to prevent groundwater contamination from
sullage?
4. What is the proposed length of drain?
5. How will the maintenance of the drains be conducted?
6. What is the treatment proposed for the sullage?
7. What is the elevation of the drain in relation to the road.
G. EDS for Community Solid Waste Management
General
Village:
Gram Panchayat:
Block:
District:
Type of scheme:
Water source
Water quality
214
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Waste Management
1. Current solid waste disposal practice and status
2. Type of soil, substrate, aquifer
3. Is any component of the scheme located in a forest area?
4. Depth to groundwater in summer and winter
5. What is the expected quantity of solid waste generation per day? (tons)
6. What is the expected quantity of biodegradable waste (waste that can be
composted) per day? (tons)
7. What is the expected quantity of non-biodegradable waste (waste that can not
be composted) per day? (tons)
8. Is segregation of wastes at household level (into biodegradable and non-
biodegradable wastes) being planned?
9. How will the household waste be collected?
10. Are the community waste bins planned to be located at least 15 m away from
any water sources?
11. What is the planned frequency of collecting waste (from community bins or
from individual households)?
12. What is the type of composting planned? Underground or overground
13. What part of the non-biodegradable waste will be recycled?
215
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 19 Internal Supervision of the
Completed Schemes
INTERNAL SUPERVISION OF THE COMPLETED SCHEMES
The objectives of the internal supervision of the completed schemes are to check the
adequacy/correctness of EDS, screening and environmental assessment of the Category II
schemes; and check in the field the quality of implementation and effectiveness of the
environmental mitigation measures with reference to the performance indicators.
Scope
Internal supervision will be carried twice a year for about 30% of schemes (as given in table
below) completed in each districts. The supervision will be done by a team of officials
formed from DWSCs of other districts by the Project Support Unit (PSU). Internal
supervision should be done prior to taking up of the external audit.
Sampling of Schemes for Internal supervision
Sampling of schemes for Internal Supervision will be done considering the significance of
the scheme-type to the environment.
The following table indicates the number of samples of each type of scheme that will be
included for internal supervision:
Schemes Batch-1 Batch-2 Batch-3 Total Remarks
SVS Schemes 152 108 56 316
Supervision sample 46 32 17 95 About 30% sample as environmental
impacts are significant
Small MVS Schemes 3 6 1 10
Supervision sample 1 2 1 4 About 30% sample as environmental
impacts are significant
Large MVS Schemes 1 3 - 4
Supervision sample 1 1 0 2 About 30% sample as environmental
impacts are significant
216
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Guidelines for Internal supervision:
A. Documents to be referred to prior to and during the Supervision visit:
Filled in EDS of the scheme type
Filled in Checklist for Environmental Assessment of the Category II Schemes (if
applicable)
Scheme specific supervision checklist given in Annexures 19 and 21.
Format of report of field visits undertaken during supervision given in Annexure 22
B. Process of supervision:
The supervision visit must include the following methodology:
Interaction with JE/AEE
Interaction with SO
Interaction with GPWSC
Field inspection of all components of the scheme under supervision
Interaction with beneficiaries
Photo documentation (highlighting any significant issues)
C. Report of Supervision: For each scheme visited in the supervision, a separate report
should be prepared as per the format given in Annexure 22. The report must be submitted to
the DPMU for action. A copy must be sent by the DPMU to the SPMU for reference.
217
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 20 External Audit of the Completed
Schemes
EXTERNAL AUDIT OF THE COMPLETED SCHEMES
Objectives
Objectives of external audit are to verify/check the following:
To check the adequacy/correctness of EDS, screening and environmental evaluation
of the Category II schemes;
To check in the field the quality of implementation and effectiveness of the
environmental mitigation measures with reference to the performance indicators.
To assess the effectiveness of supervision and capacity building initiatives
undertaken as part of the EMF
Scope
External audit will be carried once in a year for about 15% (as given in the table below) of all
schemes completed in each district. The audit will also conduct a desk review to verify
whether the environmental assessments procedures are followed correctly. The external
audit will be done by an external agency appointed by the SPSU.
Sampling of Schemes for External Audit
Sampling of schemes for External Audit will be done considering the significance of the
scheme-type to the environment. The following table indicates the number of samples of
each type of scheme that will be included in the supervision:
Schemes Batch-1 Batch-2 Batch-3 Total Remarks
SVS 152 108 56 316
Schemes
Supervision 23 17 9 49 About 15% sample as environmental impacts
sample are significant
Small MVS 3 6 1 10
Schemes
Supervision 1 1 1 3 About 15% sample as environmental impacts
sample are significant
Large MVS 1 3 - 4
Schemes
Supervision 1 1 0 2 About 15% sample as environmental impacts
sample are significant
50% of the schemes taken up for external audit will be selected on the above basis from the
schemes already supervised internally to assess the effectiveness of internal supervision.
Documents to be referred to prior to and during the External Audit:
EA/EMF of the RWSS schemes
218
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Reports of all supervision reports
List of performance indicators (Annexure 23)
Reports of previous External Audits (if applicable)
Reports of all capacity building programs related to the EMF
For the specific schemes selected for field visits:
Filled in EDS of the scheme-type
Filled in Checklist for Environmental Assessment of the Category II Schemes (if
applicable)
Report of any previous internal supervision visit undertaken to the scheme (if
applicable)
Scheme-specific audit checklist given in Annexures 20 and 21
Format of report of field visits undertaken during audit given in Annexure 22
Process of External Audit
The audit include the following methodology:
Interaction with the SPSU and at least 30% of the DPSUs
Desk review of all relevant EMF documents (mentioned in A)
For the specific schemes selected for field visits:
o Interaction with AEE/EE
o Interaction with SO
o Interaction with GPWSC
o Field inspection of all components of the scheme under supervision
o Interaction with beneficiaries
o Photo documentation (highlighting any significant issues)
Report of Audit: A detailed report of the external audit as per the format given in
Annexure 22 must be submitted to the SPSU for action. The report must include the
following:
Description of methodology including details of sampling
Review of the following (implementation and issues):
Effectiveness of the environmental assessment system in identifying issues and
implementing appropriate mitigation measures
Institutional arrangements for implementation of the EMF
Capacity building on the EMF
Responsiveness of EMF to emerging environmental concerns
Overall environmental performance of the PHED with respect to the performance
indicators (Annexure 23)
Recommendations for strengthening the EMF
Individual reports of the field visits undertaken as per the Annexure 22 (Sample
Report of Field Visits Undertaken during Internal Supervision / External Audit).
219
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 21 Check list for Environmental
Supervision/Audit
CHECKLIST FOR SUPERVISION/AUDIT OF WATER SUPPLY SCHEMES
Groundwater sources
Construction
Well construction:
Total depth of well.
Type of casing: diameter, material and length from surface.
Screen or perforations: diameter, material, locations and lengths.
Formation seal: Material (cement, sand, bentonite, etc.), depth intervals,
annular thickness and method of placement.
Protection
Protection of well at top: presence of sanitary well seal, casing height above ground
or flood level, protection of well from erosion and animals.
Is there any source of contamination within 15 m radius from the well?
Is direct runoff of rain water into bore well sources prevented?
Is a concrete mat of sufficient thickness for 75 cm radius around the bore well
provided to seal the outer periphery of the bore well with the casing pipe raised 60
cm above ground level?
Is rainwater harvesting and recharge structure located within 15 m of the bore well
subject to direct contamination of the source?
Is there any soak pit for the disposal of effluent from septic tank or other sanitation
facility is within 15 m radius from the bore well of water supply source subject to
direct contamination?
Is there any sand mining in the river bed within a radius of 500 m from the wells?
Water Oualitv
Is there any unsafe supply available, usable in place of normal supply, hence
involving danger to the public health?
What is the type of disinfection arrangement provided? Is the test kit provided for
testing residual chlorine?
What is the monthly consumption of bleaching powder?
Surface water sources
Protective measures in connection with the use of watershed to control fishing,
boating, swimming, wading, permitting animals on marginal shore areas and in or
upon the water etc.
Treatment of water: kind and adequacy of equipment; duplication of parts;
effectiveness of treatment; adequacy of supervision and testing; contact period after
disinfection; free chlorine residuals carried.
Pumping facilities: pump house, pump capacity and standby units, storage facilities.
220
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Rainwater Harvesting Structures
• Are the rainwater harvesting (RWH) structures site specific closer to the source but 15m
away from the bore well?
• Whether the location of the RWH structures was certified by the hydrogeologist of the
PHED department?
• Whether the RWH structure was implemented before the onset of the monsoon'?
Water Quantity
• Any register maintained to record daily water supply to the habitation?
• What are the average, maximum and minimum daily water supplies to the community
for each month?
• What is average per capita water supply for each month?
• What is the duration of supply?
Water Quality
Are water quality monitoring is being done as per protocol?
Are records of water quality tests are maintained in a register?
What are the parameters tested and the frequency of testing?
Is the residual chlorine test carried out daily?
What is the number of days in a month that the residual chlorine is absent?
Analyze the results and report what percentage of the results are complying with the
drinking water standards.
CHECKLIST OF SUPERVISION / AUDIT OF SANITATION SCHEMES
Sanitation Coverage
Details of existing toilets in the habitation with types and categories
Number of latrines constructed prior to project =
Number of latrines constructed under the project =
Population having access to toilets = {(Number of latrines constructed prior to project+
number of latrines constructed under the project)/Population of the habitation)}*100%
Structure
Is the junction chamber of the toilet constructed with proper slope?
Are the leach pits properly connected and covered with pre-cast slab?
Is the facility for cleaning linked to soak pit?
Selection
Whether the selection of the toilet is appropriate to the substrata and groundwater
table?
Operation and Maintenance
What is the condition of the toilet (including pan and fixtures such as doors)?
Has the pan been cleaned after fixing and is free of cement droppings?
221
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Is the toilet and its surrounding area clean?
Are the toilets being used?
Is water supply available for the toilet?
Are the people adopting the hygienic practices (such as cleaning hands after using
toilets)?
What is the volume of the pit filled?
CHECKLIST OF SUPERVISION/AUDIT OF SANITATION SCHEMES
Sullage/ Drainage Coverage
Details of existing sullage/drainage in the habitation with types and categories
Details of existing sullage/drainage in the habitation with types and categories
Number of sullage systems (open+covered) constructed prior to project =
Number of sullage systems (open+covered) under World Bank project =
Percentage population having access to sullage/drainage = {(Number of sullage systems
constructed prior to project+ number of sullage systems constructed under the WB
project)/Population of the habitation)}*100%
Structure
Is the drain designed for the project population?
Is the drain having proper slope and shape to maintain free flow without silting?
Are there silt traps at the household connection and at the junctions?
Is this drainage linked treatment facility?
Selection
Whether the selection of the pipe material appropriate to village population and soil
conditions?
Operation and Maintenance
What is the condition of the drain (including manholes and treatment facility)?
Is there is any pooling water in the open drains?
Is there any mosquito breeding in the manholes and open drains?
Do the Gram Panchayat has equipment for cleaning the drains?
CHECKLIST OF SUPERVISION I AUDIT OF SANITATION SCHEMES
Soak Pits Coverage
Details of existing soak pits in the habitation
Soak pits existing prior to projects =
Soak pits constructed under the WB Project =
Population using soak pits = {(Number of soak pits constructed prior to project+ number of
soak pits constructed under the WB project)/Population of the habitation)}*100%
222
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Structure
Is the soak pit filled with ballast/ boulders or brick bats?
Is the soak pit filled with filter sand on top?
Is there a pot with a holes attached to out let pipe to collect grit and debris?
Is the soil permeable?
Selection
Whether the selection of the soak pit as choice made based on the local soil
conditions?
Operation and Maintenance
Is the soak pit cleaned every fortnight/ month?
Is the filter media being cleaned on a regular basis?
Is there dirty water around the soak pit? Is the soak pit overflowing?
Is there any mosquito breeding around the soak pit?
Sanitation Coverage
Details of existing Solid Waste Management systems in the habitation with types and
categories
Category Vermicomposting Total
Existing prior to projects E
Constructed under the Project P
Grand total
Operation and Maintenance
What is the temperature in the vermicompost pit (range 20 to 30°c)?
Is there too much of water in the vermicompost plant?
Is the compost being turned?
Are there any solid inorganic objects or metals in the compost?
Are there any ants, cockroaches, etc. around the plant?
223
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 22 Sample Field Visit Reports for
Internal Supervision /External Audit
Name and designation of team members
Dates of the visit:
1.
2.
3.
Name of district:
Name of Block:
Name of Gram Panchayat:
Name of habitation:
Type and category of scheme:
Brief description of the scheme components:
Has the EDS been filled in and attached to the DSR?
Has the screening been done correctly?
Has the Checklist for Environmental Assessment of Category II Schemes been filled
in properly (if applicable)?
What are the mitigation measures prescribed in the EDS and/or specified in the
Environmental Management Plan?
What is the implementation status of these mitigation measures?
Mitigation measure implemented:
Mitigation measures not implemented:
What environmental concerns were noted during the field visit:
Recommendations for managing the environmental concerns noted:
Did the beneficiaries of the scheme receive any relevant IEC? Give details of
participation in any training or awareness programme, any communication material
received, etc.
Any other findings:
Signature of GPWSC Signature of AEE/AEE Signature of the Leader of
Member Supervision/Audit Team
224
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 23 Environmental Performance
Indicators
Water Quantity
No. of habitations with availability of at least 40 Lpcd of drinking water during the
year as a percentage of total project habitations completed,
No. of habitations which have now been provided an alternative sustainable source
as a percentage of total project habitations previously depending on critical and
overexploited basins
No. of wells providing sustainable yield (throughout the year) as a percentage of
total wells constructed in the project
No. of functional rainwater harvesting structures as a percentage of total rainwater
harvesting structures supported by the project
Water Quality
No. of habitations which were dependent on NSS (excess fluoride, brackishness, etc.)
that have now been provided a safe water source as a percentage of project-covered
NSS habitations
No. of habitations with bacterial/chemical contamination in drinking water supplies
as a percentage of total project habitations
No. of habitations with no residual chlorine levels at the public taps as percentage of
project habitations
No. of project habitations with disinfection facility as percentage of total project
habitations
Environmental Sanitation
Number (and %) of households and institutions with access to safe sanitation
facilities Number (and %) of households and institutions with regular use of
sanitation facilities
Number of habitations with solid waste management including composting as
percentage of all project habitations
Number of habitations with liquid waste management including drainage and safe
disposal of sullage as percentage of all project habitations
Percentage of length of street/roads in project habitations provided with storm
Water/sullage drains
Institutional Arrangements and Capacity Building
No. of districts with DRPs to anchor responsibility of EMF implementation as
percentage of all project districts
No. of project staff at state, district and block levels trained in EMF as a percentage of
all project staff at each level
No. of community institutions (VWSCs and SLCs) that participated in IEC
programmes conducted on EMF as a percentage of all community institutions
225
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
involved in the project
Number of external audits conducted as against the target number of audits for the
project
226
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 24 Ground water quality scenario from
the surveyed districts34
Summary of monthly water quality test reports for Begusarai district
Iron Fluoride Nitrate TDS Arsenic Arsenic
Month & No. of MPN/100
(mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) >0.01 (mg/l)
year Samples ml
>1.0 > 1.5 > 45.0 > 2000 to <0.05 > 0.05
Apr-12 208 123 -- -- -- -- -- --
May-12 195 169 -- -- -- 115 -- --
Jun-12 208 168 -- -- -- 36 1 --
Jul-12 104 79 -- -- -- 15 -- --
Aug-12 203 138 -- -- 54 -- -- --
Sep-12 204 62 -- -- -- -- -- --
Oct-12 204 134 -- 1 -- 81 1 --
Nov-12 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Dec-12 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Jan-13 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
34 Data source: PHED, Patna
227
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Summary of Monthly water quality Test Reports for Nawada district
Iron Fluoride Nitrate TDS Arsenic Arsenic
Month No. of MPN/100
(mg/l) (mg/l) > (mg/l) > (mg/l) > (mg/l) >0.01 (mg/l) >
& year Samples ml
>1.0 1.5 45.0 2000 to <0.05 0.05
Apr-12 206 -- 89 7 -- -- -- 39
May-12 201 -- 31 5 -- -- -- 34
Jun-12 223 -- 98 5 -- -- -- 49
Jul-12 205 -- 75 -- -- -- -- --
Aug-12 201 -- 79 -- -- -- -- --
Sep-12 205 -- 62 -- -- -- -- --
Oct-12 204 -- 6 1 1 -- -- --
Nov-12 200 2 35 2 3 -- -- --
Dec-12 150 -- 36 -- 1 -- -- --
Jan-13 200 -- 94 -- -- -- -- --
228
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Summary of Monthly water quality Test Reports for Purnia district
Iron Fluoride Nitrate TDS Arsenic Arsenic
Month No. of MPN/100
(mg/l) (mg/l) > (mg/l) > (mg/l) > (mg/l) >0.01 (mg/l) >
& year Samples ml
>1.0 1.5 45.0 2000 to <0.05 0.05
Apr-12 200 194 -- 4 -- -- -- --
May-12 235 230 1 1 -- -- -- --
Jun-12 250 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Jul-12 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Aug-12 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Sep-12 216 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Oct-12 247 2 -- -- -- -- -- --
Nov-12 211 12 -- 1 -- -- -- --
Dec-12 200 176 -- 81 1 -- -- --
Jan-13 200 181 -- 10 1 -- -- --
229
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Summary of Monthly water quality Test Reports for West Champaran district
Iron Fluoride Nitrate TDS Arsenic Arsenic
Month No. of MPN/100
(mg/l) (mg/l) > (mg/l) > (mg/l) > (mg/l) >0.01 (mg/l) >
& year Samples ml
>1.0 1.5 45.0 2000 to <0.05 0.05
Apr-12 53 3 -- -- -- -- -- 6
May-12 55 -- 3 -- -- -- -- --
Jun-12 55 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Jul-12 201 17 -- -- -- -- -- --
Aug-12 107 5 -- -- -- -- -- --
Sep-12 112 1 -- -- -- -- -- --
Oct-12 114 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Nov-12 88 3 -- -- -- -- -- --
Dec-12 60 2 -- -- -- -- -- --
Jan-13 59 3 -- 1 -- -- -- --
230
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 25 Minutes of the stakeholder
consultation meeting
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management
Framework for the State of Bihar
Stakeholder Meeting held on 12 July, 2014
Sambaad Hall
Suchana Bhawan, Patna
Members present:
S.No. Name Designation Organisation E-mail ID Contact No.
1. Mrs Anshuli Arya Principal Secretary PHED,
Government of
Bihar
2. Sri Jay Shankar Engineer in Chief- PHED,
Choudhry cum-Special Government of
Secretary Bihar
3. Sri Srikant Singh Zonal Chief PHED, 9631368978
Engineer, Purnia Government of
Bihar
4. Sri Binod Kumar Zonal Chief PHED,
Singh Engineer, Patna Government of
Bihar
5. Sri Vijay Prakash Zonal Chief PHED, cephedbhagal 9431250467
Engineer, Government of pur@gmail.co
Bhagalpur Bihar m
6. Sri A K Jaiswal Zonal Chief PHED,
Engineer, Government of
Muzaffarpur Bihar
7. Sri D P Singh Director, SPMU PHED, dineshwar.195 9431632566
Government of 8
Bihar @rediffmail.co
m
8. Mr Shivanandan Sirpur 9709044242
Mohato Panchayat,
Begusarai
9. Mr Abdus Samad Project Supervisor SPMU asnaiyar@gma 7277054905
il.com
10. Mr Vivek Shukla Project Supervisor SPMU shukla.vivek.0 9334266140
1@gmail.com
231
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
11. Mr Sanyog Kumar Assistant Director SPMU Sanju.civilrock 8242562020
s@gmail.com
12. Mr Sheela Devi Mukhiya Chiroura, 9631316961
Patna
13. Mr Satish Kumar Block-Coordinator DWSC, Mastersatish8 9507875941
Begusarai 3@gmail.com
14 Mr Amit Kumar Block Coordinator DWSC, amit1980@gm 9905427748
Munger ail.com
15. Ms Poonam A.E. PHED, Design, PHED, poonam369@y 9430933763
Div. - 6 ahoo.co.uk
16. Mr Suman Kumar SDO, Masrakh, PHED sumankumar0 9905524963
Saron 3@gmail.com
17. Mr Devendra Executive Engineer, PHED devendra@gm 9934290220
Prasad P.H. Div. Munger ail.com
18. Mr Vivek Kumar A.E, Patna East PHED Vivek.192006@ 9973656164
yahoo.com
19. Dr Girija Bharat Area Convenor TERI Girija.bharat@ 9650740869
teri.res.in
20. Dr Debashish Fellow TERI debashish.gos 8285004553
Goswami wami@teri.res.
in
21. Dr Nabaneeta Project Manager Mott Mac nabaneeta.rud 9818642805
Rudra Donald ra@mottmec.c
om
22. Parmanand E.E. PH Division PHED 9431225160
Prasad Purnia
23. Debabrata Assistant Professor Chandragupt Debabrata_sa 9304440983
Samanta Institute of manta@Yahoo.
Management, co.in
Patna
24. Mr Vijaya Associate Professor Chandragupt Vijaya- 7870774583
Bhandyopadhyay Institute of bandyopadhy
a Management, aya@yahoo.co
Patna m
25. Mr Shireesh Assistant Professor Chandragupt shireesh@cimp 7766918680
Institute of .ac.in
Management,
Patna
26. Mr B L Mishra Principal Research Chandragupt Babu- 9431268510
Coordinator Institute of lal.mishra@gm
Management, ail.com
Patna
27. Mr Rajesh Pd. Executive Engineer P.H. Division, eephed.bihars 9430284177
Sinha Bihar Sharif harif@gmail.co
m
232
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
28. Mr Manzoor Executive Engineer P.H. Divn. eephedbeg@ya 9431887386
Naseer Begusarai hoo.co.in
29. Mr A P Ranjan S E. Purnia PHED, Purnia Sephedpurnia 8084045828
242282@gmail.
com
30. Mr Nripendra Environment SPMU, BSWSM nripendrakrsi 9471051839
Kumar Singh Specialist ngh@yahoo.co
m
31 Mr Krishna Deo Mukhiya Nehub 9430247797
Prasad Panchayat
32 Mr Vijay Kumar Executive Engineer PHDIV Patna- eephedpatna 9473377188
Srivastava West west@yahoo.c
o.in
33 Mr Amee Ranjan Joint Director SPMU ameesephed@ 9431403009
gmail.com
34 Mr Nagendra D.D.C Munger 9431818368
Kumar Singh
35 Mr J K Jha SPMU 9430286376
36 Mr Niraj Kumar Social SPMU, Patna nirajkrin@gma 8987376844
Development il.com
Specialist
37 Mr Yashwant M&E Specialist, SPMU, Patna Yashvant1@g 9471867523
Kumar Prasad SPMU, Patna mail.com
38 Mr Rishikesh Assistant Director, SPMU rishiatcusat@g 8582014941
Kumar Water mail.com
39 Mr Ranji Prasad Assistant Engineer SPMU R.prasad87@g 9431455902
mail.com
40 Mr Praveen Mukhiya Takunal, 9955611092
Navada
41 Mr Sandeep Assistant Engineer, PHED, 5787.sandeep 8235338433
Kumar Muzaffarpur Muzaffarpur @gmail.com
42 Mr Vinod Prasad Mukhiya
43 Mr Om Prakash U.D.C PHED 9334366042
Jha
44 Mr Rakesh Kumar L.D.C. PHED 9835358809
45 Mr Rammangal Mukhiya Dahila 7739443611
Rai Parbrama,
Muzaffarpur
46 Mr Ishwari Prasad JE, PHED PHED, 7334052393
Muzaffarpur
47 Akash Kumar Nowbalpur
The Stakeholder meeting was presided over by the Engineer in Chief-cum-Special Secretary,
PHED, Bihar Mr. Jay Shankar Choudhry and attended by various senior level
representatives from Government of Bihar, District level functionaries, various Village heads
233
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
(Mukhiya), representatives from NGOs, and research institutions involved in rural water
and sanitation services.
The background of three projects undertaken by three different institutions for PHED was
discussed for the benefit of the various stakeholders and this was followed by presentations
from the three institutions, viz; TERI for Environmental Assessment and Environmental
Management Framework, Chandragupt Institute of Management Patna (CIMP) for
Assessment of Rural Drinking Water Supply Services For The Rural Water Supply and
Sanitation Programme for Bihar, and Mott MacDonald for Social Assessment Including
Capacity Building and Communication Strategy. A background of the presentation made by
TERI is as mentioned below:
Background
The Government of India has introduced the National Rural Drinking Water Program
(NRDWP) in order to address water supply and sanitation problems in rural areas. The
proposed World Bank sponsored scheme uses NRDWP to address the water and sanitation
needs of the four low income states: Assam, Bihar, Jharkhand and Uttar Pradesh. The Bihar
component of this project will be implemented in 10 selected Districts of the State. This task
is being carried out through the State Drinking Water and Sanitation Mission under the
Department of Drinking Water and Sanitation. This RWSS project for low income states is
expected to promote decentralized service delivery arrangements with increased role of the
Panchayati Raj Institution (PRI) and community participation, improved financial
sustainability and enhanced accountability at all levels.
Under the project/study titled ‚Environmental Assessment and Environmental Manageme nt
Framework for the State of Bihar‛ conducted by TERI, an Environmental Assessment (EA)
was conducted and an Environmental Management Framework (EMF) was prepared for the
State of Bihar. This EA-EMF study comprised baseline environment assessment, policy and
legal environment analysis, institutional assessment, environmental issues and impacts
identification, suggestion for mitigation measures, and development of an Environmental
Management Framework. The EMF sets the procedures for sub-project impact assessment,
screening, categorization, management and monitoring, institutional arrangements,
functions and responsibilities for implementation along with identifying a set of indicators
and their monitoring protocol (Figure 1.1).
234
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Figure 1.1 Components of EMF
An analysis of the baseline environmental situation, observations during site visits, Focused
Group Discussions (FGDs), household surveys, as well as discussions with State, District
and GP level functionaries have identified key environmental issues in the rural areas.
Fifteen FGDs were conducted in the four districts such as:
West Champaran (Agro-climatic zone 135)
Purnea (Agro-climatic zone 2)
Begusarai (Agro-climatic zone 2)
Nawada (Agro-climatic zone 3)
The FGDs comprised village heads, Panchayat members, teachers, lawyers, farmers, women
etc. Household surveys were carried out in three villages in each of the selected four districts
to understand the environmental issues in those villages.
The main environmental issues in the villages are water availability, water quality,
sanitation and environmental health, waste disposal (liquid and solid). Water supply is
usually inadequate or disrupted. Bacteriological contamination of surface and ground water
is common. Sanitation facilities are far from being adequate and there is lack of adequate
waste (solid and liquid) disposal systems. The FGDs revealed that there is no awareness
about water conservation and efficient water use practices. There is wastage of precious
water resources. Piped water supply is inadequate in the villages, Water source is
insufficient during winter and water quality is poor in the villages. Open defecation is
35Department of Agriculture, Govt. of Bihar
< http://www.krishi.bih.nic.in/pdf/zones.pdf>
235
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
rampant. There is no solid and liquid waste disposal system in the villages. Solid waste
generated from the households is disposed of in the open space that leads to vector
breeding, and this gets aggravated during the rainy season when rainwater mixes with the
solid waste to further cause contamination and pollution. Environmental Codes of Practices
(ECOPs) have been included in the report for avoiding, mitigating and safeguarding
environmental issues.
After the three presentations, there were detailed discussions and deliberations on the
project findings and implementation plans and time lines. The inputs from the village heads
and the village and GP level functionaries were specifically noted.
236
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Annexure 26 Scenes from the surveyed villages
(Bihar)
Drinking water supply related
1. Village: Sushil Nagar, Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai, Dist: Begusarai
(Scheme: Mini water supply scheme with Iron treatment attachment unit & solar pump)
2. Village: Bhola Khura (Mohanpur tola), Panchayat: Sandhmanjgawn, Block: Sirdala,
District: Nawada (Scheme: Mini water supply scheme with fluoride treatment unit)
3. Village: Banbagh, Panchyat: Banbagh Chunapur, Block: K Nagar, Dist: Purnea (Scheme:
Hand pump scheme)
4. Village: High school tola -Nautan, Panchyat: East Nautan, Block: Nutan, Dist: W.
Champaran (Scheme: RWSS (Rural water supply scheme)
5. Village: Singhpur, Panchyat: Balahpur-1, Block: Matehani, Dist: Begusarai
6. Mini water supply with solar pump & Iron treatment attachment unit (Taps provided
along the boundary wall of the scheme, no pipe lines laid in the village)
237
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
7. Village: Siuri, Panchyat: Manjhaul-4, Block: Cheria Bariyarpur, Dist: Begusarai (Scheme:
Hand pump scheme)
8. Village: Kawakol, Panchyat: Gurgawan, Block: Matihani. Dist: Begusarai (Scheme:
Hand pump)
9. Village: Barbatta, Panchyat: Amour, Block: Baisi, Dist: Purnea (Scheme: Mini water
supply scheme with Iron treatment attachment unit & solar pump)
10. Village: Singhpur, Panchyat: Balahpur-1, Block: Matehani, Dist: Begusarai (Scheme:
Mini water supply with solar pump & Iron treatment attachment unit (Taps provided
along the boundary wall of the scheme, no pipe lines laid in the village)
11. Village: Barbatta, Panchyat: Amour, Block: Baisi, Dist: Purnea (Scheme: Mini water
supply scheme with Iron treatment attachment unit & solar pump)
12. Village: Barbatta, Panchyat: Amour, Block: Baisi, Dist: Purnea (Scheme: Mini water
supply scheme with Iron treatment attachment unit & solar pump)
13. Village: Sushil Nagar, Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai, Dist: Begusarai
238
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Water Quality related
1. Village: Singhpur, Panchyat: Balahpur-1, Block: Matehani, Dist: begusarai (Scheme:
Mini water supply with solar pump & Iron treatment attachment unit)
2. Village: Kachariyadih, Panchyat: Hardia, Block: Rajuli, Dist: Nawada
3. Village: Pali, Panchyat: Pali, Block: Kauakol, Dist: Nawada (Scheme: Mini water
supply system with fluoride treatment system & solar pumps)
4. Village: Sushil nagar, Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai, Dist: Begusarai
239
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Sanitation related
1. Village: Siuri, Panchyat: Manjhaul-4, Block: Cheria Bariyarpur, Dist: Begusarai
2. Village: Dhamdha North, Panchyat: Dhamdha North, Block: Dhamdha, District: Purnea
3. Village: Gohogha Ghat, Panchayat: Ghogha, Block: Chanpatia, Dist: West Champaran
4. Village: Siuri, Panchyat: Manjhaul-4, Block: Cheria Bariyarpur, Dist: Begusarai
240
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Solid waste use and disposal
1. Village: Sushil nagar, Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai, Dist: Begusarai
2. Village: Gorgawah Kawakol Tola, Panchyat: Gorgawah, Block: Matehani, Dist: Begusarai
3. Village: Sushil nagar, Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai, Dist: Begusarai
4. Village: Sushil nagar, Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai, Dist: Begusarai
5. Village: Pali, Panchyat: Pali, Block: Kauakol, Dist: Nawada
6. Village: Siuri, Panchyat: Manjhaul-4, Block: Cheria Bariyarpur, Dist: Begusarai
241
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Liquid waste disposal
1. Village: Khadhar, Panchyat: Kharsari, Block: Kauakol, Dist: Nawada
2. Village: Banbagh, Panchyat: Banbagh Chunapur, Block: K Nagar, Dist: Purnea
3. Village: Khadhar, Panchyat: Kharsari, Block: Kauakol, Dist: Nawada
4. Village: Barbatta, Panchyat: Amour, Block: Baisi, Dist: Purnea
5. Village: Banbagh, Panchyat: Banbagh Chunapur, Block: K Nagar, Dist: Purnea
6. Village: Khap tola - Nautan, Panchyat: West Nautan, Block: Nutal, Dist: W. Champaran
7. Village: Pali, Panchyat: Pali, Block: Kauakol, Dist: Nawada
8. Village: Dhamdha North, Panchyat: Dhamdha North, Block: Dhamdha, District: Purnea
9. Village: Singhpur, Panchyat: Balahpur-1, Block: Matehani, Dist: begusarai
10. Village: Sushil Nagar, Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai, Dist: Begusarai
11. Village: Bhola Khura, Panchyat: Sandhmanjgaon, Block: Sirdala,Dist: Nawada
12. Village: Barbatta, Panchyat: Amour, Block: Baisi, Dist: Purnea
242
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Focused Group Discussions related
1. Village: Barbatta, Panchyat: Amour, Block: Baisi, Dist: Purnea
2. Village: Sushil nagar, Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai, Dist: Begusarai
3. Village: Balua tola-Nautan, Panchayat: East Nautan, Block: Nutan, Dist: W. Champaran
4. Village: Sushil Nagar, Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai, Dist: Begusarai
5. Village: Dhamdha North, Panchyat: Dhamdha North, Block: Dhamdha, District: Purnea
6. Village: Gorgawah Kawakol Tola, Panchyat: Gorgawah, Block: Matehani, Dist: Begusarai
7. Village: Sushil nagar, Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai, Dist: Begusarai
8. Village: Pali, Panchyat: Pali, Block: Kauakol, Dist: Nawada
9. Village: Barbatta, Panchyat: Amour, Block: Baisi, Dist: Purnea
243
Environmental Assessment and Environmental Management Framework for the state of Bihar
Household Surveys
1. Village: Banbagh, Panchyat: Banbagh Chunapur, Block: K Nagar, Dist: Purnea
2. Village: Dhamdha North, Panchyat: Dhamdha North, Block: Dhamdha, District: Purnea
3. Village: Sushil Nagar, Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai, Dist: Begusarai
4. Village: Barbatta, Panchyat: Amour, Block: Baisi, Dist: Purnea
5. Village: Sushil Nagar, Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai, Dist: Begusarai
6. Village: Sushil Nagar, Panchyat: Amraur Kirathpur, Block:Begusarai, Dist: Begusarai
244